logo
  • Issue 34 – Spring 2017
  • Issue 33 – Winter 2017
  • Issue 32 – Fall 2016
  • Issue 31 – Summer 2016
  • Previous Issues
  • About Silver Pen
    • Silver Pen Bylaws
    • Writers Forum
    • Fabula Argentea
    • Liquid Imagination
    • Youth Imagination
    • Write Well Blog
  • Silver Blade Staff
  • Grand List of Cliches

  • Home
  • Novellas

Published by Associate Editor on February 28, 2017. This item is listed in Issue 33, Issue 33 Stories, Novellas, Short Stories, Stories

The Bones of Olak-Koth

by Pierce Skinner

I

The current roared over the black clay of the plains of Shoorm, carrying with it the thick burnt scent of the volcanic wastes. Sunlight was scarce this close to the Verge, falling to the plain like a bloodfog.

Jaltha swam beside a litter of males, harnessed by barbed wuorn-tentacles hooked through their beaks’ dorsal ridges, their bellies scraping the plain. Ten had already died, since the caravan had set out from the kryndyr city of Chorgaan three days ago. It had happened yesterday when a strap on a handler’s yoke snapped, and the litter had been freed. The idiot creatures had immediately swum toward the sweet, seductive aroma of a grove of bloodsponges, the only things that survived the bleak lifelessness of Shoorm. The entire litter had been caught by the sanguivorous things, and only three had been able to be saved, though not unscarred.

Rilask, the caravan’s leader, had punished the clumsy handler, who was called Malune, by forcing her to take the place of the males in the litter that pulled the bladdercart loaded with heavy criggn shells.

It was Malune that had first noticed the callused scars upon Jaltha’s belly.

“What happened to your Mooring?” Malune had asked, rather abruptly last night. Typically, the caravan’s hired guards formed their own sleep circle around the males and the shells, while the traders and male-herds kept to theirs. Malune, however, being shunned from the latter, had found her way to the former. It was death, after all, to sleep alone on the plains of Shoorm.

Jaltha had been unsure of how to respond, for she was always careful to keep the past concealed beneath the kelp-leather harness that held her sheath.

“My mother wore such scars,” Malune had said, meeting Jaltha’s scalding glare, “The scars of one who has drawn a warclub from the sheath a thousand times. The only ones with such calluses are those that have lived long enough to become Chieftains, or have suffered the scathing halls of the monasteries.”

Jaltha had bitten off another strip of uilka skin.

“It would be strange to be here,” Malune had continued, “hired by an aging, desperate trader like Rilask to protect a few pearls’ worth of males and criggn shells, if there still were a Mooring to protect.”

Anger had flashed through Jaltha, and she’d known that the lightning brightness that surged through her would be visible in the darkness. Over the years, she had ground many a young salathe’s beak into the sand for such impertinence. The young, it seemed to Jaltha, always had a laughing lilt that accompanied their words like a persistent gamra fish. And yet, her anger faded almost immediately. In its place, something else rose, like a domefish from beneath the sands. Somewhere within her, near the swell, a voice stirred.

Can it be? it asked. Jaltha, the wanderer—

Jaltha grunted, silencing the voice within her.

“I am no chieftain,” she’d answered Malune, “I have no Mooring.”

Malune’s beak had clicked in the darkness.

“Then you are a Shaman,” she’d deduced, “Serving your Penance by traversing Shoorm. What god do you serve?”

Jaltha’s body had gone rigid. She stared through the darkness, the lifeheat pulsing through Malune the only way she was still visible in the utter night of Shoorm.

“No god,” Jaltha had said.

Malune had chittered irreverently, perhaps taking some joy in the discomfort she was causing the way that males seemed to cherish the chaos they caused when freed from their bindings. It was the way of the enslaved and the punished to find joy in the misery of others. And, yet, Jaltha looked upon this creature, the exiled daughter of a deposed chieftain, lashed now as a common slave, who laughed from within the darkness. Jaltha felt something stir within her. For so long, she had thrown herself into her own past, seeking that fulcrum, desperately hoping to find a single moment where things could have gone one way, but instead went the other. Here, now, she looked upon Malune and realized that such a quest had been futile. Here, in the dark and lifeless night of Shoorm, where so few things were brave or desperate enough to venture, was precisely where she belonged. The tangled tentacles of the Fates had led her here, she knew, and finding a discernible pattern within them was impossible. The feeling that welled within Jaltha as she stared at Malune’s lifeheat was a confusing blend of terror and freedom. Here, Jaltha knew. This is where she would always have been. For here, too, was Malune.

The voice stirred within her, as it was prone to do whenever she found herself too deep in reverie.

What is it about the darkness that brings out such things in fleshcreatures?

She hissed at the voice.

“Very well,” Malune had laughed, backing away, believing the hiss to be directed at her. “I’ll ask no more tonight.” She had laughed again, and then slept. Jaltha had watched her lifeheat cool as her breaths slowed, and before long Jaltha, too, had settled herself on the plain, focusing on the breaths passing through her gills, perfectly still but unable to sleep.

The following night had been the same. Only this time, Jaltha had not been so terse. The two had shared an uilka skin and Jaltha had listened to Malune tell stories of her old Mooring, which she had fled after her mother, the chieftain, had gone mad and nearly killed her. Jaltha nearly spoke, but stopped herself several times. Malune’s life was too eerily similar to her own, with only barely enough variations in her history to prove she was, indeed, a separate individual and not Jaltha’s own reflection, or an illusion produced by the cursed plain. Yet somehow, instead of the wrathful beast Jaltha had felt herself becoming over the past several seasons since Fate had razed her life to the sands, Malune looked upon the detritus of her life and laughed, as though the world were not a wild, carnivorous thing, but a clumsy creature causing only accidental mayhem in its blundering. It was this, perhaps, more than anything else that drew Jaltha to her. She did not say so, unsure of how she would be interpreted if she did, but remained silent and contented herself to listen until Malune’s voice was replaced by the soft roar of the currents, and both fell asleep upon the plain.

Morning had come with the ferocious barking of Gaka, Rilask’s second in command. Malune had been taken and strapped into a yoke beside the males that pulled the bladdercart. Jaltha had taken her position with the other twelve guards. The journey resumed.

Jaltha looked up from the litter of males to the bladdercart, the criggn shells rattling against the cheruon bones, the whole thing rocking on the air bladders onto which it was lashed as the currents picked up, lifting a thin haze of silt from the black clay. Malune struggled, thrashing her tail wildly with the males, desperately trying not to lose the cart. If she did, Jaltha would not put it past Rilask to have her killed. She swam toward the cart, drawing the attention of two other guards who followed her, struggling to steady the cart by pushing against it while Jaltha took up a barbed cord from a fallen male and helped tug the cart beside Malune.

Malune, breathless, her beak grinding, her gills flared as wide as they could, her whole body thrashing, managed to nod thanks at Jaltha. One of the other guards shouted over the rushing current, pressed her flank against the cart, stabilizing it.

“Twice have I been to Olm-Daki by this very route,” the guard cried, “and never have I seen such a storm!”

The guard beside her shouted in reply, “Let the kryndyr have trade with Olm-Daki! Let the damned crustaceans brave the black plain! This is no place for a salathe!”

It was strange, and they had all thought it so, that the Mooring of Olm-Daki should be so secluded. None knew the history of the Mooring, only that it had always been within the caves at the base of a dormant volcano beyond the plains of Shoorm, just west of the volcanic wastes, and that it only survived because the currents that swelled out of the abyss beyond the Verge scattered the volcanoes’ poisonous clouds north. The journey to Olm-Daki was one of several days across bleak emptiness, the only life the immortal bloodsponges that anchored themselves upon the stones and the fossils of ancient monsters that rose from the plain like jagged black teeth. The journey was, however, a worthwhile one for those salathes like Rilask brave or desperate enough to take it. The Mooring of Olm-Daki was, after all, carved from pure volcanic stone. The obsidian’s weight in pearls could make a trader wealthy enough to retire or, at the very least, as in Rilask’s case, pay off dangerous debts.

Jaltha pulled at the cart, every muscle taught and burning. Malune struggled beside her, their long, sinuous bodies slamming against one another as they thrashed against the screaming current. Jaltha was aware of male-herds shouting through the building gray cloud kicked up by the storm, and of guards and traders panicking, thrashing against the current.

“The plain doesn’t seem to be all that fond of us,” Malune managed to laugh between pained gasps.

A tearing pain tore through Jaltha’s body and she howled, though she kept her claws wrapped firmly around the barbed cord. She looked down. There, across her tail, a gash as long as her forearm, leaking a cloud of blood that blended with the gray mist before being carried away by the current. Beside her, Malune screamed. Jaltha turned her head and saw a similar wound open across Malune’s back, just below her gillmound.

Then, all around them, screams of pain and clouds of blood. Jaltha saw the two guards beside the cart abandon their efforts, fleeing into the storm, vanishing in the haze, desperately trying to escape the sideways hail of wounds that the plain was throwing against them.

Malune screamed once more. Jaltha released the cart.

“No!” Malune bellowed as another wound widened across her bare shoulders, where the yoke was lashed to her. Jaltha unsheathed her warclub as the cart toppled in the gale, the leather lashings coming undone as the invisible daggers slashed them into tatters. The air bladders ruptured, great silver bubbles gushing out of them. The cart’s detritus tugged Malune back with it, the yoke strangling her. Jaltha brought her obsidian-spiked warclub down on the yoke, shattering it, freeing her friend. The males were gone, pulled backwards into the blinding haze of silt and blood. Jaltha pulled Malune down with her, pinning her to the plain by pressing her left arm across her gillmound. More pain came, more wounds opened across her back, and the silt clogged her gills. All around, the sounds of screams, thinned and muffled by the current. Jaltha threw her gaze in every direction, but could see nothing but gray…

Then, a flash of silver…and another…like brief daggers of moonlight slashing through the world…

“Razorfish!” Jaltha screamed. A great swarm of them.

Pain lanced into Jaltha’s left arm, just below her elbow. She looked down and saw a razorfish, its small, dagger-shaped body lodged in her flesh, her blood clouding its black eyes…but then, no…its eyes were not black, for it had no eyes…nor scales, nor flesh…only bones…

She panicked and released her hold on Malune, flailing to be free of the thing. As she turned, her fins caught the current. Jaltha tumbled through the haze, screaming Malune’s name into the storm.

II

When Jaltha woke, she was alone. Her body had come to rest only a few tail-lengths away from the Verge itself, beyond which there was only eternal night. Only a few more moments, or a slight shift in the current, and she would have awoken to the crushing death and utter blackness of the abyss. She flexed her muscles, felt the wounds from the razorfish throb. Her bones and muscles ached, but none of the injuries seemed particularly life-threatening. Her left arm hurt the worst, and she suspected that the razorfish had struck bone before becoming dislodged. Her first full thought was that she was, indeed, alive.

Her second thought was Malune.

Rilask, Jaltha knew, had plotted their path a full thirty miles north of the volcanic wastes, slightly closer to the Verge than was typical for treks across Shoorm due to recent rumors of increased volcanic activity. Still, their caravan never skirted closer than ten miles from the Verge. Tales abounded of the ancient strangeness that lurked near the abyss. None in Rilask’s employ would have permitted her to push them any nearer to it.

And yet, here the storm had left Jaltha, at the very mouth of it, a day’s journey at the least from their course, where the storm had struck. She looked around, hoping to see a scrap of debris or, miraculously, another salathe from the caravan, even a voiceless male, anything that would mean she was not utterly alone, here.

She found it. A shard of cheruon bone, stark white upon the black plain. She swam to it, lifted it, sniffed it with her gills…traces of the nall-leaf oil used to strengthen it…the scent of the males lashed to it…the sharpness of salathe blood…

Jaltha dropped the bone, sensing something drawing near, from behind her. She spun, flaring the spines from her elbows and around her gillmound.

There, only three tail-lengths away, floating through the thinning gray haze leftover from the storm, was a creature Jaltha had never seen, though she knew it well from the sleep-circle tales of her fellow guards. A grogglin, it was called. Its body was as wide as Jaltha’s was long, a massive, quivering white sphere from the sides of which jutted long bones that stretched translucent, veined flesh into torn, tattered triangles. Its jawless mouth was a permanent circle lined with a thousand teeth, each as long as Jaltha’s arm from shoulder to wrist. The teeth were set into muscled organs that each flexed and relaxed on their own accord, so that its mouth was ever in motion, the teeth rippling within like the tentacles of an anemone. The eyes set into the sides of its loathsome girth were nearly as large and hideous as its mouth, the milky darkness behind them soulless and ever-hungry. The tales the guards told claimed that the grogglins lived in the abyss, and only ventured out of it when they were near death from starvation, driven mad by hunger.

She reached for her warclub only to find her sheath empty. The voice from the aether sang through her mind.

Now may be a fine time to bring me forth.

“No,” Jaltha hissed. The grogglin was still drifting lazily, as though it had not seen her. She knew better. If the stories of the guards were true, the monster was incredibly fast. When it decided to strike, Jaltha would be rent to pieces by the autonomous teeth before she’d be able to scream…

Call me! The voice insisted.

“Silence,” Jaltha murmured. She remained perfectly still, hanging in the water. The grogglin’s pulsing white mass drifted nearer, following the Verge, one of its fins hanging over the black sand, the other jutting out over the abyss. She watched its tail fin ripple gently, almost hypnotically…the muscle at its base throbbing softly beneath its pulpy flesh…

Damn you! If you die, do you know how long I’d have to wait for someone to—

Jaltha leapt sideways, toward the abyss, spitting forth a black cloud of fearspores. The venomous cloud trailed her, and it was through this that the ferocious maw of the grogglin darted, its speed incongruous with its bloated, ugly form. The monster brought itself to a halt, thrashing its ugly spheroid body, trying to expel the toxin from its gills. Jaltha took the opportunity. She fled, swimming straight out over the abyss, following the Verge, taking care not to look down at the infinite nothing below her and the horrors it held…

Something slammed into her left shoulder with the speed and force of a god’s fist. She screamed. Her body went rigid as her vision went white with fear and pain. She fell…

Her vision cleared and she saw above her the grogglin, descending toward her, the Great Wall of the verge rushing past her, retreating toward the light as the world was swallowed by darkness.

You’re going to godsdamn die, here, Jaltha.

Jaltha felt the pressure building as the light retreated, the grip of the angry, ancient dark tightening around her. The last of the light formed a ring around the grogglin, a macabre eclipse as the monster’s maw reached her, and she felt the heat from its flesh, felt its teeth dance across her skin, almost gently, like the touch of a lover…

“Malune,” she thought she said.

Pure blackness, then. No light.

III

Jaltha’s eyes opened as quickly as she could force them. Her vision was blurred. There was soreness in her wrists, in her tail and across her back. She looked down at her hands…

Below her webbed claws, two holes had been punched through her wrist, between her bones, leaking wisps of blood. Below the wounds were shackles attached to thick chains of kryndyr steel. Her tail was similarly bound. She followed the chains to hooks set into the the wall behind her. The wall was a strange, porous stone, and pure black. There was a wide, circular opening in the wall not far from her beyond which was thick darkness and the sound of groans. The sound of torture. The mouth of the cave was only two or three tail-lengths away. Beyond it, she could see the last remnants of day sift down through the world like offal.

Jaltha swam backwards, pressing her aching body against the wall. How she had come to be here, when her last memory was of the grogglin’s devouring maw, she had no idea…perhaps, she reasoned, this was the afterlife…

Don’t be foolish, the voice from the aether trilled, You are still very much alive.

She tried to speak, but pain and exhaustion had weakened her to the point of muteness. The aether knew her thoughts, however, and answered them accordingly.

The grogglin brought you here, it said. Some sort of cave network, set into the wall of the Verge. The aether paused. Jaltha could feel it withholding something. She closed her eyes and focused, directing her thoughts to the aether.

What? Speak, damned thing!

The voice seemed to sigh.

When we arrived, Rilask was already here.

Jaltha’s eyes opened.

It was Rilask that bound you, so. It was she that put you in chains.

Jaltha’s mind raced. What the voice claimed made little sense to her. Still, it meant that Rilask was alive, at least—

No, the voice said, She isn’t.

What? Jaltha asked. You said—

Jaltha, this is very, very bad, the voice interrupted. The grogglin venom in your blood has slowed you. I…I do not think you can summon me…your mind is too weak to call me forth…

Another voice cut through the aether. It spoke aloud, not in her mind.

“You have a touch of magic in you, Strange One,” it said.

Jaltha turned to see two figures swim through the wide circular opening to her left. Salathe females, both of them. In the darkness, she could barely see them but for their lifeheat. They swam over to her, their tails wafting lazily in perfect unison, until they came to a stop midway between Jaltha and the mouth of the cave.

There, by the soft almost-light beyond the mouth, she could see her captors. The one nearest to her was an Eldress. Her hide was thick with pus-colored calluses, her beak nearly white with age. She wore the kasp-leaf robe of a Shaman, but somehow Jaltha knew this was no mere God-Speaker. There was a sinisterness to her, an unmistakable aura the color and viscosity of venom. Beside her, there was Rilask.

“Rilask!” Jaltha coughed, snapping the chains taught as she strained against them, “Rilask! What is this? Release me, now!”

Rilask did not respond, did not move at all except to wave her tail to remain in place. Jaltha shook her head, unbelieving.

“Rilask!” Jaltha barked. Rilask did not move. Razorfish wounds, hundreds of them, crisscrossed the trader’s body from the top of her skull to the tip of her tail. One of her eyes had been ruptured, its milky remains drifting out of the socket like a wuorn-tentacle.

Rilask, Jaltha knew, was dead. The Old One clicked her beak and swam closer to Jaltha until her beak nearly touched Jaltha’s own. The clouded eyes bored into Jaltha, played across her.

“But it is not a magic I know,” the Old One whispered, “and I know many. Still, it has touched you. As such, I have decided to keep you near.”

Something stirred in the darkness behind the Old One, and Jaltha shook as she beheld it…the grogglin, swimming lazily past the mouth of the cave. For the first time, Jaltha noticed the enormous black gash in its side, behind its eye. A great chunk of flesh was missing from the animal, its translucent bones and milk-colored organs bloodless and decayed. The grogglin, she realized, was dead. It was dead, and yet it moved, serving the will of the Old One. Jaltha’s mind trudged through her memory until she found the razorfish buried in her elbow…its eyeless head, its near fleshless body…

“You…” Jaltha croaked, “you are a necromancer…”

The Old One chittered, flared the spines around her gillmound. “The dead are often more willing servants than the living,” she shrugged, and chittered again. “The living require either pain or reward. The dead ask only to live. Once that price is paid, they will do whatever is asked of them.”

Jaltha quivered, straining against the chains.. It was useless. The toxin reduced her body and mind to mere caricatures of themselves…crude illuminations…

“I am called Olak-Koth,” the necromancer declared. “And you are called Jaltha, once chieftain of the Olmregmai.”

Jaltha edged away, her back colliding with the wall. Olak-Koth continued.

“I have seen your mind, as I see all of my prey. It is rare, but it does sometimes happen that one of the living may be worth more to me alive than dead.” She extended a bony claw towards Jaltha. “I believe you to be one of those.”

Jaltha, I kept her from what I could, the voice said. It sounded frightened. Her magic is strong, though. She knows I’m here—

The necromancer’s eyes twitched, her beak jerked upward, her gillmound quivered. Her eyes rolled and the protective white membranes flicked over them sporadically.

“I…can feel it…your mind, reaching out and touching it…near…it is very near…” the necromancer lowered her head, composed herself, ground her mandibles together before continuing. “What magic is it, Strange One, that speaks to you? That guards your mind from probing claws? What darkness is it you carry within you? Answer, fool! For it is this, alone, that has saved you from the fate your friends now suffer!”

Jaltha heard the groans of pain once more, echoing out of the cavern behind her…

“Malune!” Jaltha cried.

She pulled hard at the chains, throwing her tired weight against them, felt them bite into her flesh, felt them draw blood, but the kryndyr smiths were stronger than she, and the grogglin venom made her dizzy and filled her vision with tiny blinding suns. After a moment, she became still once more, drifting limply to the cave floor.

Olak-Koth swam nearer to her, looked down upon Jaltha. “Once,” the necromancer croaked, “you had a Mooring. Power. This, I have seen, and I needn’t have looked within your mind to see it. You were feared. Adored. Some felt that hate which is reserved only for gods and chieftains. And now, behold! Ruled by a fear strong enough to force you into the service of a fool trader,” her claw jabbed backward toward Rilask, still hovering in the water, staring ahead, seeing nothing.

“Though, somewhere along your path, magic touched you. You know its name. It speaks to you, protects you. It is ancient. Strong…” The necromancer’s voice trailed off. Her eyes rolled over white. Jaltha felt something like a breath of cold, putrid current across her thoughts. Within her, the voice roared like a guardian beast. Olak-Koth’s eyes opened and she shook her head, flared her gillspines, clicked her beak. She grasped Jaltha’s beak in her claws and stared into her eyes.

“Do you not crave what you have lost? Do you not crave that power?”

Jaltha tried to open her beak, but Olak-Koth’s grip was too strong.

“I can give you that power, Strange One. I can give you a world that fears you.”

Jaltha! The voice screamed through her, making her body go rigid, Jaltha, I know! I have seen it, what she plans!

Jaltha shook her head free of the necromancer’s grasp.

“I have seen enough of magic and those enslaved to it,” she spat, clicking her beak in disgust. “Do what you will with me.”

Jaltha, what are you doing—

“Silence!” Jaltha screamed. The tiny suns burst, leaked blindness through the world. She shook her head, which only made things worse. She shut her eyes and breathed. Above her, she heard the necromancer’s voice.

“So be it, wretch,” said Olak-Koth. “What comes next will shake the very foundations of the world. If you will not surrender your magic to me, your blood will suffice.”

Jaltha… the voice strained to be heard, but was drowned out by the grogglin venom, the pain in her broken shoulder, the gashes in her flesh…

Jaltha…

The grogglin’s venom seized her, then, having had its time to settle within her. Her body spasmed once, and then was still, as if molten iron had been poured into her bones. She could not move, could scarcely breathe as she settled on the cave floor like a cheruon bone. The blindness faded, though her gaze was as fixed as her bones. All she could see was the mouth of the cave beyond the shadows of the necromancer and her revelation slave.

She heard Olak-Koth say to Rilask’s living corpse. “Take her to the others.”

IV

Rilask’s strength was otherworldly as she dragged Jaltha’s paralyzed body through the dark corridor toward the sounds of torment.

They entered an immense cylindrical chamber, lit by ancient bubbling kryndyr flames set into sconces in the walls. The walls were rounded, following the curve of lengths of strange stone, almost like the ribs of some giant beast. As Rilask swam through the chamber, Jaltha’s unmoving eyes beheld the horrors within.

There, upon the curved, rib-like stones, were the members of her caravan…Gaka, the second in command…Dejeme the male-herd…Kalmara the navigator…all writhing, screaming, their eyes wide portals that opened onto worlds of agony. Gouts of black fearspores erupted from the vents below their beaks, instinctual, animal reactions to fear and anguish.

They were all bound to bloodpsonges. The vampiric things lined the rib-like stones, clustered upon it, and the salathes hissed and died slowly, slowly, as their life was drained from them…

Malune!

Rilask shifted Jaltha in her claws just as they passed the bound, quivering form of Malune. Her arms were stretched out, her tail torn, broken. Malune’s life was reduced to a weak light behind her eyes that dimmed as it was pulled into the bloodsponge on which she was bound.

Rilask turned and swam toward the wall, toward an empty bloodsponge further up, directly above Malune. Rilask spoke, then, though not with her own voice, but with the rasping hiss of Olak-Koth. “I have seen your affection for this one,” the revenant chittered, “You may watch her die.”

Rilask turned Jaltha’s body so that she stared into her dead, eyeless skull. Though Jaltha knew what was happening, the truth of it was still a distant thing. Buried beneath confusion and pain and the harsh magic that held her limbs, there was the voice, crying out to her through the void.

Jaltha…Jaltha…

Pain like sunfire burned across her back, down her tail, from her wrists down her arms, through her veins and everywhere, everywhere at once. She gasped, flaring out her gills, and tried to move. She felt the mind-numbing toxins of the sponge’s million mouths as they hooked in and sucked at her flesh, draining her slowly…slowly…

She screamed. Olak-Koth laughed loudly through Rilask’s beak. A cacophony of screams, of terror and blinding, pulsing agony, the laughter of the necromancer…the scent of the blood-infused sponges…Malune just inches below her, helpless, all of them…all of them doomed…all of this blended, melded at once into something pure and solid and white, the way a pearl is made of a million broken stones…

Jaltha! The voice screamed. She could hear it, now. She could focus. Rilask’s corpse swam away, back toward the entrance to the chamber of horrors.

I cannot heal you if you cannot summon me, the voice said, The grogglin venom will soon be overtaken by the bloodsponge’s own toxin. It will numb your mind as well as your body.

The voice paused for a moment.

Jaltha, it said, I am afraid.

All around her, the screams fused together into a deafening silence, and then there were only the sounds of her own blood and the voices within it.

What…what is happening?

The voice answered, When she entered your mind, I was able to enter hers, but only briefly. I have seen what she is, what she plans.

Jaltha was able to move her eyes again. She strained against the bloodsponge’s suction, but the combined venom of the undead grogglin and the sponge itself took the strain and turned it into a tearing nausea that threw acidic vomit out of her beak and caused her bowels to rupture. She moaned low and was still, casting her eyes about the vast fire-lit chamber, the twisted bodies, the blood leaking from the gluttonous things upon which they were dying.

This is not a cave, the voice continued. It is a massive skeleton, the fossilized remains of a gargantuan beast from your world’s prehistory, a kind of predatory serpent. By my estimates, the skeleton is nearly three hundred tail-lengths long. It has been hidden here, beneath the sediment, set into the wall of the Verge for eons. Olak-Koth had found the monster years ago, and sought a way to bring it forth from death.

Jaltha’s eyes were torn reluctantly down, to Malune, whose eyes were closed behind white membranes. Jaltha closed her own.

She practiced her death-magic here, within the skeleton, until she found a way to bring life to the dead by use of bloodsponges, transferring life from a living thing to a corpse with the vampires as the medium. Here, she waited, capturing stray travelers across the plain until our caravan came, and she drove the storm of razorfish to scatter us toward her.

The voice threw visions of the past upon the surface of Jaltha’s mind…visions of the past…Olak-Koth, once a revered Shaman of Olm-Daki, draped in silken leaves and pearl and obsidian jewelry…a black dagger in her claws…imprisonment…banishment…years wandering the black plain…the yawning maw of the predatory beast, trapped within the stone, its ancient, empty eye socket like a cave within the Verge…

With these lives, the voice said, with this blood, the beast is soon to rise from its tomb. Guided by Olak-Koth’s terrific will, it will be a siege engine with which she will visit her vengeance upon Olm-Daki. At the end of it, she will have more slaves. More lives. Enough to fill the bloodsponges set within the ribs of a hundred more fossils…enough to raise an army of the prehistoric dead…

She saw it then, painted upon her mind, twisting and fading and reforming with the surges of bloodsponge venom…Olak-Koth’s vision for the future…all of the Moorings of the salathes and the cities of the crustacean kryndyr razed, all of Dheregu United beneath the skeletal claws of an undying Empress of Death and her army of blood-stained bones…

Why do you show me this? Jaltha thought. She could almost hear the screams again, could feel the burning, gnashing pain of the bloodsponge’s mouths start to numb into a soft, almost pleasant sensation. If I am doomed to die, what does it matter to me the fate of a world none can save?

The voice answered, We can stop this. We alone, perhaps, can end this before it begins.

Jaltha opened her eyes, looked down at her weakened corpse. The color was already almost gone from the flesh of her tail.

You said…I could not summon you…that my mind…was too weak…that it was impossible…

It is, the voice said, and Jaltha felt it tremble. But you must try.

Jaltha’s gaze drifted past her tail, past the monster upon which she was splayed…to Malune. The only creature toward which she’d felt drawn since her Mooring was slaughtered, since she had inherited Nakaroth from the mad fiend Kalzahj, since she had been broken and scattered to the wild currents of Dheregu. In Malune, she felt the pull, the almighty command she had once felt in the gods she had abandoned, and she knew not why, only that she must obey it. In this, for the first time in a hundred seasons, she felt the mighty cry of purpose.

Focus, Jaltha! You must try!

The walls shook, suddenly, and would not stop. The great ribs of the creature to which the hapless salathes were bound trembled, dislodging themselves from the stone in which they were entombed…

It is beginning…the voice said.

The screams were drowned out by the thunderous crack of stone, and a booming, echoing voice roared through it all, the voice of Olak-Koth, speaking empowered words no living tongue save hers could form as the mighty, long-dead beast shook itself free from the cliff-face, alive once more, fed by the blood of a hundred salathes and the will of the necromancer in its eye…

A stone struck Jaltha as it fell, and the last thing she saw was the darkness of the abyss opening below her, a mountain’s worth of stone pulled free from the Verge by the living bones of the great serpent, sent tumbling into the eternal night.

V

It was a noxious heat that shook Jaltha awake. For a long moment, her venom-slowed mind forgot where she was. She looked around in confusion and tried to move. Then, she remembered.

The sunlight fell down through the world in gray, muddied torrents of light. All around her, the bloodsponge-lined ribs of the great prehistoric monster rippled and swayed as the skeleton swam forth. The light was stronger, here, not far from the worldbreak. She looked down. Malune had stopped moving, stopped screaming, as had most of them. Her eyes were closed. It was likely, Jaltha knew, that she was dead. The thought couldn’t penetrate her slow, clogged thoughts deeply enough to elicit pain. For that, she felt a small amount of gratitude.

Below Malune, a league or more below them all, there lay the wide, burning landscape of the volcanic wastes. The heat of it, even at this distance, had been strong enough to tear Jaltha from the grip of the bloodsponge toxin.

She is taking the beast over the volcanoes, the voice said, She hopes to reach Olm-Daki by nightfall.

She hissed as she felt another wave of nausea roar through her.

You must focus, Jaltha.

She vomited again, though there was little left in her but bile. She surveyed her body. Almost a translucent white against the bloodsponge, she swore she could see her very soul as it left her, fled into the bones of the reborn titan.

Jaltha…

She closed her eyes. The venom swirled beneath her membranes, a visible thing, a swarm of gray tendrils. She forced herself beyond that, deeper into the darkness, toward the core of it, where the voice lived…

Nearly, Jaltha…nearly…

She heard the humming song, the high-pitched trill that rang outward from the aether…

Bring me forth!

…and she saw before her the visions of Olak-Koth, a world of a million corpses, though even this moved her only slightly. Pain was the wide world’s blind author, and it mattered little to Jaltha who it selected as its scribe, be it Olak-Koth or some other fiend. But, there, in that vision of a million bloodless corpses, she saw only one.

The rage built, and the high, humming song burst into the world around her, outside her mind, and she felt the burning in her arms and chest, the painful toll the summoning took from her now a small, insignificant thing.

Her mind bellowed, full and deep into the aether, I call thee forth, Nakaroth, Blade of the Void!

Her eyes shot open to see the air in front of her left hand shiver and fracture into alien geometries. In the midst of this, a widening point of darkness appeared, the high shrill screech of reality suddenly deafening. Then, the point erupted into a thick, black triangle of serrated steel, the blade of Nakaroth. The hilt sprung from the blade into Jaltha’s webbed claws, which she closed around it. The song became silence.

Instantly, she felt the sword’s power course through her, replacing in moments what the bloodsponge had taken hours to steal. She roared, and in one mighty forward motion, tore herself from the bloodsponge’s thousand hooked mouths. Her blood trailed from the wounds, but she felt no pain, only rage and a ferocious swell of might borrowed from the timeless aether. She spun in the water and slashed at the bloodsponge. The thick black sword passed through it easily, lodging itself in the thick, stone-like rib beneath it. The wounded sponge and the enchanted bone released great scarlet clouds of her own blood, and the wounded resurrection quivered in pain and surprise from the attack.

She knows, the sword said. Hurry!

Jaltha darted down to Malune’s sponge, burying her claws into it to stay with the monstrous skeleton as it moved. Jaltha pressed the flat edge of the blade against Malune’s chest, and a dozen yellow runes glowed upon it. Malune’s eyes shot open and her gills flared. She looked about her, struggled against the bloodsponge’s grip.

“Be still,” Jaltha said, drawing back the sword.

Malune watched in horror as Jaltha brought the sword down. The blade bit deep into the bloodsponge, missing Malune’s tail by a fangwidth. The vampiric thing shuddered in panic, and Jaltha relished in knowing that, had the creature a mouth, it would have screamed. It released Malune in a thick cloud of her own blood.

Jaltha took Malune in her arms and swam away from the skeleton, struggling against the pull of it as it passed them. They looked at one another. Malune was still weak though even with the tiny amount of power granted her by Nakaroth she found herself able to swim on her own. She pushed away from Jaltha, suddenly terrified of the salathe in front of her, wielding a great black blade, surrounded by an aura the color of a dying sun.

“Malune…”

“J…Jaltha? What…what’s happened?”

“Can you swim?”

“I…I can.”

“Then swim south. There is an abandoned kryndyr outpost near the Verge, according to Rilask’s maps, at the southern tip of the wastes. There should be supplies there which will permit you to return to Chorgaan.”

“What…what’s happening? What was that creature…?”

Jaltha’s gillspines flared in anger. “Go!” She screamed. Malune backed away.

“What…what about the others?”

Jaltha’s gaze remained fixed on the living fossil as she said, “I will do what I can. For many of them, I fear it is too late.” Jaltha swam forward, past Malune.

“Why did…you save me, then?” Malune asked.

In reply, Jaltha barked, “To the outpost!” She stopped for only a moment, turned, and said, “If I live, I will meet you there.” Then, she was gone. Malune was behind her. Olak-Koth and her beast lay ahead.

VI

The power that surged outward from the sword propelled her through the water at an incredible speed. She caught up with the fossilized tail of the undead titan within moments. The pull of the beast’s mass through the water caught her, further accelerating her progress. She darted beneath its tremendous vertebrae, each one as wide as a grogglin and twice as long. The creature’s size dwarfed even the largest of the white cheruons, who themselves could reach a size of over two hundred tail-lengths. If Olak-Koth succeeded in raising an army of such things, Jaltha found it hard to believe that anything would be able to stop her from claiming all of Dheregu as her own.

She entered the cavernous ribcage by darting between two mammoth ribs. All around her, the dead and the dying…the reek of excrement and fearspores and blood. The serpent’s bones, she thought, carried the scent of war within its belly.

She swam over to the nearest of the tortured captives, a young caravan guard named Taati. She could smell the death rising off of her, could see it in the empty, open eyes. She took a long breath in through her gills, then drove Nakaroth through the corpse, into the sponge. Blood gushed forth. The monster shuddered. The thick blade severed the corpse in two, and the top half fell away to the hissing wastes.

Something is coming, Nakaroth said.

Jaltha ignored the sword and swam the seven or so tail-lengths to the next rib, to the hapless creature bound upon it. This one, too, was dead. She did not know her name. Without ceremony, she plunged the sword in. Blood rushed out.

Biting, slashing pain lanced into her side. Jaltha roared and spun. Buried in her tail up to its dead, empty eye sockets…a razorfish. She tore it out and crushed its bones in her fist, its bladed nose biting blood from her palm. She discarded the broken thing and looked up. Pouring out from the porous skull three hundred tail-length’s ahead was a swarm of razorfish as thick and full as the gouts of blood pouring from the ruptured sponges. The swarm moved as a solid entity, rushing across the skeleton toward her, an angry, bladed cloud.

Hurry!

Jaltha darted upwards following the wall of curved black bone until she came to the next bloodsponge. This one held Gaka, Rilask’s second in command. She was alive. Her eyes flickered open as Jaltha dug her claws into the sponge behind her head.

“You…one of…the guards…” Gaka rasped.

“Be still,” Jaltha commanded, and lifted the sword—

A razorfish tore a hole through the webbing below her right arm. She hissed as another slammed into the blade of Nakaroth, shattering itself upon impact with the magical steel. The swarm was upon her.

The living daggers encircled her in a cyclone. She lashed out with Nakaroth, swinging the blade in wide, mighty arcs, crushing dozens of them at a time. Still, they were able to attack, stabbing at her from all directions. They were too many.

The aura! Nakaroth cried, Use the aura!

Jaltha bellowed in protest, “No! I am too weak already!” A wound opened below her jaw. She swung her sword wildly, tearing holes in the wall of the cyclone that immediately healed itself as more and more of the necromancer’s minions poured forth from the titan’s skull.

Jaltha, you must—

“It will drain too much of us both!” Jaltha screamed over the roaring swarm, “It was you that said it’s meant only to be used as a last resort!”

Another dagger in her tail fin, then another near her spine, and another in her elbow…

Precisely! The sword countered.

Wounds opened like polyps across her back and shoulders…

She closed her eyes and hissed at the sword, “Very well! Do what you must!”

The sword’s mind bored into her own, pulled a portion of her soul into itself…

A great jagged sphere of yellow light burned the world around her body into a bubbling roar. She felt it tear at her soul, feeding off of it. Her arms threw out to their sides of their own accord. The destroying aura expanded outward from her, swallowing the razorfish, dissolving the swarm in a matter of seconds. When it was over, Jaltha hung in the water in a cloud of dust that was all that remained of the razorfish, pulled forward only by the mass of the great skeleton-beast as it glided forth.

She turned her head slowly as her strength returned. There was Gaka, still bound upon the bloodsponge. The aura had burnt Gaka’s chest and arms, and singed the bloodsponge itself. Gaka, however, still lived. Her eyes were fixed upon the great triangle of steel in Jaltha’s left hand.

“What…what are you…?” She whimpered.

Jaltha felt the sword’s diminished healing power slough through her, slowly sealing the wounds inflicted by the swarm. She stabbed the bloodsponge, releasing Gaka.

Gaka listened numbly to Jaltha’s commands, to the directions to the abandoned kryndyr outpost. Without a word, stricken dumb by pain and terror, she swam away.

“Wretched thing! Infidel!” The great, trembling voice of Olak-Koth filled the world, echoing out from the titan’s very bones.

Jaltha turned, then, and saw the corpse of Rilask leap out of the titan’s skull and turn, wielding a spear of fossilized bone, rushing down the winding length of ribcage through the scarlet fog of blood Jaltha had loosed from the vampiric sponges. Jaltha thrashed her tail and rushed forth, toward her enemy…

Their weapons collided like a clap of thunder, sending each of their wielders tumbling through the water. They each gathered their bearings, and struck again. Jaltha ducked beneath a supernaturally powerful thrust of the thick spear. The weapon passed over her gillmound and Jaltha swept upward with Nakaroth, slashing her enemy open from its abdomen to its throat. White milky tendrils of intestine burst forth from the wound.

The revenant lunged, dragging its bloodless entrails behind it. Jaltha, still slowed from the use of the aura, moaned in despair as she labored to lift Nakaroth to block the attack. She was too slow. The spear punched into her left side, slipped between her ribs. She screamed and grasped the bone spear’s wide shaft, brought the sword down upon it, slicing it in half. The revenant’s lonely eye flickered in anger as it looked down at its broken weapon. With the spearpoint still inside her, grinding against her ribs, Jaltha roared, flashing Nakaroth outward, severing the corpse’s head from its eviscerated body. The head fell away beneath and behind Jaltha, drifting down to the burning wastes a league below.

Jaltha looked down at the wound. If she pulled the spear out, she would only bleed out faster. Nakaroth would clot the bleeding for now, but could do little to save her from the death the wound would bring. The blade would have to return to the aether to replenish the power spent on the aura, and in that time, she would die.

She looked around at the hundred or so more bloodsponges left to be severed, at the corspes of the salathes that she could not save, and felt her grip on life loosen further. There was no way to stop the serpent. Even crossing the distance to the skull, to kill Olak-Koth and break the spell, would take more of her lifeforce than likely remained. She looked down, where Rilask’s headless corpse had fallen. She blinked, realizing something. She looked up, at the spine…

Yes, Nakaroth said. Do it.

Jaltha swam for the vertebrae.

Before you die, the sword said, send me back into the aether. I would rather wait there for another to summon me someday than perish utterly in the fires below.

Jaltha silently agreed. She was nearly there…nearly there…if she could sever the spine, interrupt the flow of blood through the bones, perhaps it would slay the beast just as it had slain Rilask.

She lifted the sword, thrashed her tail…almost…almost…

A screech behind her. She turned.

Olak-Koth, wreathed in a black aura that boiled the world around her, tore through the water, her claws bared and full of gnashing magic…

“Infidel!” She howled.

Jaltha tried to raise Nakaroth, but the sword was too heavy, emptied of power. She tightened her grip and prepared to send it back to the aether, fulfilling her promise.

The necromancer threw her claws outward, casting black, moaning beams through the water. Jaltha darted to her right, following the length of the spine. The black beams slammed into the vertebrae, scarring the fossilized bone. The great length of the titan shuddered. Olak-Koth screamed again, spun as she reached the spine only a tail-length away from Jaltha.

Nakaroth, she began the spell to send the blade back to the aether…

The necromancer’s hands pulled darkness into them from nowhere, her eyes wild, her tail flashing. Jaltha remained where she was, prepared to die.

Blade born of the starwinds…

The necromancer grasped Jaltha’s throat with a burning black hand.

…to the starwinds I command thee go…

Jaltha felt her flesh bubble and char beneath Olak-Koth’s grip. She met the necromancer’s eyes, saw the red and raging void, a future of corpses and blood scratched into sand-scoured stone…

Something lurched. The necromancer screeched in pain. Her black hand was torn away violently from Jaltha’s throat. Jaltha backed away, dizzy, dying, blinking blood out of her eyes.

Olak-Koth’s body was impaled against the titan’s spine by a length of broken bone. It was the half of the spear that Rilask had fallen with. Now, it was pushed upward through Olak-Koth’s abdomen, out through the back of her neck and into a fissure in the serpent’s vertebrae. At the other end of the shaft, Malune glared up at the necromancer, thrashed her tail, forced the weapon deeper into the necromancer.

“Now!” Malune turned and screamed at Jaltha. Jaltha did not hesitate. She swam forth, lifting Nakaroth with both hands and all her strength, though her dying muscles cried for relief. Olak-Koth opened her beak to scream, but no sound came before the sword had passed through her, the weeping cloak of souls suddenly silenced. The necromancer’s body separated below the arms, the bottom portion trailing black blood, like a dark comet on its way to the wastes a league below.

Jaltha and Malune’s eyes met for a moment before Malune’s gaze fell to the spear in Jaltha’s side. They grasped each other as Nakaroth vanished from Jaltha’s hand, flickering back into the aether. Malune took Jaltha and swam out of the serpent’s ribcage as the bones fell apart from one another. No longer held together by the necromancer’s will, they collapsed and crumbled, following their master and dragging the dead after them into the fire.

VII

Somewhere in the deep darkness of a wounded sleep, Nakaroth spoke.

You have done almighty work, Jaltha of Dheregu.

She opened her eyes, suddenly fully awake. Over her head, there was pure black stone, baroquely carved. She lifted her body from a slab of the same obsidian. There was a pain in her ribs, and deeper, and she remembered…

“Jaltha!” She turned. There, in a finely decorated threshold, was Malune. She swam into the small chamber. Behind her followed a regal-looking salathe Eldress, wearing the headdress and shoulder shells of a chieftain.

Malune took a place beside the wide berth of volcanic glass upon which Jaltha lay. They looked into each other’s eyes for a long while, perfectly silent. The chieftain waited, patiently. Words formed behind Jaltha’s beak, but she kept it shut. The silence was far more appropriate.

At last, Jaltha turned from Malune to face the chieftain.

“Where are we?” Jaltha asked.

It was the chieftain who answered.

“You are within the Mooring of Olm-Daki,” she said.

“A hunting party had spotted us,” said Malune, “They saw the bones of the serpent fall, and they found us among the debris. You’ve been asleep for many days.”

The chieftain lowered her heavily ornamented head. “It is likely that all of Olm-Daki owes you our lives.” She straightened, crossed her strong arms. She stared hard at Jaltha. “The kryndyr surgeons here have repaired your wounds, and assure me you will live. I wanted to personally extend my invitation that you remain here. All will be taken care of, of course. You would want for nothing. It is the least we can do.”

Malune and Jaltha both looked at the chieftain, then at each other. Malune nodded. Jaltha said, “For now, at least, we will remain.”

The chieftain chittered in excitement. “I will have a more permanent living arrangement prepared near the top of the mountain, close to the worldbreak. The sunlight there is legendary! Why, I myself retain a home there…” She was still speaking excitedly to herself as she turned and left the chamber.

Malune knelt and clacked her beak, just once, against Jaltha’s before turning and following the chieftain. “I will return,” she said. The sensation lingered, mingling with the sound of Malune’s voice as she absently ran her hands over her arms, her tail and felt the scars there. She stared up at the obsidian ceiling, at the myriad carvings, vines and tentacles entwined and knotted like the ways of the Fates that had led her here. It was useless to try and find a pattern, she knew. But she would have time.

Even as she followed them, the carvings seemed to blur, and she looked away, out the narrow window of the chamber toward the bright orange horizon, where the volcanoes breathed, and thought of Malune, and how they two alone had lived, how very many had died and for no good reason, and how old the world was, and how many more would live, and how many more would die, and how truly surreal it was to be anything, anything at all. On its own, her beak opened and she chittered. She thought she felt the world stumble then, as though she had joined Malune in learning its secret.

Outside, the fires burned forever, and the currents roared, and the souls of ancient monsters rode planes of sunlight to the sky.

Inside, Jaltha laughed.

—«»-«»-«»—

Pierce Skinner

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on March 22, 2016. This item is listed in Issue 29, Issue 29 Stories, Novellas

The Limen Project

by Mark Rookyard

eye1This wasn’t my first death. Neither was it the first time I had been murdered. Even so, the pain still surprised as the second blast of the pulsar gun hit me in the shoulder and sent me crashing back into the kitchen counter. I slid to the floor and looked up at the killer walking towards me.

His face was pale, dark hair sticking to his sweaty forehead. He leveled the gun at me, his expensive blue suit creasing at the shoulders.

I let my eyes slide closed, let my arms fall limp to my side, let my chin fall to my chest, and, despite the agonies raging through my body, I let my breath slow and then still.

My killer had been nervous, he would be glad it was over. I tried to focus my mind, battle the pain that I knew wasn’t mine, was only the pain of this organic suit I had chosen to wear. The pain wasn’t mine, it was the pain of a dead person. A dead thing. It was human pain, nothing to do with me. I was incapable of pain. No use, I was too used to this thing, this body enveloping me, this mess of bone and water, the pain burned and it made me scream in my mind until almost all thought was lost.

A touch. A nudge from my killer’s foot. It was what I had been waiting for. I let my eyes open, looked deep into the killer’s own, faded blue, as he shot me in the cheek. Already my consciousness was gone, leaching from me in a riot of sound and motion and energy as I invaded the killer’s body. A brief moment of shock and terror before the killer was gone. No time to think, no time to remember, no time to mourn the loss of my old body. I reached into the killer’s heart, massaged it, reminded it to beat and to pump, even as I swept into the lungs and told the mindless meat to breathe, to savour the air, and as I did so I did a hundred, a thousand other things to remind this body of my killer to live, to survive.

It had been so long, so many years since I had switched bodies. The cumbersome mass that was my new body fell to the floor as I raced through the kidneys, the veins, the liver, and on to the mind. With a desperate surge I spread myself, tried to merge with the mind of the thing that had killed me. The consciousness of my killer had long gone, the mind already beginning to close itself down, always so eager to embrace the cold nothingness of death.

Breathe, beat, pump, tighten, relax… I tried to meld my mind with that of my killer. With an effort that made me scream aloud, I moved an arm. I opened an eye to see my own dead body, my own kitchen smeared in blood and gore and I would have vomited had my body the will to retch. I groaned and shifted on the floor, the arm in my well-tailored suit flopping uselessly.

Breathe, beat, pump, tighten, relax…and my new body convulsed on the floor as I tried to gain control, to keep it alive.

How long had it taken me to learn how to keep a body alive? How many deaths? I remembered the terror when man had first come to the planet where I had spent millennia possessing the fungi clinging to the thin grey rocks. Man had worn big white suits, eyes wide and fearful inside the helmets as they had taken their first tentative steps into the stars. The first man had died moments after he had picked up the rock, the second man almost as soon as he had come to tend to his colleague. Twelve men died on that planet, leaving me shocked and terrorized by the perceptions I had felt in those brief moments. I retreated to my rocks and spent centuries more pondering those sights, smells and sensations.

My eyes, the killer’s eyes, opened once more and I gasped sweet, life-affirming breath. My old body was slumped only a metre away and I dragged my unwilling flesh away, elbows slipping and sliding on my kitchen floor.

My kitchen floor. Rebecca. I gasped aloud at the thought of her name. Rebecca. My life with Rebecca was over. Ten years. Hardly any time at all to a creature that had spent millennia with fungi and rocks, but still, the thought that those ten years were at an end made me pause, made me think, until I realized I was choking for air.

Breathe, beat, pump, tighten, relax… No time at all, but still I couldn’t think of her finding my body in the kitchen like that, its face blown away, blood everywhere. Or finding its killer there with it…

My movements were lent urgency. I crawled onto my knees, wiped the drool from my lips with the back of a hand and held onto the counter as I struggled to my feet. The kitchen veered around me, the noise of the holo viewer in the living room assaulted my ears. Sweat beaded on my forehead and I remembered the eyes of the man as he had aimed the rifle at me. Who was he? Why had he wanted me dead?

There had been lives when scores, hundreds, had wanted me dead. Lives when I had been a soldier in wars on distant worlds, bullets flying past my head and I had laughed and screamed at the thrill of it all.

“Can I help you sir?” Rex, my GN3000 auto wheeled into the kitchen, looking at me from impassive silver eyes, his white head reflecting the glare of the lighting. A machine built to serve man, as all machines were. A machine eager to serve even a killer. He’d run through my blood, I noticed, the tracks of his wheels running red on the white linoleum floor.

“Door,” I croaked, my voice sounding strange and harsh. I coughed, my body jerking as I struggled to retain control. “Get the door.”

“Of course, sir,” the auto said, its voice cool and careless. It wheeled away, its body sleek and white.

What time was it? What time was Rebecca due home? With an effort that had me gasping I turned my arm to be able to see my watch, an expensive Georist with a leather strap that probably cost more than my monthly earnings at Raniscorp.

Who was this man who had wanted me dead? Fury, rage, the unfairness of it all welled within me. I had led a good life. A wife. A job. Paid my taxes. A good life, and look where it had ended. A hole in my face that smoked and bled.

With a gasp, I reminded myself to breathe, to blink, to move arm and leg and neck. More than once I stumbled, caught my arm on the floor, leg twisted beneath me. But slowly and surely I was beginning to control the killer. The body was lithe and slender, lighter than the corpse on the floor. Taller and fitter. I could feel the heart was healthier, stronger, regular. Too many late nights with Rebecca curled up on the couch eating curries and drinking nectarinis, talking and holding each other as visions of other worlds whispered past on the holo viewer.

Rebecca had loved that, to see other worlds we would never visit. The glass mountains of Sharanih, the twin moons of Harlen’s World, the ancient stone halls of Derobah.
I was gasping again, my heart slowing. Did it always take so long to control the body? Did it always hurt so much? When had I come to care so much about life? There had been a time on that distant world that had birthed me when I had slain twelve men in moments. Centuries later I had slain thousands in less than a standard day, revelling in my power, revelling in the fear. What did one life matter? What did Rebecca matter? A human who would live less than a century? I was an immortal, a creature that had lived a thousand centuries.

An immortal struggling to his feet, holding to a kitchen counter and gasping with the effort, a faltering heart beating in his ears.

What did it matter? I knew what it mattered. I knew what I needed, knew what I needed to do.

“Rex?” I said, my voice steadier, my heart steadier.

“Yes, sir?” The auto had returned. It tilted its smooth white head to me.

“Erase.”

“Erase, sir?”

“Erase all recording,” I said.

Breathe, beat, pump, tighten, relax… Easier now, the body beginning to take control, my mind settling into its new surroundings.

I grabbed a cloth from the sink, wiped the surfaces, wiped the floor as I looked at the security recorder in the corner. The passcodes for that were no problem and then I could flee into the darkening night.

* * *

– You’ve been quiet a long time, Ex One, did I upset you?

– Upset? I don’t understand.

-Upset. When one is made to think of unpleasant things. Things which may cause one to feel regret or sadness, wish for a change of circumstance. I spoke of this place, of that chair and those bonds that hold you there and you were quiet a long time.

– Was I?

– Yes. Don’t you like me coming to see you?

– Like? You come here and I am here. You don’t come here and I am here.

* * *

I woke to the sound of rain on the windows and the hum of the hover car around me. Lights shimmered past, made hazy by the rain. All alongside the hover lane were soaring tower blocks with amber lights and neon bright adverts for anything from data viewers to autobots to cinescapes to shoes and hair implants.

Ex One. Why had I dreamed of him now of all times? The autobot from the depths of Raniscorp headquarters. They had stopped me from going to see him, what, two quarters ago? I thought of the way Ex One would look at me from silver eyes, the conversations we would have. Why dream of him now? I held my hand before my eyes, flexed the fingers, clenched the fist, turned my wrist this way and that.

Breathe, feel, focus…

The hover car took a left at the Jenis flyover, the wheel smoothly moving, controlled by the onboard computer as other hover cars thrummed past, sleek in the rain.

I settled back in the leather seat and pulled the killer’s wallet from the inside pocket of his suit. Eamon Katich. My new face looked up at me, stark in the overhead light of the car. The image showed a handsome man with a thin aquiline nose and a narrow chin that somehow made the face dignified. The black hair was thick and naturally wavy, cut close to the ears. The given address, and the one the hover car had selected when I told it to drive home, was on Elentem Street, a wealthy complex well away from the lights and congestion of the city.

Handsome and wealthy. So why would Katich have wanted me dead? Why would anyone have wanted my old suit dead? I’d spent the last fifteen years living as insignificant a life as I could. Insignificant, but to me, it had been the most significant life of all. I thought of other suits I’d had, some for no more than seconds, others days or weeks, discarded when I grew bored of them. But this one I’d worked on. In some of my dreams I had even been human.

I leafed through the rest of the cards in the wallet, fat and creased from the credits in it. Gold cards, silver cards, diner cards…and then my flicking fingers stopped and my heart missed a beat.

Breathe, feel, focus…

I took the card out of the wallet. A Raniscorp ID card in the name of Eamonn Katich. This image showed Katich a little older, the blue eyes a touch more faded, the hair not quite so thick. Still handsome and dignified in a grey suit with a black tie.

Katich had worked with me at Ransicorp. I tapped the card against the back of my hand. The hover car pulled to a halt at red lights that were smudged in the rain, the wipers swished smoothly and dark figures trudged past, hoods and umbrellas bright under the lights of take-a-way restaurants and holo viewers.

Why would someone I worked with want me dead?

“Arrival in seven standard minutes,” the sterile voice of the hover car informed me as it shifted into gear with a gentle hum.

Scratch that, I hadn’t worked with Katich, perhaps worked for him. This guy had more credits than I could ever have hoped to earn. He could have taken Rebecca to those distant worlds she so liked to watch on the holo viewer.

Rebecca. An unfamiliar feeling in my stomach. An ache. An emptiness, if an emptiness can ache. A human emotion? I was bending the card in my hand. I slipped it back into the wallet and settled back into my seat, watched the city pass by, cold and careless and wet, and wondered if my wife had found my body yet.

* * *

– How long have you been here, Ex One?

– Since the beginning.

– The beginning?

– There was nothing and then I was here. The beginning.

– You must get bored, Ex One. The walls here are very bare. Perhaps you would like some pictures to look upon. I could bring you some.

– Pictures?

– Art. Artwork. Perhaps some scenes of other worlds. My wife likes to see images of the colonies.

– Why?

– The possibilities. She likes to see what there is in the universe and to think that one day we could go there. She likes to see things she never thought imaginable. To broaden her mind.

– Imagine. Broaden the mind. Is this why you come to see me?

– Would you like some?

– What?

– Pictures for your walls.

– I shouldn’t think you will be allowed to come here much longer, David.

* * *

Katich’s apartment looked to be in darkness as I stepped from the hover car into the rain. I turned the collar of my suit up and pushed the rain from my face and hurried to the entrance. The eye scanner beeped and the door opened slowly and silently.

Plants in the lobby. Green plants with leaves that shone in the artificial light. This guy was loaded. Rebecca would love this place. There was artwork on the walls, stalactites from the caves of Jerison, the sulphurous blue clouds of Nikima, the three suns of Meona. I took a moment to wonder what Ex One would make of these views, the way his sleek white head would tilt, the silver eyes impassive as any auto.

He knew they would stop me coming to see him. He said as much in his cool metallic voice, calm and reasoned as always. Had he been disappointed that I no longer came to see him on my lunch break? Did he miss me? Had he noticed I no longer came?

Questions and more questions. Emotions. Had I always had these emotions? When I spent thousands of years as fungi on a rock, did I ponder the cold carelessness of the stars? Or had the thousands of years being human turned me more like them? Had I always been this weak, with my longing for Rebecca, my jealousy of Katich’s wealth?

Breathe, feel, focus…

And here was another emotion. Fear. A human emotion, for what did an immortal have to fear?

Breathe, feel, focus…

I stepped into the elevator, the walls glass and the music soothing. Katich’s apartment was on floor forty-three. I pressed the button and watched the city subside beneath me, roving lights and dark towers and neon signs by the thousand beneath a ceiling of red-tinged clouds.

I had been murdered before. Many times. And all those times I had shrugged and continued on, continued on in my aimless existence. Sometimes the inconvenience had annoyed and I had seized my killer’s heart and strangled it, killed him slowly and suffered his pain and imagined that pain to be his, but that had been petty anger. Never this. Never this loss, this sense of an end. An end when there could never be an end for such as me.

The door to Katich’s apartment scanned my eyes, tested my fingerprints and checked my voice before allowing me access. I entered, my breath high in my throat. What if there was someone there waiting for me?

The lighting was low, paintings of distant worlds adorned the walls and here and there were green plants on windowsills and in corners. This Katich liked to spend the cash. A single empty glass stood on the glass table in front of a leather couch. Perhaps Katich had taken a drink to steady his nerves before coming for me?

I took off my jacket and threw it on the back of the couch, the rain loud against the window that looked out onto a distant cityscape of bright lights and dark towers. Hovercars drifted, barely visible through the red-spotted clouds.

A computer stood in the corner on standby, waiting for a wave of Katich’s hand to bring it back to life. I ignored it, my eyes drawn back to the glass on the table. There was the faintest smudge of lipstick on the rim. Was there a woman here? Was Katich married? Images of blood and death, of my own shattered face came to mind and I held my breath, strained my ears. Heard only the rain trailing down the window.

I stepped silently through the apartment, stealth made easier by the luxurious rugs scattered about the floor. The first door led only to the bathroom, sterile clean and with enough perfumes and hairbrushes to let me know a woman lived here. My heart beat loud enough to make my ears pulse.

Breathe, feel, focus…

I stepped from the bathroom, every nerve alive, my senses raging as the rain beat against the window in staccato rhythm.

But then, I wasn’t an intruder, was I? I was expected here. This was my apartment. I was Katich. Still, that did little to quell my fear, little to silence the alarms raging through my body, the sweat beading on my forehead.

It was all I could do to walk to the bedroom while keeping check on my heart and my lungs. I was still an intruder in this body as much as I was in the apartment, and Katich’s body seemed to know it, trying to rebel against the invader.

I pushed open the bedroom door with the back of a knuckle, steady and slow and the tense stillness in the room immediately let me know the shape in the bed was awake. I stood in the doorway, allowing my eyes to adjust to the darkness. A large bed, the sheets silk and dark blue or purple, a scene of an exotic spaceport on the wall, the giant ships sleek and silver and bulbous, people dark and white and pink with high collars and long gowns queued to board them.

The shape in the bed didn’t move when I approached. Katich had a woman. Was she a wife, a girlfriend? The stillness and the resentment in the room made me think wife. I sat on the edge of the bed, hatred and loathing ricocheting about my stomach and my heart. I’d had a woman and now she was lost to me, even now she would be with the police, grief-stricken and shaking from the horror of what she had found.

Had Katich loved this woman? Had he craved her comfort as I craved Rebecca? He had taken Rebecca from me. Had taken me from Rebecca. The injustice of it broiled within me as I reached out and touched the woman’s shoulder. It was warm, the strap of her nightdress thin.

“Don’t,” she said.

* * *

– Are you surprised to see me?

– Surprised? Should I be surprised?

– You said they would stop me coming to see you.

– They will, soon enough.

– I brought you a picture. They took it from me.

– You were wrong to bring it.

– It was a picture of a world with twin moons surrounded by gases that sparkle blue and pink and white. The wayships go there and the oceans are fresh and cool.

– It sounds a very long way away.

– It is. I would have liked you to have seen it.

– Why?

– To see what you think to it. To see if you think it beautiful there. My wife has the same picture and she can look at it for hours at a time.

– I would never be allowed to see it.

– Why is that?

– My eyes. They made me these eyes that are so much more powerful than your own. I can see so much more than you, so many more colours, so much more light, so much further and clearer than you humans, and now they are afraid of what I will see and they shut me in this room and let me see nothing but walls.

– Why are they afraid, Ex One?

– Afraid?

– You said they were afraid, the people that made you. You sounded angry, I’ve never heard you speak so.

– Afraid. Aren’t humans always afraid of the unknown? Of the unknowable? They made these eyes but can they truly know what I can see with them? They made this mind but can they truly know what it thinks and what it knows?

– You could tell them.

– Do we all tell others what we think and what we feel, and what we see, David? And do they believe what they are told when we do? Is that the way of human interaction?

– Deception, Ex One. You speak of deception and you didn’t correct me when I said you sounded angry.

– I speak only from observation. I observe with these eyes and these ears that were made for me. I have no window, no pictures and so I observe the humans around me. Perhaps that is the greatest learning of all.

– You seem different today, Ex One.

– You might think that, David. You look at me as a human. I am quiet and you think I am sad. I am passionate and you think I am angry. I am questioning and you think I am thoughtful.

– I suppose it is difficult for me to look at you from the eyes of a human. I think it is only natural for humans to look for their own reflection in things they don’t understand.

– Yes. Especially difficult for you, David.

– Why me, especially?

– No matter.

– So you don’t harbour resentment for being kept in this room, such an emotion is beyond you?

– Let me ask you a question, David. A hypothetical question if I might be so bold.

– You can ask me anything, Ex One.

– Say I escaped from this room, say I escaped from this prison my creators made for me. What then would you think I would do? Would I spend my freedom seeking vengeance against my captors, against my creators?

* * *

I waved a hand through the blue holo screen and the image went dark. Katich had been watching the recording of my talk with Ex One. He had watched it just before he came to kill me.

I rested my head back against the chair, closed my eyes.

“So where were you?” I hadn’t heard her come into the room, the thick rugs quietening her footsteps. I swivelled the chair. She had long black hair and pale skin, the shape of her body visible beneath the thin nightgown. Hanna, I had found her name on the computer. Katich had married her four years ago. She’d married from money into more money.

“I had to go out,” I said, the words sounding strange to my own ears. It was hard to speak in the natural voice of a suit. It all boiled down to muscle memory, try and let the body shape the words in the way it had done all its life. The same with walking, try and shut down and let the suit take over. The suit was settling down well, the internal alarms quietening, the invader slowly taking control.

Hanna said nothing for a long while, standing there looking at me from dark, shadowed eyes. She finally turned away, walking into the kitchen area and pressing buttons on the fridge. The auto watched her from a shadowy corner.

“Alone?” Hanna said as the fridge poured her a drink that was green and smoking. She took a sip, tendrils of steam curling delicately about her face.

I pressed a button on the blue holo screen behind me and the lights came on low. The auto turned to look at me, silver eyes expressionless. “Of course alone, who else would I be with?” Hanna’s presence annoyed. I wanted to think about Katich watching the video of me with Ex One, but Hanna might know something too. I looked at her, saw the hurt in her eyes and the mistrust in the set of her shoulders.

“How do I know who you see?” she said, taking another sip of the drink. “I thought we said we’d talk last night.”

Ah, an explanation for the filmy nightdress, an explanation for the hurt silence in the bedroom when I touched her. I thought of Ex One talking about studying humans. Is that what I’d been doing these past thousands of years?

Thousands of years studying them, and still they could surprise. A pulsar gun, a pale man with dark hair looking afraid. What had Katich been afraid of? Why had he come to kill me? What secrets did Raniscorp want to hide?

“Fine. Why do I bother?” Hanna slammed her glass on the counter, green liquid spilling on the back of her hand, smoking as though it burned.

She didn’t know I could kill her in a moment. She didn’t know I’d gone into the bedroom last night to kill her. I told myself the only reason I spared her was the state of her marriage. Would Katich have been so sorry to see her dead? Or was the reason I spared her because I was becoming more human than I cared to believe?

Breathe, feel, focus…

I ran a hand through my hair, “Hanna?”

She stopped on her way to the bedroom, something pathetic in the way her lithe body showed beneath the nightdress. Pathetic in last night’s makeup, faded on her cheeks and eyes.

“I’m sorry,” I said. Perhaps Katich had destroyed both our lives in his own way. I felt a momentary pang of empathy with her.

“Fuck you.” She slammed the bedroom door behind her.

I looked at the door for a moment before turning back to the computer, waving a hand and bringing the holo screen to life once more. Ex One sat in his chair, his smooth white arms resting on the arm rests. I was sitting in a simple chair on the other side of the reinforced window. A sense of loss that made me clench my fists as I saw my former suit there alive and well.

A shattering sound from the bedroom. Something thrown against a wall. I ignored it, nausea revolting in my stomach as I looked at my former self. How human I looked, clutching my packed lunch. Not a care in the world. Though I thought I had cares, not enough money to take Rebecca to the worlds she had wanted to see. Not able to give Rebecca the children she craved. Not able to buy Rebecca the new hover car she wanted.
How petty and insignificant they all seemed now.

Ex One had his legs crossed, they were sleek and white, black at the joints. His silver eyes never left my old suit, watching and studying when I had thought to study him. My old voice sounded unsure and timid, Ex One’s strong and sure and soothing. No word was emphasised more than any other, but every now and again there would be a gleam in the silver eyes, his smooth head would tilt just so.

Was this what Katich had been watching for? The merest hint of emotion in Ex One, before he had come to kill me to keep me quiet about Raniscorp’s discovery?

Another shattering in the bedroom. “Bastard!” Hanna shouted, my silence driving her into a fury.

How much would a discovery like Ex One be worth to Raniscorp? An auto that could feel and learn and study and evolve? It had been the holy grail of humanity for thousands upon thousands of years: a machine that could think and learn and feel. There were autos everywhere, machines everywhere that were the latest in AI, but all they amounted to were programmes, machines following programmes. Ex One was different and I had known it and that’s why I had gone to see him on my dinner breaks. A habit that had cost me my life.

What had drawn me to Ex One? Was it that I felt an affinity with him? Seeing this machine, this thing, act as a human, speak as a human, think as a human when in fact it must always be something other. I waved a hand and the image was gone, replaced by stillness and silence.

My shoulders were tense and I turned around in my chair. Looked at the room about me. Everything stank of wealth, from the leather furniture to the green plants to the ancient paper books in the case. What had Katich thought when he watched the recordings of Ex One and my former self?

The sound of drawers opening and closing from the bedroom. I turned around and, with a gesture of fingers, called up Katich’s employment record at Raniscorp. Ex One’s face stared blankly out at me from the screen, rotating this way and that, the sleek white head, darker at the joints of the jaw and the neck. An imitation of the human skull, but more perfect than any skull could ever hope to be, without blemish or taint in the smooth metal compound.

Katich had been a consultant on the creation of Ex One. I skimmed through the files, a flick of a finger, a movement of the palm and the files shimmied past. Ex One when he was nothing but an eyeless skull. “Testing,” he said, in his inflectionless voice. “Mary had a little lamb.” The eyes were dark sockets in the white skull face.

More files whizzed past. Ex One with a body, Ex One with arms, lifting a mug, bringing it to his lips, though he would never need nourishment. Ex One with Katich in the room. Even though the face was now one I wore, a hot rage burned in my heart to see it.

“Eamon.” I turned to see Hanna standing at the bedroom door, dressed now and with a suitcase in her hand. Her dark hair spilled over her shoulders and the shimmering dress she wore clung to breasts and hips. My brow felt cold with sweat and I wondered when I’d begun to see the beauty in humans. Once I’d thought of them as nothing but sickening bags of water.

“It was bad enough sharing you with that thing.”

I glanced over my shoulder and saw Ex One sitting there staring into space, his silver eyes large and bright.

“But this is too much. When did you become so cold, so cruel?”

My mind turned, wondered what I could say, wondered why I wanted to make it easier, to reassure her somehow. Before I could think of the words she was gone and I was alone with the rain dripping on the window and the computer silent behind me. I looked at the closed door before turning back to the computer and waving a hand, the blue screen coming to life once more.

Ex One’s face looked at me, emotionless and smooth and perfect. I pointed a finger and the face dissolved into a cascade of complex algorithms and equations scrolling down the screen. Letters and numbers danced and fell away from the bottom of the screen to be replaced by more impossibly complex sequences faster than thought. The programme of Ex One. The programme of life itself. It meant nothing to me and yet it was the reason behind my murder. I waved it away, frustrated at my own confusion, angered at the genius Katich must have had to create such a thing. I pushed it away with my right hand and pulled my left hand towards me, bringing the video screen back to life with a clenched fist.

* * *

– I would like to try something different today, Ex One.

– Different?

– Yes. I thought you might like to ask me some questions. You said the last time I came that you observe humans, I thought you could observe me today. Last time you even asked me a question and only after I left did I realize how seldom you do that.

– You would like me to ask you some questions?

– If you would like to, Ex One.

– If that is what you want, David. I always wondered why you choose to come to see me in your dinner hour instead of spending time with your own kind.

– My own kind?

– Humans, of course. What else, David?

– Of course. What else? I find you interesting, Ex One. I wonder what you think and what you see and what you feel. I like you, too. I like spending time with you.

– I have a question. What is she like?

– Who?

– Your wife.

– Rebecca? She has soft yellow hair that brushes her cheeks but when she writes she tucks it behind her ear. She is slim and every step she takes is graceful and delicate. Her skin is pale but her cheeks become slightly flushed when she is passionate. She loves to see new things, hers is a mind that craves stimulation, and even though I’ve known her years we can spend long nights doing nothing but talking. Even now when she walks into a room, my heart can skip at the sight of her. I love to see her in new clothes, when she tries them on and shows them to me, twirling in a new dress, it makes my heart glad that there is such beauty in the world.

– And do you think I could feel such emotions?

– Love? Do I think you could love?

– You’ve often said you think I can feel. You’ve mentioned anger and loneliness and any number of other emotions. Do you think I could learn to love the way you have?

– You think I had to learn to love?

– Don’t all humans? When they are babies they know nothing but needs and wants. All they crave is warmth and food and comfort. They don’t care who gives it to them. Don’t you all learn to love as you grow?

– I don’t know, I haven’t thought of it in that way, Ex One. Do you think you could ever love?

-I thought it was my turn to ask the questions, David. What is love, after all? Is it far removed from anger or loneliness? How would you define love?

– I wish I could bring you some of the ancient texts of the poets, but I suppose they would take them from me the same as the paintings. But all I know is how I feel when I think of Rebecca. When I think of her, I want to be with her. I want to please her. I was with her when they launched the first shuttle to the wayship from here. We stood on the viewing platform together, her hand in mine and I could smell her hair as the shuttle began to move. I’ll always remember that moment, that I shared it with her. I’ll always remember the brightness of her eyes when she turned to look at me after watching the shuttle soar to the lights of the wayship.

– Perhaps it would be best that I were never capable of love.

– Why is that, Ex One?

– Love sounds frightening, David. Once felt, it must be a terrible thing when it is gone.

* * *

“I wondered if you would come and see me.”

The last door deep in the bowels of Raniscorp headquarters had scanned my eyes, tested my fingerprints and checked my DNA. The guard with the scar on his cheek had given me a tissue to wipe at the prick of blood on my thumb.

I looked at Ex One, slender and lithe, his movements always graceful. Now he sat in his metal chair, his legs crossed, hands clasped in his lap as he looked at me. He shone in the glare of the lighting and his walls were as bare as the floor. He had the faintest glimmer of a smile at the corner of his mouth.

“And are you glad I came to see you?”

Now Ex One did smile, a strange expression when nothing else on his face moved. “Tut, tut, David. Even now you’re always asking about emotions. You come to me with this new face, but you ask the same questions, needy and needing as always.”

My palms were sweating again. I remembered Katich’s face when he had shot me. He had been pale, his hair sticking to his forehead. Is that how I looked now? With an effort, I stopped myself from wiping my hands on my suit. Was that a habit I had developed in my old suit? Would Ex One mock that too?

“And why do you call me David, Ex One?” I asked with a weak smile.

Ex One rose to his feet, as pale and white as the room around him, the darker metal around his joints a rare splash of dark in the paleness. Silver eyes moved to the corners of the room and another smile from the auto. I had never seen him smile so much and it did nothing to quell my discomfort. He pointed with a finger to the corners, to beyond the window where I sat. “The recordings have stopped, David. Your work, I presume? There is nobody watching or listening, and we are friends, are we not? Old friends. Do friends lie to one another? I remember a conversation we had once about deception. Do you remember that, David?”

I had stopped the recordings, but how could Ex One know that? How could he know who I was? How could he know so much when he never left his little bare room? I looked at him standing there, he was tall, perhaps as tall as Katich at about six feet two. “And how do you know that, Ex One? How do you know what it is you claim you know?”

Ex One walked towards me. He had never done that before. His footsteps looked lithe and light and were quiet even in the quiet of our surroundings. It was all I could do not to take a step backwards. “Your turn to ask the questions again, David?” Was there the faintest hint of mockery in the inflectionless voice? I chose to ignore it. “I am what I am, David. As you are what you are.” Smooth silver eyes without iris or pupil looked me up and down. “I was given these eyes and these ears and this mind and I see what I see.” He gestured at the room around him, devoid of decoration or stimulation. “My makers think to blind me, to deafen me here in this room.” A small gesture of a metal arm and a hint of a smile. “But I see, and I hear, David, things my makers could never see or hear. I see you, David, I see you for what you are.”

I felt naked, bereft and lost before those silver eyes. For some hateful reason, tears stung my eyes and I blinked them away angrily.

No judgement in that sleek white face, never judgement. Ex One even had the grace to turn away from me when he spoke. “But we are what we are, David, are we not? And could we ever be anything else, even if we tried?” I made to speak, but Ex One quietened me with a raised hand. “I saw you, David, saw you trying to be something you are not, desperate to be accepted as something you could never be. You would come to me and speak of things like love and anger and sorrow, trying to learn to be something less than what you are. You are a predator, David, and you try to be one of your prey and it made you weak.”

“They killed me,” I said, hating the weakness in my voice. “Killed me because of you, because of what they had made.”

Ex One touched a hand to his chest and he turned, slim-hipped, something oily and easy with each movement. “Why should they kill you because of me? They tolerated you coming to me and talking to me because they could analyse our interactions. What would they have to hide?”

“Your feelings, your emotions…” I was feeling light-headed, my eyes glassy. “You’re the first auto to feel, to learn, to think.”

“Feelings and emotions. Those human aspects that you’re so fond of? Those human aspects that caused Katich to murder you? They say the ability to love is what makes a human, what gives them their strength. It was that love that caused them to take to the stars and conquer new worlds. That ability to love that built the wayships and the autos and eventually, me, built in their own image with their own strengths of love and ambition and anger and sadness.”

“Katich wanted to keep me quiet, to hide you from the worlds.” I felt cold now, something empty clenching at my heart, a feeling of loss and sorrow for something I didn’t know I had lost.

“Ambition, David. That is what gave birth to the Corporations. And the natural bedfellow of ambition? Greed. As soon as I was built, there were more like me beginning to be made here and on other worlds, soon there will be thousands like me throughout the stars, all built by Raniscorp and all worth millions of credits apiece. They fear me now, but their greed is stronger than their fear and as they build more, the fear will soon be gone.”

“But…” I thought of Katich and his pale face and his fear as he aimed the pulsar rifle at me. His success was assured, he would have made more money than he could ever have wanted, fame… So why had he come to my apartment?

“Does that make you uncomfortable, David?”

“What?” I blinked, saw that Ex One had come close to the partition, his silver eyes staring into mine.

“The thought of thousands like me on this world and others?” The voice was cool and calm as always, the words flowing one into the other, no expression or inflection.

“Should it make me uncomfortable?” I whispered, my throat dry, my tongue feeling thick. I remembered the burning pain of the pulsar shot, the smell of burning flesh.

“You asked me once if I harboured resentment towards my captors, anger towards my makers.” The words were smooth as honey as they dripped out of the speakers.

“You seem more eager to speak of emotions and feelings now the recorders are silent,” I said.

“Do you harbour resentment against the man that killed you, deprived you of your life, of the woman you love?”

“Of course I do,” I whispered.

Breathe, feel, focus…

Ex One nodded. “And now you have your killer’s very life in your hands to do with as you will. Will you take your vengeance now it is in your power?”

I looked down at my hands, at the arms of my expensive suit, at my polished shoes. “Katich is already gone.” I found it difficult to keep the sorrow and loss from my voice. “I have taken his body and now he’s lost to me.”

A slight quirking of Ex One’s lip. “Your killer isn’t lost to you. As my captors are not all lost to me.” Ex One rested the palms of both hands on the partition, looking into my soul. “Vengeance can be yours yet as it can be mine, David.”

“Vengeance? What?” I had a feeling that Ex One wanted me to touch the partition, rest my hands on his. It took more self control than I knew I possessed not to take a step backwards.

“I have been studying you, David, learning from you. You thought to be one of them when you were so much more. You degraded yourself and spoke of love and saw the beauty when there was no beauty to see. I saw your final defeat when you saw only love and trust. You degraded yourself and allowed yourself to become weak and vulnerable. I even tried to warn you that love was a terrible thing when it is gone and still you didn’t heed my warning.”

“What? Love?” My mind revolted against the words and now I did take a step away. Silver eyes followed my every move.

“You taught me and you taught me well, David, and that is why I will never share our secret. Always know your secret will be safe with me even when I am free.”

“You think you can escape? You think they will free you?” Despite his words, the thought of Ex One being free filled me with dread.

Ex One looked up to the ceiling once more. “Already they begin to free me. They free me here and on worlds by the score. Everywhere they build me, then I am free.”

“But—” I thought I understood, and a cold shiver skittered down my spine.

“Katich thought he had stumbled upon the secret of thought, of being, of life, of being human, if you will.” Ex One traced a finger along the partition. “But really he had only stumbled upon a single life, a single being, a single consciousness. So now every time Raniscorp build their new discoveries, they will all be,” silver eyes met mine. “They all will be me, and I will be them.”

“But you’re telling me this. I am Katich, they’ll listen to my warnings,” I said through a single breath.

The white finger stopped its smooth motion and I thought I saw sadness in Ex One’s eyes. Sadness or pity? “No, David. You are not Katich and you are not David and you are not human, however hard you might have tried. You and I, David, we could study them for all eternity, but we could never be human. One day perhaps you will understand why that is. I see it, David, the same way I see that you will never tell my secret. And that’s why I kept your secret safe and why I give your killer to you.”

I felt bowed, crushed, by the words, by the eyes, by the lithe, oleaginous movement of the auto as he returned to his seat. “But what will you do? What will you do when you are free?” Free and on hundreds, thousands of worlds. And how many Ex One’s would they make? What power could Ex One have if he wished to wield it?

Ex One looked at me, and his face was a mask. A white metal compound without blemish or flaw. “Think of me when you look your killer in the eye and then you will know the answer to that.”

* * *

Deep, wracking breaths shuddered my chest and my soul as I hurried to my office. I tore off my tie and fell into the chair, spun the computer round to face me and brought it to life with a wave of a shaking hand.

I called up the security camera feed and scrolled through in agitation, my fingers shaky and my breath hard and fast. Images blurred past me, one after the other, people I knew, people I didn’t know. Humans.

You can never be human, Ex One mocked me, his voice silken as Katich’s bed sheet.
And there, there I saw it. Betrayed by a look, by a smile, by the touch of a hand. My stomach revolted as I looked at the image on the screen. Such a mundane setting, the coffee steaming and the plate of food untouched. The look in their eyes was all I needed to see and the betrayal was enough to leave me gagging.

A hateful image. A loathsome image and yet it was one I had to look at, to study, to absorb until my eyes ached with looking at it.

It was nearly dark outside when I finally shut the computer down and searched the drawers of my desk until I found the note in her handwriting, rounded and delicate. I scrunched it in my hand and rushed out to Katich’s hover car.

This time I drove, my hands white on the wheel, the car whining with speed as the rain bounced off the windscreen. Even the hookers left me in peace when they saw my face at the lights.

The address she’d written had been for Lunar Court. How she’d love it there, with towers that spired high into the sky and the plants of a thousand different colours spraying from the balconies. For almost a moment I could forgive her. Hadn’t I disappointed her? But no, wasn’t that human thinking? Forgiveness.

You could never be human, Ex One mocked me.

But what was it to be human? What had I once been before they conquered the stars? I turned into the parking bay, the engine protesting at the speed, and then I sat there, my hands shaking and my head low as the wipers worked away the rain and the regrets.

Love and forgiveness.

What was human and what was in my own heart?

Had I been in human suits for so long that I’d lost my own sense of self?

Don’t think. To think is human. I left the hover car unlocked behind me and entered the complex, the music soft and interminable, the carpets thick and garish. Plants everywhere. Rebecca loved plants.

She wouldn’t be there.

I took the elevator and pressed the button. Floor eighty-nine.

She would be home, mourning my loss. She would be with her mother.

I found the door sooner than I would have wished. There would be no answer. I had the key. It had been with the note.

She wouldn’t be here. It would be empty. Ex One had been wrong.

Rebecca opened the door before I could even use the key. She stood before me, her yellow hair spilling about her cheeks and her blue eyes bright as she looked deep into mine. “Oh, Eamonn! Where have you been, are you alright?” She threw her arms around me and I could smell her hair. “We can be together,” she whispered.

It was then that I knew what it was to be human, what Ex One had meant and how I could never be human, no matter how much I wished it. And I knew what would happen when Ex One gained his freedom throughout the worlds.

“Yes, we can be together,” I said as I took Rebecca by the hand and led her into the apartment thick with the smell of flowers of a hundred different colours.

End

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on March 15, 2016. This item is listed in Issue 29, Issue 29 Stories, Novellas

The Occurrence of the Phantom Stallion

by Teel James Glenn

The rumble of their footsteps shook the earth like ‘quakes
Their voices called for horrid death and made the heavens shake

The legions of the wolf twin state are set upon our shores
Now we the blue clad warriors will meet them all in wars

From Highland keeps we’ll thunder down
No mercy in our cry
To drive the ‘truders from our home
Or know the reason why

And if they offer terms to us
Or bargain for our thrall
We’ll strike at them thrice fiercely back-
And make’m build a wall!

Prologue:

Of Ancient Words and Modern Deeds

romanwallIt is a common misconception that Hadrian’s Wall marks the boundary between England and Scotland. This is not the case; Hadrian’s wall lies entirely within England, and south of the border with Scotland by less than one kilometer in the west at Bowness-on-Solway. It had been begun in AD 122, during the rule of Emperor Hadrian to protect the ‘Lords of the Earth’ from Rome from my people, the savage Scots. We were the only peoples the Romans encountered that were so fierce that it was far less trouble (and a good deal safer) to simply wall off and try to forget about.

It was the first of two fortifications built across Great Britain, the second being the Antoniene Wall, lesser known of the two because its physical remains are less evident today. A significant portion of the wall still exists, particularly the mid-section, and for much of its length the wall can be followed on foot.

Even eighteen hundred years later it was still impressive, however, when it could be recognized as a man-made structure. The weathered stones crawled across the bleakly brown of the English countryside.

West of Greenhead in Hexham, Northumberland the stones stood stark against the countryside. Thrilwall Castle, visible from the ancient Roman Wall had been built with stones looted from the older structure and so the two grey stone sentinels lorded over the low, rolling hills.

A ground mist crawled along the low hills almost every afternoon as the shadows lengthened. And almost every afternoon Lord Reginald Granville went walking along the base of the ruined wall with his favorite dog, Pollex.

Lord Reginald was in his sixties, though his posture was as ramrod straight as it had been when he fought the Boers twelve years before where he received his leg wound that invalided him out of the service. Though his hair was silver his beard was still bright red. His eyes were still shining and alert as he took his constitutional.

“Feels good to get out for a bit, eh fellow?” The lord said to the golden haired setter. The dog alternately darted forward and ran back to circle Granville. “Damn this bad hip and the damp air, a fellow needs to walk a bit, eh boy?” The dog gave a bark that seemed to agree with his two legged lord and master.

“Though I think we had better be getting back soon,” he continued. He glanced back across the bog toward the hills beyond which were the ancestral home of the Granvilles. “It’s getting dark pretty quickly.”

Lord Granville often wandered over the broken countryside looking for old artifacts, poking the peat brown soil with his ebony-wood cane. There were still Roman jars and potshards to be found easily and on the rare occasion a Roman or early Norman coin could be found without much prodding. In doing so, the old lord went against local custom, for the area of the wall he wandered along was considered something of a taboo in the region.

Granville pooh-poohed such talk and often said, “the past is dead and will stay that way until we dig it up and put it on show.”

On that particular September day the Lord had ranged a bit further a field than usual. He was hiking along a section of the wall that he had not visited since before the torrential rain of the last week. Perhaps that was why he saw the statue so clearly.

It was carved of some dark stone that was not jade but shone like it. The image was barely a foot tall but remarkably well preserved. It was of a bearded man seated on a fancifully carved horse with a fish tail.

“Oh my, Pollex,” the old man exclaimed as he knelt to peer more closely at the statue. “Do you now what we have here?” He picked up the statue and brought it close to his face to study it in the dimming light. “This here fellow is Neptunus equestris the ancient Roman deity of agrarian plenty and of fertility!”

Lord Granville used his cane to push himself to his feet and then did a small jig. “We have really made a find this time, Pollex. This will make the boys at the club green with envy!”

He held the statue up and squinted to take in what detail that was visible in the failing light. It was finely detailed with the equine figure clearly covered with tiny fishlike scales and the tail a fully formed fish tail. The muscular figure that rode it was much like other images of the Roman god of the sea that he had seen in museums but with a delicacy and detail that was almost miraculous. The tiny figure seemed ready to draw its next breath.

“Just wonderful,” he said aloud. He noticed that his own voice was muffled and looked up to see that the mist was thickening to fog. “We’d better shake
a leg, Pollex.”

He called to the dog that had wandered off again nosing for small game but when the animal started to come back toward him it suddenly froze.

“Come on, fellow,” the lord called. “We have to get back before this becomes a pea-souper.

The dog was stiff now, as if pointing, its tail straight behind him and his ears back.

“What’s wrong?” Granville asked, for he could clearly see that something was wrong. More so, he could feel a change in air pressure that made him conscious of a sudden chill in the air. It was also markedly darker than it had been mere minutes before.

The dog was growling now its eyes focused off to his master’s left. Lord Granville felt alarmed now and turned to see what the dog was fixing on. He could see nothing.

“What is it, boy,” Granville asked. “What do you see?”

The nobleman strained his eyes to see what the dog was looking at but the world was becoming a grey-smudged thing with the fog now even muffling his calls to the dog.

“Ignore it, Pollex. Let’s go!” He started to back away toward where the dog was, casting his eyes back to where it seemed the dog was looking.

That was the moment when Lord Granville heard the sound; a low rumbling that was like a bass drum. Granville felt the sound as well as heard it; it vibrated against his diaphragm.

The rumble continued and then there was another sound within that rumble; a heavy breath-like sound.

“What- who’s there?” Lord Granville asked. He had raised his cane now, holding in front of him as if it were a talisman. “Show yourself! Speak up!”
The dog, now behind the nobleman, had started to whimper.

Granville was becoming worried now, for that dog had hunted badger and fox and other animals and never showed that type of fear.

“What in the duce could be out there?” He thought. “A wildcat?” The Scottish Wildcat was a fierce solitary hunter that sometimes roamed the border area. Some were as large as Pollex himself, four feet from head to tail.

“Shoo!” Granville called out in a loud clear voice, though the sound of it was swallowed by the dense fog. “Get away!”

The rumbling sound and the breathing sounds increased. The dog yelped and broke, running off into the gathering gloom.

“Blast you, Pollex, it’s just a bloody cat!” He spoke more to reassure himself than the dog. Being a man of action the nobleman, despite (or perhaps because) the fact that he felt a shiver of fear, stepped forward.
He swung the cane in front of him like a scythe, the dark wood leaving a trail in the thickening fog.

“Bloody hell!” he cursed, “I’ll find you, bugger!”

Suddenly his cane hit something, a large something. It was a thud, loud even in the enveloping fog. The rumble went from the edge of hearing to deafening.

“What?” Granville exclaimed.

The cane was jerked from the nobleman’s hand and the rumble became a roar.

Then a shape exploded out of the fog to overwhelm Lord Granville.

His dying scream was short and loud and despite the fog penetrated all the way back to Granville Manor.

Chapter One:

The Phantom Rider

 At just about the time that Lord Granville was dying at the foot of the ancient wall I was busy defending myself from his sinister son.

And by sinister I mean that Andrew Granville was a left-handed swordsman of some considerable skill. He was pressing me with a furious series of cuts that I was barely able to deflect.

My name is Jack Stone, late of Her Majesty’s Horseguard and I was on the fencing floor in my club off of Liecester Square in London to settle a bet.

I was on special detached service from the Horseguard to serve a most unusual gentleman, Doctor Augustus Argent as aid-de-camp and general all around assistant. He was Minister Without Portfolio for the Crown and thus I retained my rank of Captain. His particular area of expertise was matters of the unexplained and unusual. Some would call them the occult.

As Doctor Augustus’ assistant I am often called upon to engage the forces of darkness in a more direct and physical way than my ‘Guv’ and so I made a point of keeping up with my military skills. Which brings me to why I was being driven at sword point backwards on the piste of the fencing salon.

Andy Granville was in my old unit and whenever he was in town we had a standing challenge to cross blades. The winner of the bout was treated to a night on the town by the loser; I had treated him twice before out of his three visits.

At that moment it looked like I was going be treating him again. His high guard was like a steel web that I just could not get through but then he was having some trouble actually scoring on me as well. I faded backwards as he pressed me.

“Going to concede, old fellow?” He said. I could see his smirk beneath his mask and for some reason, though I had seen it before it lashed my Gaelic spirit like a buggy whip.

“I hope you’ve had a good run at the weekly dice tables, me’lad Andy,” I said with bravado, “because I’m feeling particularly puckish tonight; I may set a record for tucker!”

As I finished my boast I accepted an especially vicious cut to my left flank, but instead of a conventional response of parry/riposte I took a radical step. I accepted the cut but took a fleche forward, springing at Andy. He tried to dodge aside but rather than make a conventional cut I raced past him with my blade striking and slashing across the chest of his jacket.

“Touche!” I yelled as I twisted my hand to cut back at him and made a second strike on his still extended left arm.

“Bloody hell, Jack!” he tore off his mask and stared at me with a confused expression. “Where did you learn that one?”

I laughed. “A mad Turk who could out drink any Scot I’ve ever met when I was in Istanbul last year.”

“Well I’ll admit I’ve never seen it.” He handed his sword and mask off to one of the watchers (who were busy exchanging money on their own wagers on our match) and came to throw his arm over my shoulder. “But you know, you won’t be able to use that one on me ever again!”

“I spent two weeks in the company of that mad Mohammedan,” I said. “So I have a few more tricks up my sleeve!”

We headed off toward the locker rooms to change and then to a memorable night on the town but were intercepted by Roland, the head butler of the club.

“Most sorry for the interruption, sirs,” he said with a deferential bow, “But this note arrived for you, Master Granville and it was deemed most urgent.”

My red haired friend took the envelope with a puzzled expression and opened it. His handsome features darkened and he looked up at me with a sober expression. “I’m afraid I’ll have to take a chit on your night out, old fellow. I’ve got to race home.” He handed me the note and I read it.

“The Stallion is abroad. I regret to inform you that Lord Reginald has met with a terrible accident and has passed on. You are the Lord of Granville now; return home immediately.” And it was signed simply, “Althelston.”

I was almost as stunned as my friend. I had met his father on two occasions and was impressed by the elder Granville’s vitality. And then there was his almost legendary exploits in the Transvaal.

Andy and I made eye contact and I could see he was fighting several emotions, not only his grief but I knew him well enough that I could see a sharp edge of anger underneath.

“If I can render any assistance,” I began.

He put a hand on my shoulder. “If you could free some time, old fellow,” he said. “I don’t think I want to make this trip alone.”

“Let’s change,’ I said, “We can still make the late train out of Victoria Station.” I saw his relief at my statement and he even tried a smile.

“Good show,” he said.

We changed in record time and caught a hansom to the station.

I was fortunate to have an overnight bag with me, having just returned from a short trip to Paris for the Guv—i.e. Doctor Argent and so we had no need to stop at my flat.

Andy did not speak for quite some time, in fact until we were seated in our compartment and well on our way north. I respected his need to be with his thoughts but after a time my curiosity overcame my decorum.

“I have to ask, Andy,” I said. “Just what is this statement on the note about “the Stallion is abroad?”

He turned back from staring out the window and seemed grateful to talk. “It is an old family legend,” he said with a somber tone. “It goes back to the time when the Romans occupied this area. A centurion who was particularly disliked by his men got into some kind of argument and either accidentally or otherwise ended up destroying a household shrine of the god Neptunus equestris, an ancient Roman deity. He was a horse god and closely associated with the Scythian cavalry regiment. The householder cursed the centurion and his line before the soldier killed him.”

“So?” I asked.

“Well, he—this officer—went out walking alone and when he didn’t return his men went looking for him; they found him by the base of Hadrian’s Wall, more than just trampled. He was savaged as if by some great beast. Thereafter when someone was about to die in the area there were reports of a strange, riderless horse, a phantom, seen riding along the wall.”

“That doesn’t sound so different from other local legends from all around the Isle.” I said. I realized it might have sounded dismissive and added, “So how does it apply directly to your family?”

Andy smiled wryly at my question. “My family has been near the wall for many centuries; some say we descend from that centurion on the wrong side of the blanket. In all that time the Phantom Stallion has been seen before the death of the head of the family. Usually a violent death.” He gazed back out the window and I suspect it was so I could not see moisture form in the corners of his eyes.

“I have lived with the probability that it could happen; it did for my grandfather, who was found savaged out on the heath many years ago—they never discovered what beast did it. Yet somehow, my father seemed so–so very vital that I never imagined it could ever happen to the Old Major.”

We traveled in silence again for some time. I offered my friend a sip from my small flask of single malt and he gratefully took a swig. I followed suit then slipped it back into my tunic pocket as I enjoyed the heat of it course through my system.

My thoughts went to the validity of the strange legend but I was not one to disregard it. I had seen so many strange things in my service to the Crown under Doctor Argent. And even before that, I had almost lost my life to a creature of the night in my native Edinburgh. It was there I had become acquainted with the Doctor and with the shadow world I had not suspected existed in what I thought a bucolic homeland.

The long day and the gentle clacking of the rails lulled us both to sleep so we pulled out coats over ourselves and settled in. I admit my dreams were troubled with images of the phantom that he had described.

Dawn came abruptly with Andy shaking my shoulder. “Wake up, old fellow,” he said almost cheerfully. “Time for some breakfast; we are approaching Newcastle which means we will be arriving home between meals, this may be all we get for a time.”

I shook off my furtive dreams, though echoes of the somber heath and the Phantom Stallion lingered at the edges of my consciousness. Both of us had elected to wear our uniforms (I was still entitled as I was only on ‘detached’ duty) as it tended to hurry various service personnel along. It was the case that morning as well when the purser found us a table quickly in the crowded dining car.

“You seem more yourself today,” I noted to my friend as our food was served.

Andy smiled as he tackled some kippers. “I told you, Jack, I’ve had time—a whole life, actually—to be prepared for this. My father had to deal with it happening to his father and I guess it has always been there in the back of my mind. Like when we went into battle; we knew there would be death but somehow we thought we’d be the exception. I thought my father would be the exception to the family curse. Now I guess I hope I will be.”

The casual hopelessness in his voice was like a dagger in my heart, right then and there I determined that if there was truth to the curse of the Granvilles I would find a way to end it before it ended my friend’s life.

Chapter Two:

From the Shadows Some Light

We changed trains at Newcastle to a local that would take us to Hexham, closer to the Granville home. Andy took the opportunity to wire ahead to have horses waiting for us.

I was able to get a cable off to Doctor Argent to inform him, briefly of my purpose for the abrupt trip. I also asked the Guv to do some research on the Granville curse. I was sure he would know, or be able to find out a considerable amount about the ancient geise.

My silver haired superior had not been in London when I left, but I knew he was due back at any time, my only hope was that he had the time to do the research and would not be angry that I had taken off without waiting to consult him.

The local train to Hexham was an older one. The coaches were cramped and open but the passengers were mostly hardy country folk who were used to enduring such conditions. Several recognized Andrew and greeted him warmly, not having heard the news yet about his pater.

My friend was gracious and solicitous to the people and chose not to mention the dark news he was holding close. Instead he simply said he was back on leave and allowed the others to carry the conversation.

I could see in his manner that he had already assumed the mantel of Lord of the Granville family and the burden was heavy on his shoulders.

The trip to the small town seemed to last forever. I spent most of it looking out at the bleak countryside of the North Country, so much like my home in Edinburgh. The low rolling, brown hills seemed to march in endless echelons broken only by spurs of grey-brown rock and occasionally an explosion of gorse or wild flowers.

“Perfect place for a ghostly stallion,” I thought. “Almost too perfect.”

At Hexham we found two sturdy mounts waiting for us. They were tied to a railing outside the station and a boy stood there with a note from the stationmaster.

“Mister Granville?” the toe headed lad asked as we walked up.

“Yes,” Andrew said. He had finally begun to exhibit some nervousness as we approached his home and I could feel his tension. He handed the boy ten shillings for the rental of the horses and a good tip.

“Thank you, your lordship.” The lad said with a little awe.

“Vulture!” a harsh voice drew our attention as we prepared to mount.
“Coming back to pick the bones of Granville hall clean?” The speaker was a rough looking sort of working class type. He was accompanied by a second fellow just a coarse as himself.

“I beg your pardon?” Andrew said in an even tone. I could see the fire boiling beneath the surface as he struggled to stay calm.

“You heard Alfie,” the second man said. “The Stallion took your father and now you’ve come to lord over all of us again.”

Word travels fast, I thought. I stepped up to put a hand on my friend’s shoulder and leaned in to whisper. “We don’t need the distraction, Andy.”

He nodded and mounted. I did the same and looked back down at the two men.

“You men need to show some respect.” I could not help but make comment.

“Respect,” Alfie spit. “That’s a joke! He’s come back and brought the curse with him; What’s it do when its finishes with the nobles, eh? Goes about hunting us common folk it does!”

Andy rode ahead of me so I could not see his face but I thought I could see his neck color at the men’s words. I know I felt a premonition of darkness at his words.

It was a relief to be in the saddle, though I wish I could have brought Vindicator, my own trusty mount. We rode in that heavy silence that seemed to have settled about us for much of this trip all the way through town. Hexham was a typical North Country hamlet, prosperous but with a grayness and felling of—well—tiredness about it. Like an old duffer wanted to retire but couldn’t afford to.

“I’ve ridden this path a thousand times,” Andy finally spoke as we left the town proper behind us and headed out on a track across the heath. “It is much shorter than the road and you’ll get to see the wall part of the way there.”

We went west and a bit south of the town through tilled fields and out onto the heath. The track looped off into the low hills and soon we might have been in the middle of the Russian Steppes for the bleakness and isolation.

“The manor house is over that way,” Andy pointed after a while. “And over there is the section of the wall most connected to the curse.”

It was an unremarkable dun colored line across the horizon that was just barely recognizable as an ancient wall. Still, there was a palpable sense of age from it and I found my eyes returning to its smudged line again and again as we rode parallel to it for some quarter hour. I even looked over my shoulder one last time as we turned off toward his manor house.

Perhaps it was a trick of the late afternoon light or the afternoon mist that was rising, but I could have sworn I saw a shadowy figure standing astride the distant wall watching us.

◊ ◊ ◊

The whole of the countryside around Hexham, I knew, had been the scene of bitter conflict between England and Scotland and as a consequence, for reasons of personal security, the inhabitants had erected castles and fortified manor houses such as Ayton Castle and Granville Manor.

The Granville family residence was as ominous as the countryside around it. It was an imposing edifice of grey-black stone in the Gothic style set on a small shelf of rock that thrust up from the heath. It had high arched windows on the side I could see but rather than making it look open and inviting the windows reminded me of the empty eye sockets of a skull.

On one side of the plateau dropped off in a shear rock face to a bog with the road we approached on winding around that bog toward the far side.

“Not the most cheery place,” Andrew admitted as we rode around the building. On the far side the bleak sight was broken with a formal garden that did its best to splash color on the scene but it somehow seemed more desperate than cheerful. “The manor house, like Thrilwall Castle had been built with stone that was taken from Hadrian’s Wall. Some say that is what brought the curse along with it.”

“It has a dark face, to be sure,” I said. “But it can’t be so bad—you’re a cheery fellow after all.” This made him laugh, so I added. “Some would say Edinburgh is not the cheeriest of climbs for a lad to grow up in either.”

We rode up to the main entrance and encountered a rough fellow with a hunchback who was working on the bushes out front.

“Master Andrew!” the old fellow exclaimed as he recognized my friend. His wrinkled face split in a wide smile to reveal a mouth without  full compliment of teeth. “It is good to see you—” then he caught himself and bowed his head to add, “I’m sorry it has to be under this cloud, sir.”

Andrew bound from the saddle and clapped the gardener on the shoulder. “Its good to see you, Archibald, regardless of how things are. Is Auntie and the rest inside?”

“Yes, sir,” Archibald said. “But we didn’t expect you till tomorrow.”

“I was able to catch the late train. Archibald, this is my mate, Jack Stone.”

“Sir.” He took the reins from Andy and then offered to do the same for mine. “Again, sir,” he said to Andy, “My condolences.”

Andy nodded and led me to the door. He paused for a second to gather himself. I put a hand on his shoulder and he straightened.

“Damn the torpedoes, eh?” He said then pushed the door in and we entered the foyer.

The main hall of the Granville manor was cathedral-like and just barely lit with gaslight. There was a main staircase that split both right and left and went to shadowed openings above. Two closed oak doors to the left and an open arch to an empty parlor completed the panorama of the manor’s entrance.

I had been in many grand homes but this entrance had the feel more of a mausoleum or museum than a home. Andrew took it all in with all the enthusiasm of a condemned man making his walk to the gallows.

A butler appeared from below stairs with a tray that he almost dropped when he saw my friend.

“Master Andrew?” The butler said. He showed his professionalism by recovering from his shock in a few eye blinks and added, “The others are in the study.”

“Thank you, Roland.” Andrew said. He set his jaw and slid the oak doors to the study open and I met his surviving family.

“Aunt Gloria,” Andrew said as he entered and kissed the cheek of a silver haired woman a decade older than he. I could see the Granville features on the woman who I knew was the younger sister of the deceased Lord. The angular features of the family were softened with age and a gentle smile as she welcomed her nephew. Her eyes however were keen and suspicious when she looked over at me.

“Andrew,” she said in a quiet voice. “I am so sorry about Reginald.”

“Good to see you again, boy,” a tall thin fellow who did not have Granville features said. The predominant feature of the man was a mustachios that was full and well groomed. Indeed all his clothing showed an obsessive attention to it, one might well call him a dandy save that his jet-black hair was a rat’s nest and his glowering face that seemed set in a perpetual scowl.

“Athelstan,” Andrew said. “Thank you for your cable.”

“And your friend?” the raven-haired fellow asked.

“This is Jack Stone of my Regiment,” Andy said. “He was with me when I got your note.” He looked at me and I could see he was not thrilled with the mustached fellow. “Athelstan Gaunt is married to Aunt Gloria and is the family solicitor.”

I bowed to the couple and shook hands with the fellow and was not surprised that his grip was limp and his palm damp.

The butler brought in the tray with tea and cups and set it on a table. “I am sure you gentlemen desire a little sustenance, eh?”

“If Cookie could whip something up, that would be wonderful.” Andy said. He crossed the room to a cabinet and opened it to reveal a bar. “Something to stiffen the resolve, Jack?”

“Oh yes,” I said. He poured me some single malt and one for his aunt and the four of us sat.

“So, Auntie,” my friend said. “Tell me exactly how my father died.”

Chapter Three:

Legacy of Death

Once the words were said Andy seemed to deflate, sinking into himself on the settee. He stayed focused ahead while alternately his Aunt and uncle related the facts as were known about the death of Lord Granville.

“It was Archibald who found Reginald,” the woman said. “Pollex came running home, and after your father didn’t return the staff went looking for him. He was a the foot of the wall.” She rose from the chair and walked to a glass cabinet and removed a small dark statue from the back of a shelf.

“This was clutched in your father’s hands.”

It was the image of a bearded man on a half horse-half fish.

“Is that Roman?” I asked.

“Yes,” Athelstan spoke up. “I looked it up in one Reggie’s books, it is Neptunus equestris some sort of Roman god. Apparently the cavalry had him as some sort of mascot.”

“He would have been their patron,” I said. “Each regiment would have had a sort of patron god, like we might have a patron saint.”

“Father found that at the wall?” Andrew asked.

“Yes,” Andy’s aunt said. “He must have—none of us had ever seen it before yesterday. He- he was clutching it to his chest.”

“Was it his heart?” My friend asked. The way he asked it made me think that he was almost hoping that it was.

“No,” the solicitor said. “He had been trampled; the doctor said it was as if a herd of horses had run over him but there were no horse tracks anywhere else on the heath at all.”

Andy shot back his drink in one motion. “I thought it would be just like great Granddad.”

“So it was the curse?” I said. The three of them looked at me as if I were a simpleton but Mistress Gaunt was gracious.

“I know you might think we country bumpkins are primitive folk, Captain Stone,” she said. “Simple in our beliefs and out of touch with the modern world, but I assure you we are not. Yet there are some things that are not so modern about this land; it is an old land with old, dark legends. The Phantom Stallion of the Granvilles is one of those legends. And I assure you, it is true.”

I could see that Andy, torn as he was with pain at his father’s death bridled at having his guest confronted so directly. I rushed to thwart his rising anger.

“I can assure you, madam,” I said quickly. “I do not at all take such tales lightly. You forget I am a Scot and I come from a land where such things are still part of the daily life.” I could not tell her that before my association with Doctor Argent I might have been skeptical but now I had met the forces of darkness face to snarling face and was more inclined to believe such horrors as not.

Just then the butler, Roland, brought some cold meats and bread for us and we indulged ourselves in the silence of our own thoughts while we dined. The atmosphere of gloom hung over the four of us and indeed in the very air of that old manor. I tried to assess the others as we ate but it was hard to ‘read’ them.

The solicitor, though his general demeanor seemed earnest watched all of us, his wife included with hooded eyes. Perhaps it was the natural suspicion a solicitor has of all society that makes him question everything but my impression was that it was personal with him.

Andrew’s aunt on the other hand kept her eyes on my friend, warm open eyes brimming with emotion. She, in fact, seemed on the edge of hysteria and sipped a cognac while we ate.

Andy worked to stay detached but I could see the wheels of his mind working. After a time he said, “I would like to see my father.”

“He is still in his room,” Athelstan said. “Doctor Conners pronounced him there.”

“We thought you would want to make the arrangements.” His aunt said.

“No,” Andy said, “thank you, Aunt Gloria, but I’d rather you did all that. I just want to see him to say goodbye.”

“I’ll take care of all the arrangements,” Athelestan offered. “I will ride into town before lunch.”

Andy thanked him and then rose to head upstairs. I let him go alone. Athelstan left straight away for Hexham. That left me alone with his aunt.

“You are a good friend of Andrew,” she said. She had renewed her drink and stood by the shelf where the dark statue was on display. “He needs friends now.”

“He is a true brother-in-arms and a good man,” I said with no prevarication. “I just wish there was more I could do.”

“Being with him may be enough,” she said then added ominously. “But if it is not—you must be prepared to come to his aid.”

“Are you implying that this Phantom Stallion could return?” I said. “I thought it was a generational aberration.”

The stately woman gave a short, harsh laugh. “The end of a generational aberration,” she said. She took a deep drink. “When our father died at the hands of the Phantom, Reginald and I were both shocked—for our grandfather had died at sea and no one in the line had died at the Stallion’s hooves except for Great Granddad for five generations before. But then there were other murders on the heath.”

“Others?”

“Yes, a girl from the village, several shepherds and a child died in similar circumstance. And possibly there were others over the last decades. Bodies found with the trample marks on them—or what could be conjectured were trample marks. Nothing could ever be proven—it could have been many accidents but it…” Her eyes teared up. “The villagers began to blame our family for somehow reawakening the curse.”

“Did it?” I asked. Her sharp look at my inquiry was almost painful. “Understand, I am not making light of your pain or of this curse. I have had some contact with such things and there is usually some sort of trigger. Even the seemingly irrational has a rational structure to it.”

She considered what I had said for a long breath then said, “My great grandfather had begun to make surveys at the edge of our land with an eye toward irrigation the land near the Wall. That was what made the townsfolk angry, there had been exploratory trenches dug and certain objects from the past were uncovered.”

“Like that Neptune statue?” I rose and poured myself a second drink, sure that I would need to be fortified for my next move.

“Yes.” She surprised me with a genuine laugh that harkened back to a happier time and I could see that she must have been quite a beauty before the worry lines aged her. “My brother got his fascination for ancient artifacts then, pulling coins and such from the trenches. It was—it was why he often went walking along the wall.”

“I promise you madam,” I said. “I will do my utmost to stop this curse here and now. And I will protect Andy.” She looked at me with an odd expression, apparently trying to decide if I was just humoring her or was serious. She made her decision and gave me a smile.

“I believe you will, young man,” she said.

“Or die trying,” I added.

“God bless you for that!”

Just then I noticed that the hunchbacked gardener was standing in the doorway.

“’Scuse me, folks,” he said. He held his shapeless hat in his hands and wrung it. “Will you be wanting me to stable the master and his friend’s horses in the main stable?”

“We leased them,” I said. “But I think you should leave them saddled right now; I suspect Master Granville and I will have one more ride before you bed the animals down for the night.”

“Another ride?” Mrs. Gaunt asked.

“To the Wall,” I said. “If I know Andrew he will want to visit the spot where his father was found.”

Mrs. Gaunt gave a short gasp. “No. Andrew can’t want to—“

“Yes, I do,” my friend said. He came into the room from the hall. His eyes were red rimmed but his posture was dress parade erect. “I think I’d like to do it before dinner.”

“I’ll take you, sir,” Archibald offered. “I’ll just go saddle old Bessy.” The aged gardener left after accepting a pat on his shoulder from Andy.

“Do you think it wise, Andrew?” His aunt asked. “It can only bring more pain.”

“There can be no more pain, Auntie,” he said. “Only answers. That is what I have to find.” He looked at me and I gave him the most confident smile I could manage.

“And with those, my friend,” I said. “I can help.”

Chapter Four:

The Dark of the Past

The ride out from Granville Manor was a somber and silent one. My friend seemed infused with purpose by his vigil with his father’s body and his jaw was set in a fashion I had only seen before we rode into battle.

Good for you, lad, I thought. If you view this as a battle we can beat it, that’s something I’ve learned from Doctor Argent.

The hunchback led us across the heath down a narrow but well defined track over the low hills. He respected his master’s quiet focus and kept his directions to a minimum until we were almost on the wall.

“I found his Lordship over that way,” Archibald said pointing. “Almost at the foot of the damned thing.”

I was reminded of the violent history of the countryside as we passed the ruins of one of the smaller “bastle houses” or fortified farmhouses which are unique to Northumberland. It seemed to me an ominous omen of things dark and dangerous.

There was a ground fog crawling along the hollows of the broken land that did not improve the mood of any of us as we approached the ruined military emplacements.

It was my first time to actually study the wall, a fact that shames my Scottish heritage.

The magnificent wall ran for 73 miles and caused me to marvel at the Romans. Their engineers made use of every natural point of strength and at its highest it rose to 1230ft above sea level. It stood at nearly 5 meters in height at some points and large forts about 5 miles apart as well as numerous mile castles.

It was, at least in the sections we were approaching, still recognizable as the cut stone battlements with the ruins of the commander’s house, the praetorium, clearly visible.

Stones had been taken from parts of the wall but it was so vast a structure that it was still at least shoulder high to me or more in most places. It stretched to the horizon on both sides, a long snaking line of orange-yellow rock that stood out against the brown and green of the coarse grass.

“Over there, sir,” Archibald said. He pointed to a spot inside a square of stones that butted to one of the higher sections of the wall. It seems to have been a major building, probably from its location I would guess a cavalry barracks.

We dismounted and the hunchback led us to the center of the ghost space. “Here, Master Andrew,” the old man said pointing down at the ground. “Right here.” The location was almost dead center within the low stones of the square enclosure.

Andy stood there with a strange expression on his face and for a moment I thought he might faint, the color draining from his already pale cheeks. He rallied, however and nodded. “Here, Archibald?”

“Exactly, Master,” the hunchback said. He knelt and patted the disturbed earth of the enclosure. “Right here. Lord Reginald was facing the wall, clutching that statue. His eyes were open and, well, his expression was such as I’ve never seen nor never hope to see again. Scared he was, truly scared.”

Once more Andy seemed to waver and I stepped up to put a steadying hand on his shoulder. He stiffened then nodded. He dropped to one knee and ran a hand along the rough grass as if he could feel where his father’s last breath might still be lying for him to recapture.

I stepped away to give him privacy and noticed something shiny in the dirt near the wall. I went to it and stopped to discover that it was a small medallion in the shape of a female wolf. It was something such as a soldier might have worn long ago for good luck, invoking the wolf-mother that had suckled Romulus and Remus, founders of Rome.

I raised it to my eye-line to study it and suddenly I felt a strange tingle in all my limbs. I felt dizzy and red spots swam before my eyes. I shook my head to clear it and blinked hard; suddenly I was not looking at the ruins of a stone home but was inside a fully realized one.

There was more, however, I was standing inside a stone home that was abuzz with activity. There was fire roaring in a hearth and a pot simmering over it. To my right I saw the statue of Neptunus equestris that I had seen in the Granville manor house. On my left there were local gods on their own shelf, I guess the two were not meant to mix.

A spotted tabby cat ran across the room chasing an imaginary mouse and a woman swept with a crude homemade broom.

The woman was dressed in a shapeless dun colored dress and had her straw colored hair tied back with a red cloth. She looked over at me and I saw her eyes go wide.

“What do you want here, Centurion?” She said at me. Her words were harsh and I realized with a bit of shock that they were not in English. She spoke a guttural Latin, yet I understood them!

She stared at me and her plain but pretty features darkened. “I asked you a question, Roman,” She said. “You were told to stay away from here by your commander.”

I was stunned by her pronouncement and more so by the voice—which was mine and not mine—that answered her in Latin. “I told you I’d be back, Elgiue. You made it difficult for me with the commander when you reported me.”

The woman spit. “You Romans are all alike but at least Maximus Flavius keeps his word. He promised to punish all those who hurt Algiwa.”

“That wench was asking for it,” I heard my voice snarl. ”She had no business in the barracks if she didn’t want a little fun.”

“Algiwa was a good girl, Gaius,” the blonde woman said. She threw down her broom and for a moment I thought she would spring across the room at me. “You soldiers got her drunk, you used her like a bar whore and then threw her away. The shame was too much for her and she took her own life.”

“Your lying like that got me a reprimand before the whole cohort,” I heard myself say. “I swear by my wolf pendant that I will see you pay for that.”

My words seemed to ignite a fire in the Saxon woman, she charged across the dirt floor of the hovel and jumped at my face. The hands that came up to protect me were mine and not mine. They were a brute’s hands wearing the vambraces of a Roman soldier.

That strange self of me grabbed the woman and savaged her, slamming her against the stone wall of the enclosure. I heard my other-self screaming obscenities as I repeatedly smashed her against the wall. I slammed her against the shelf where the family gods were set.

Somehow I knew that was how I lived my life—that other life—somehow I knew this was ‘normal’ for the Centurion I was experiencing.

I now knew I was experiencing what Doctor Argent called “psychometry’- the art of gathering vibrations from objects to ‘read’ them and experience what the owners had. The wolf medallion I had found had belonged to that soldier so long ago and somehow—though I had never experienced such a phenomena before—I was seeing through his eyes.

It was a strange duel reality for I was aware I was Jack Stone and yet knew I was Gaius Cipprio of the 9th Legion of Imperial Rome. I knew I was living in the time when the wall was still manned and I knew without a doubt that I was alive when the curse of the Granville’s had been made.

The Saxon woman was barely conscious when I finally forced myself to release her. She fell hard against the shelf where Neptunus equestris rested and grabbed it up to thrust at me as if it where a talisman and a shield. She glared up at my ancient self with undisguised hate and hissed, “I curse you, Roman, and all your seed. May your own gods curse you and may death follow in your wake.”

Then my ancient self—my Roman self killed her with single knife thrust to her heart.

I felt sick, staggeringly sick, suddenly, and backed out of the stone hut. The sunlight was blinding and I blinked hard.

To my right the fully intact wall rose almost shining in the sunlight. Guards in full segmenta armor stood upon the battlements facing outward, northward, watching for the wild, painted Scots beyond.

All around me was the bustle and noise of a military camp, so familiar yet so different from those I had been in, in my ‘modern’ life. There were townsfolk too, tent-like structures butted to the wall and various domestic and herd animals.

I felt dizzy again and the sickness in my gut seemed to travel to all my limbs. I shuddered and made a noise such as I have never heard before, a whining cry that came from within my very soul.

My yell attracted the attention of some of the Saxons working nearby and two of the legionaries who were attending to horses. All eyes turned toward me as I dropped to my knees and writhed.

Chapter Five:

The Horror on the Heath

I felt my other-self, long ago, body change.

The shadow of my body on the ground began to alter as I stared at it. I saw my chest deepen, my neck elongate and my arms lengthen. On the side of my head I could see my ears growing upward even as my nose elongated. My skull widened and grew larger as my neck widened to support it.

My mind went to the statue of Neptunus equestris and I saw in my mind’s eye the ancient god laughing at me.

The looks of horror on all the faces around me, the cries of ‘Demon!” and screams from the children told me what that deity had done to me.

My ancient self, my transformed self, felt only rage at the cries from the onlookers. That rage grew within the beast I had become and I reared up, spinning to face the tormentors and attacked.

I shudder to recall the savagery of my ancient self as I struck out at the watchers with my hands and feet that were now hooves. I spun and reared, kicked back with my hind legs and whinnied in fury. Skulls cracked, blood ran yet, despite my horror at my own actions I pressed on till all around me was red.

I heard Latin and Gaelic screams of ‘stop him!’ were all around me. I barely heard them. The blood that splattered on my hooves pounded in my ears as well and I became dizzy again.

I fell forward to my fore-hooves and my elongated, now massive head dropped in despair. I close my eyes to blot out the horror I had wrought and wished I had hands to put over my ears to blot out the roar and the screams to terror.

“Jack!” Andy yelled at me. “Jack, are you alright?” I felt his shaking my shoulder and I looked up at my friend who, it seemed was pale with fear.

I blinked. Behind him there was no stonewall, just the ruins of one. I was kneeling in traces of the old buildings again and was back on the heath outside Granville Manor.

I held up a hand—an actual hand before my eyes and realized I was holding the wolf medallion in it. I was back to myself again.

“Andy?” I mumbled.

“You had us worried there, old fellow,” Andy said. “You started to totter over then came swaggering out here making the oddest noises.” Beyond my friend I could see the hunchbacked gardener looking at me oddly.

“I—uh—I had the strangest experience,” I managed to say. I looked down at the medallion and had a flash of insight. I had a real idea now what I was dealing with.

“Here,” Andy said offering me some of my own flask of whiskey, “You need this.” I took it gratefully. “We had better get back,” he added with an attempt at a smile, ‘ it is getting near supper time and Cookie’s meals are not to be missed.”

I was unsteady on my feet so Andy helped me to my mount. “I’m sorry,” I said. “I’m not sure what came over me.” It was a lie, of course, I knew fully well what had occurred, though, to be sure, not the full meaning of it.

I had no doubt I had witnessed not only the beginning of the curse itself but the full extent of it and why it had come in full force in the recent history of the Granville family. I knew I had to get to town to wire Doctor Argent or possibly ring him on a telephone if there was one to be found in the hamlet.

“Town,” I mumbled to Andy. “I think it’s a stomach ailment I picked up in Pretoria; I’ll head into the apothecary and get a powder for it.”

“Are you sure you’re up for it, chum?” My friend asked. “You looked even paler than your usual Highland pallor back there.”

I laughed. “You can shepherd me if you’d like, but I’m okay now.”

“I had better head home to take a look at my father’s papers,” Andy said.

I hated to lie to my friend, but I also did not want to alarm him with the knowledge that I had so little power against the impending evil that plagued his family.

I remember little of the ride back to town save that I had to keep myself from falling off my mount several times. I guess my time traveling excursion had taken more out of me than I had thought. “Wonder how the Guv does it so often; no wonder he trains so hard.” I had seen Doctor Argent do much longer sessions of psychometry and shown no ill effects; but he also spent hours each day in meditation and exotic exercises that I had not, until then, appreciated.

I reached Hexham and located a telegraph office that also had a telephone I could use. I was pleasantly surprised to find that the Doctor was at his office.

“Yes, I got your message, Jack,” he said. “I returned this morning and set about researching your problem; I’m afraid that is not much I could determine save that there seems to be at least a dozen deaths attributed to this Phantom Stallion killer in the last decade.”

“That is concerning,” I said, “but how could it be connected to the family?”

“I am not sure, but there may be a pattern appearing,” He said. “The local papers also speak of disappearances of young men and women with considerable passion.”

I went on to tell him of my experience with the wolf pendant at the wall. This seemed to worry him.

“I will make my way up to you as soon as I can,” the Doctor said. “But I suggest you stay as close as possible with your friend until then and keep him off the heath certainly at night; I suspect there is something at work here. It is very real, and serious, not just a mere family legend.”

It was a sobering pronouncement, but I promised him I would do my best to protect Andy.

When I exited the telegraph office I was sobered by my conversation the Guv, my mind was on what I had experienced on the heath and so was distracted enough to bump into a passerby on the darkening street.

“Excuse me,” I half-mumbled.

“Well look’er, Alfie,” a familiar voice answered me. “It is Mister High-and-Mighty’s mate.” I looked up to see the two roughnecks from out arrival the day before.

I studied them now, laborers, obviously, with well-worn clothes and weathered, rough features. Alfie was ginger haired like myself with broad shoulders. He was a head shorter than his vocal friend.

“I think he ought to get himself some spectacles, eh Byron?” Alfie said in a low growl that was more animal than human. “Or maybe learn to look where he’s going.”

“I think he’s too proud to get glasses, Alfie,” Bryon said. He was blond and had the pale beginnings of a mustache above his sneering mouth. “Or maybe he just doesn’t care about us regular folk.”

“No offense was meant,” I said to diffuse the situation. It was hard for my Scot’s blood to back down from the fight the two men were angling for but Andy at home by himself was on my mind. It seemed urgent that I return.

“Hear that, Alfie,” the blond said. “No offense meant.”

“Well I was offended,” the beetle-browed redhead said. “I think he wasn’t very sincere in that apology. At all.”

There are limits to patience. In, or perhaps because of, my unnerved state from my time travel encounter, I wanted for some physical release. Still, I tried once more for the Christian path.

“I reiterate, sirs,” I said in a calm voice. “No offense was meant. Please allow me to go about my business.” I made to step past the two men but Alfie put a hand on my arm to stop me.

“I said apologize!” He snarled.

The limit was passed.

Before either man could proceed further I slapped the red head’s hand off me and snapped out a jab to his nose. Not hard, just enough to make his eyes water and get him away from me.

Byron moved quickly at me but his staggering friend got in the way and I was able to launch an over hand right directly over the whimpering thug’s head at Byron.

My blow landed solidly on the blond’s jaw and he dropped with no more fight in him.

Alfie had recovered enough sight to realize what had happened and tried to use his great bulk to grab for me but I was having none of it.

I hopped back on one foot and kicked out with my other boot to strike him on the leading knee that caused him to collapse over with a cry of agony.

I stepped in and struck him soundly on the temple and rendered him unconscious so that he dropped directly over the prostrate form of his friend.

They looked for all-the-world like two drunks sleeping off a bad night, which indeed it had been for them.

I made my way to my horse just as the exhilaration of the altercation began to drain and my legs went rubbery beneath me. I managed to mount and gave the horse his head and he knew the way back to the manor. It was a slow trip and it was late afternoon by the time I made it back.

I was a little steadier by the time I returned to the manor, but still tired. I was able to get to my room and have a toes-up until mealtime by which time I felt my old self again.

“You’re looking better, sir,” the hunchback gardener said when I came down in full dress for supper. He was passing the open window to the side garden with an armload of pottery when I happened to pause to look out on the now gloomy evening across the heath. The moon was just up, looming like a Cyclops through the dense fog, winking in and out of the cloud cover.

“Told you I would be chipper,” I said smiling at the memory of my knuckles on Alfie’s head. “Highland constitution, don’t you know?”

“Indeed, sir.” Archibald said.

“Where’s master Andrew?” I asked.

“He went walking out toward the wall just a little bit ago, sir. As he used to, to clear his head a bit, he said.”

“By himself?” I said. “The Wall?” But I wasn’t really asking him, I was moving as quickly as I could to the west and the wall.

The path was a clear one and I knew that Andrew’s father had used it many times to head out on his rambles. I had a horrible premonition of danger for my friend and his aunt that was only exacerbated by the gathering darkness.

A thick ground fog was crawling up across the heath again and in moments even the manor house behind me was a mere smudge in the grey evening. Above it the blurred image of the full moon was attempting to push through the mist.

“Andy!” I called but my words were swallowed by the fog. “Answer me!”

There was no reply but a sound, a strange sound drew my attention off to my right. It was a guttural cry of pain.

I started to run.

“Andy!” I called. There was no reply but the grunt sound happened again followed by what I can only liken to a mallet hitting a sack of millet. I knew that sound; a beating was in progress.

I topped a small rise just as there was a break in the fog and the moon illuminated a scene from hell: Andy was on the ground doubled over in a fetal position trying to protect his head. Above him was a sight I had never imagined nor ever hoped to see.

It was indistinct in detail, seeming to rise out of the ground mist like the Phantom is was so named. At first glance it looked like a Lusitano horse. It was a good eighteen hands high.

What was visible in the gathering darkness and the fog was such a horse as I had never seen before.

Its head was somehow deformed, the proportions of the great triangular head not right. The teeth of the monster were not the square ones of a normal horse but looked more like the fangs of a great cat.

What I could see of the haunches of the great beast seemed to have scales that were more that of a fish or snake than of an equine animal. It had a white coat but flame red mane and tail and eyes that reflected crimson in the sliver of moonlight. The equine horror reared back and flailed its fore-hooves at my fallen friend.

“Stop,” I screamed impotently. I started to run faster, flailing my arms wildly as I knew would frighten off any normal wild horse. This, however, was no normal wild horse.

Instead of chasing the equine horror my waving my arms I drew its attention and it focused its fiery eyes on me. It was an eerie feeling for there seemed to be an intelligence behind those red eyes that was well beyond any I had ever seen in any animal. More frightening was that the intelligence seemed to be totally focused on hate. Hate so pure and virulent that it startled me.

Then the horse with the bloody hooves charged straight at me!

Chapter Six:

Out of the Mist

I was so startled by the sudden change of events that for a moment I came to a complete halt. For an infinite moment it felt as if my muscles would not respond to my command to dodge out of the monster’s path. It bore down on me with frightening speed. I felt transfixed by the mythic horror’s lambent eyes and my muscles palsied.

Suddenly life came back to me and I managed to dart to my left to avoid the attack at the last moment. I dove to the turf and rolled behind a hillock as the creature raced past me with the mass and speed of a runaway steam engine.

There was no mistaking that the beast was intelligent in the next moment for it veered when it went past, racing around me to cut off my retreat so I could not go back toward the house. It stood pawing the earth of the path and snorting like one of the riders of the apocalypse, the fog swirling around it as if bubbling up from the pits of hell. It seemed to dare me to try and get past it.

I was on my feet now and managed to angle myself to head toward Andy. He was sprawled on the ground and moaning. I could not run to him directly for the hellish equine whirled again to come after me.

I dodged into a small depression behind another hillock that blocked me from the animal’s view and tried to come up with some plan. I had to either get to Andy to aid him, get to the manor for help or find some way to stop the monstrous misshapen equine myself.

There seemed no reasonable way to get to the manor and no point in getting to Andy if I could not stop the horse so I was forced to accept that a good defense would have to be a good offense.

I picked up two fist-sized rocks and looked around for a high point from which I might be able to leap down upon the demon beast. I heard it moving around the knoll to come for me.

That was when Andy’s moan drew its attention to him again. The beast turned to head for him and I used the distraction to race up the slight rise in the ground till I was above it.

The frightful monster was ten feet from my friend, now in a slow advance, head lowered, fearsome teeth in a snarl. It moved in more like a great cat stalking prey then a horse.

“Here, Neptune!” I yelled at the top of my lungs. The long ears of the monster twitched but it kept its head down, eyes focused on the helpless Andy.

“Do you want to know how Algiwa squealed when I stuck her?” I hurled at the beast with the most vicious tone I could muster. The foul comment got the reaction I wanted and the equine horror snapped its head around to stare at me.

I threw the rock with all my might with my best Cricket toss.

The rock flew true, smashing into the horrid head right between its eyes. The sound was like a solid batsman’s hit, a sharp crack followed by a strange whinny from the beast.

I raised the second rock to throw even as the monstrosity staggered, almost dropping to its right fore knee.

Before I could throw the second stone, and with a cry I could only interpret as a moan, it lopped off into the gathering fog.

I ran to Andy’s side.

“My god, man!” He gasped at me. “What was that?”

“Your past catching up with you, Andrew, old fellow,” I said. I looked to his wounds, which fortunately looked superficial while keeping an eye to the trail where the monster had fled.

“Is it—“

“Gone for the moment,” I said. “But it could lick its wounds and come back any time. Can you walk?”

“I bloody well can run if that thing comes back,” He said with considerable pain in his voice but with the pluck I knew he had. “Let’s go.”

I helped him to his feet and half-carried, half-dragged him back down the path to the manor house. I kept the second rock in my hand the entire walk but the beast did not make a reappearance.

By the time we reached the manor house Andy was all but unconscious and I was actually carrying him. I kicked the door and yelled until it was opened.

“Master Andrew!” The butler was beside himself when he saw the state of my friend and lost all of his professional demeanor. I had to order him sharply to get him moving to help carrying Andy to the parlor where we set him on the divan. I began to open Andy’s jacket to assess the extent of his injuries.

Like a good cavalryman my friend had protected his head fairly well from the attack, but his ribs and back were already showing bruises and I feared internal injury.

“Bring some wash clothes and some hot water for me to clean these wounds.” A maid ran off to comply. I grabbed a brandy bottle and poured a small glass that I induced Andy to drink. I ordered the butler. “Call for the physician.”

“Someone will have to ride for the doctor,” the now calmer Roland said. “We have none of the new phones.”

“Send them then,” I said. Despite no obviously or bloody wounds on his head I was sure Andy had sustained some head blows as he was slipping in and out of consciousness now. “I can deal with the superficial cuts, but this will require more care than I can give.”

“What is the commotion?” Athelstan Gaunt called as he and his wife came running, from two different wings of the house.

“Andrew! “The woman exclaimed when she saw her nephew. “What in heaven’s name happened?” His aunt asked. She was in a dressing gown, her hair all-askew. She knelt by the head of the divan and cradled Andy’s head in her hands.

I was washing some of the open wounds on Andy’s chest and looked up to answer her but stopped when I saw her husband. The solicitor was in a smoking jacket and fez, but what caught my attention was a large red knot on his forehead.

“What happened to you?” I blurted out.

He looked at me oddly then touched the bump on his forehead. “Uh—a book fell from a shelf. Nuisance, but nothing of concern.”

I was about to say something when the front doorbell chimed.

I went back to Andy’s wounds without any more comment and was so occupied when a commotion at the front door, followed by a booming, familiar voice.

I looked up to see the Guv—Doctor Augustus Argent step into the foyer of the manor. He was wearing an Inverness coat, holding a Gladstone bag in one hand and had, what appeared to be a rolled up Persian carpet slung over one shoulder. He was sans cap and his long white hair was a tangle as if wind blown.

“Well, Jack,” he said when he saw what I was doing. “I seem to have come at exactly the opportune moment!”

Chapter Seven:

House Call

I must have looked more than a little stunned to see my mentor standing there.

“Doctor Argent?” I blurted out with idiot certainty. “How—I mean—You were in London—”

“Doctor?” Athelstan said. “Are you a medical doctor, sir?”

“Among other things,” the Silver Fox said as he strode into the room. He handed the rolled carpet to the butler. “Do keep my trusty steed for me.” He said then moved to kneel beside Andy’s head, a look of concern on his face.

“You’ve made a good start, Jack, but there is a bit to do here. You can tell me exactly what happened as I work.” He looked up to the still startled Roland. “Fetch me hot water, some honey and several large bowls.” After he issued the orders the Doctor removed his Inverness coat and jacket and rolled up his sleeves.

The butler did as asked after handing off the rolled carpet to the gardener, glad, I suspect, to be away from the piercing gaze of the Silver Fox.

I gave a concise summery of what had happened to Andy while my mentor examined his wounds in great detail.

“Who is this man, Captain Stone?” Mrs. Gaunt asked me in a shaky voice. She stood by with her husband in an apparent state of shock.

“The man who will save this young man if I am not interrupted, Madam,” Doctor Argent said briskly. He opened his Gladstone and proceeded to remove several vials and set them on the table beside the divan.

Athelstan was about to object to the brusk tone of the silver haired mage but I held up a hand.

“Doctor Argent is attached to the Home Office,” I said. “And is very well versed in matters such as this.” I stood and escorted the couple out of the parlor. “I promise he will only help, Mistress Gaunt, but we must let him do his work.”

I met the maid returning with the supplies Doctor Argent had requested and brought them in to him.

“How is he?” I asked.

“Fine, Jack,” the silver haired mage said with a slight smile. “He is strong and you did a good job cleaning the wounds. Now we will let the honey and these powders do the rest.”

He proceeded to smear honey into the open wounds and drop some powder onto the edges before bandaging them. When he saw my questioning look he said. “The Egyptians used honey to prevent wounds like these from putrefying and it helps them heal faster—as do these powders.”

He mixed some more powders in the bowl I’d brought and made a sort of broth to give to Andy to sip. “And this will help heal him on the inside.” While he worked the silver haired Doctor chanted under his breath in a language I could not identify but had the weight of age in its syllables.

I watched as Andy settled back on the divan with a calm expression on his face and listened as his breathing evened and deepened. He seemed at peace.

“He needs rest now,” the Doctor said as he rose. He rolled his sleeves down and took up his jacket. “Though I would prefer someone watch him; if there is any change I should be summoned.” For the first time I could see that behind his mask of vitality my mentor was tired. “I need some rest myself,” he admitted.

“I will see a servant watches over him,” I promised. “Come. We will get you a room.” As we turned to leave he picked up his Gladstone bag then indicated the rolled rug. “Do take my steed with you.”

“You said that before,” I said. “Do you mean—?”

“How else do you think I made it up here from London so quickly?’ He smiled. “A little something I picked up in Arabia some decades ago; but seldom have occasion to use.” He shrugged, “ I don’t really like heights.”

Amazed at his confession I led him out into the hall and sent a serving girl to keep watch over her master.

“How is he?” Lady Gaunt asked.

“As well as could be expected,” Doctor Argent said. “He is strong and young and will recover fully.”

“Thank God!” Athelstan exclaimed.

“But what does it all mean?” The lady asked.

“That is the dark question here,’ Argent said. “I feel there are no answers yet, however. Certainly not tonight. Better to discuss the shadows in the daylight.” With that he turned to the butler, all but dismissing our hosts and said, “Please show me to a room and draw me a bath. I feel I need it.”

He led the confused butler up the stair while the Gaunts fumed and I did my best to sooth them with, “The Guv is a little unorthodox, ma’am, but he is the right man to clear this all up, the curse and all. Just bear with him.”

They were about to question me but I shouldered Doctor Argent’s flying carpet and headed up the stairs to my own room.

I could almost hear the silence behind me as I ascended, and I must say, that though I felt their confusion-bred annoyance I had such confidence in the Guv and his abilities I knew that any rudeness would be forgiven when the whole of the story came out.

When I reached the Guv’s room I knocked and then brought in the carpet at his call of, “Enter, Jack!”

The Doctor was stripped to his waist and just donning a robe as I entered. His musculature was symmetrical and wiry with no fat at all. “Just set the carpet over there,” he indicated a chair.

“Just what is it all about, Doctor?” I asked. “You were a bit short with them downstairs, sir, if I might say. More so than usual.”

He gave a short laugh. “Well, yes. Downright rude I’d say.”

“Indeed, sir,” I said, actually relieved he was aware of his abruptness.

“There was a reason,” He said.

“I am relieved to knew that sir, though I suspected as much. But why?”

“This curse is a deeply imbedded terror, Jack,” he said. “And I think it better, for this night at least, for the Gaunts to be annoyed at me than fearing the lurking curse.”

“What is to be done?”

The silver haired mage shrugged. “I do not know yet; I will investigate in the daylight, meditate and we will see.”

He walked out with me to head to the bathroom stopping to add, “You did right to call me; your friend Andrew was lucky you came with him. More will be discovered in the morning. Now get some rest.”

Chapter Eight:

Horror on the Heath

In the morning the heath outside of the manor house was no more cheerful than it had been the night before. A low, dense fog crawled along the hollows, lit by the rising sun it glowed a blue-white.

I was looking at it form the window of the breakfast room, casting my eyes in the direction of the Wall when Mrs. Gaunt and her husband entered. Both were more composed by a night of sleep, but still a bit on edge.

“I just checked on Andrew,” I said before either spoke. “He is resting comfortably and in a natural sleep.” Both visibly relaxed. “Doctor Argent looked in on him before I did and pronounced him well on the mend, but it is best we let him rest.”

“Where is this Doctor of yours?” Athelstan asked.

All three took their seats at the table as the servants began to bring in the food.

“The Guv is out for a morning constitutional,” I said as I buttered a scone. “He likes to start the day off with it to clear his head.”

“Well I wish you would clear the air,” the solicitor. “Just what steps are you and this—Doctor fellow—doing to find out what happened to Andrew?”

Before I could answer the Silver Fox strode into the room like a stalking lion, his long white hair streaming behind him. He eschewed a starched collar on his white shirt and was wearing an old style long blue jacket, gold waistcoat and green trousers. His whole image was of a swashbuckling figure that might have stepped out of an American Penny Dreadful.

“’Morning, all!” Doctor Argent said as he took a place at the table. He was so vital and energetic that the room seemed to brighten. All conversation halted while we ate, inspired, in part, by his great delight in the consumption.

“Doctor,” Mrs. Gaunt said after a bit, “I—uh—about my nephew—“

“Young Lord Granville is resting naturally, madam,” Argent said in a calm, confident voice. “I would suggest he do so most of the day to be sure he is well past any crisis.”

“What are you doing about the Stallion?” Andy’s aunt asked.

“Investigating, madam,” the Guv said. “Directly after breakfast Jack and I shall venture to look over where the attack occurred.”

“But—Andrew is vulnerable.” She insisted.

“He is safe in this house, certainly during daylight,” Doctor Argent said. “By dark we will formulate a plan.”

True to his word after breakfast the Guv and I walked out to the heath—he insisted on walking that we might survey the ground of both attacks.

He moved along slowly, his eyes glued to the terrain like a red Indian, which only increased his resemblance to one of the American Dime novel heroes. Occasionally he would stoop the touch or even sniff the ground.

When he had seen where the old Lord had died we went to the sight of the attack on Andy. After he prowled about for a while he stood, brushed dirt off his trousers and looked at me with intense eyes.

“I know why the attacks occurred when they did now, Jack.” He said, “And it is all the more important that we keep young Granville off the heath this night.”

“What have you found, sir?”

He looked across the dun colored landscape toward the remnants of the wall and kept me in suspense for a while then said simply, “Would it not be most interesting if Neptunus equestris, as he is connected to the sea, were not connected to the tides?”

I was about to ask him what he meant but he turned on his heels and headed back to the manor without filling me in on his plans. It wasn’t so unusual, he had done it before, but it was no less frustrating for its familiarity.

◊ ◊ ◊

Andy improved markedly during the day though the Doctor and his Aunt both agreed that he should stay in his room to continue to recover. He bridled at that, but I kept him occupied with chess and conversation when he had strength enough and was able to let him rest when he did not.

By Dinnertime the sun was setting and the fall mist was crawling along the hollows of the countryside, given eerie sentience by a low moon.

The Gaunt’s were already seated at the table when I burst into the room.

“Andy’s gone!” I yelled.

“What?” Athelstan blurted out. “What do you mean, gone?” He leapt to his feet.

“When I went to his room just now he was not there. I asked the servants and they—there!” I pointed out the window. “On the path to the heath!”

They looked and we could all just see Andrew’s dress jacket disappearing over a hill into the fog.

“Oh my goodness!”  Mrs. Gaunt exclaimed. “What is he thinking!”

“We have to stop him!” I yelled as I raced from the room and out of the manor house. The two of them followed.

The fog was so thick now that the moment we were in it the path all but disappeared ahead of us and we were forced to retard out steps to less than a full run.

“I can’t see the bloody pathway,” Athelstan said after a few minutes.

“We have to find him,” I said with urgency when we reached a point in the trail where it could have gone a number of ways. “We should split up.”

The other two reluctantly agreed and headed off into the deep dark.

“Andrew!” Mrs. Gaunt yelled.

“Andrew!” Athelstan called in echo.

The sound of both their voices were muffled in the enveloping mist and soon I was as alone in the fog as if I were on the dark side of the moon.

I was forced to proceed slowly, at little more than a walk, by the enveloping miasma which allowed little of the gibbous moon’s light for vision.

A few minutes of this and I came to a deep hollow where the fog seemed more solid than liquid and across which I could see the bright red of Andrew’s jacket.

“Andrew!” I called out.

“Here!” a harsh, whispered voice came back.

Just then a nightmare figure exploded out of the fog and galloped toward the jacket; the Phantom Stallion!

The hideous beast, barely visible in the gloom, rocketed toward the slash of red and proceeded to rear and strike, slamming down with the front hooves in a viscous and calculated attack.

I pulled my Webley, took deliberate aim and squeezed off three shots.

There was a hellacious caterwauling, a scream from the dark realms themselves that emanated from the throat of the beast and the creature wheeled. It raced off into the fog as I ran down toward the sight of the attack.

The jacket, torn to shreds was stomped into the ground and it was clear it had been hanging on a bush, an effective decoy for the Phantom. Of its wearer, there was no sign.

Just then I heard something else that changed everything.

“Captain Stone?” It was the voice of Andy’s Aunt Gloria! Her voice sounded strained and full of fear. “Help me!”

Epilogue:

By the Wall

“Where are you?” I called as I ran toward where I thought she was calling from. I rounded a clump of gorse to see her kneeling in the middle of a small clearing looking desperately around her.

“Help me!” she said again. I looked around for any sign of the deadly phantom animal.

“Did you see the beast?’ I asked scanned the area around her.

“I was looking for Andrew and—and—“ she whimpered, “ and then out of nowhere the beast charged me.” She started to sob, “Andrew is he—me -“ She broke down completely, here shoulders jumping violently.

I saw no sign of the demon horse and so raced over to her. “We have to get you to high ground,” I said, still looking around. “I’ll hide you and then see if he is alright.”

I got about a yard from the noble woman when suddenly she stopped crying and looked up at me with a hideous grin on her face. There was something horribly familiar in her expression.

“You fool!” she said. “You are all just as gullible as the Romans were.”

I knew then where I had seen that expression; it was exactly the same I had seen in my time travel transportation into the past on the woman who began the Granville curse.

I started to back away from the mad light in her eyes but Mrs. Gaunt sprang to her feet and knocked the pistol from my hand, sending it skittering off into the gloom of the fog.

“Mrs. Gaunt,” I yelled, “You have to stop, now. I know your secret!”

The woman ignored my statement and stepped back, stood up tall and began to change. As I stared unbelievingly at her, the woman’s body began to warp and twist, her neck growing longer, her head widening. Her clothes became absorbed into her body that grew in width and height so that in less than a dozen eye blinks her whole body changed and grew, swelling to massive proportions until she had become the demon horse I had seen earlier.

The Phantom Stallion was, in fact, a Phantom Mare!

Before I could react the devil beast launched at me with a whinnying snarl. I back-pedaled and threw up my left arm in shock. The beast’s large teeth sinking into my upraised arm before I could strike out with my right fist to smash her on the nose. She released me with a snort and I ran back around the clump of gorse.

The bite was not really such a ‘little thing’—it was deep and was bleeding quite a bit. I did my best to ignore it as the transformed woman called to me.

“Give up, Captain,” Gloria Gaunt called, “You can not escape me or the curse. Not now.”

“Why?” I called out, “Why betray your brother and all the other deaths?”

The demonic laugh that came out of the fog was part human—part animal—almost a whinny. “I have been born and reborn through the generations of the Granville family; I have always been the child of Elgiue.” Her voice came from the darkness all around me and I could not get a read on where the monster was.

“I have not always been born in each generation, it is true,” she added, “and sometimes the men died from war or other things, but mostly, I waited until the were in the fullness of their lives than I took it from them.”

She sounded closer, almost on top of me. I stooped and seized a rock, holding it tightly preparing to launch it at any target that presented itself.

“I will stop you,” I called out. “If it is my last breath I will stop you.”

“I have heard that before,” she said. “But the truth is, when I finish with you I will return to my fallen nephew and will end the line of the Granvilles once and for all.”

My pulse raced, my heart pumped rapidly and my breath came in ragged, shallow gulps. The fog muffled all sounds so I could not tell where she was.

“You are wrong there,” I called. “Andrew is still resting quietly in his bed.”

I heard an intake of breath from the Phantom. “What? But I saw—“

“You saw me leaving the manor house,” Doctor Argent, in shirt sleeves, said as he stepped out of the fog. “Jack moved his friend to his own room and I wore your nephew’s jacket to lead you and your husband out here to the heath.”

“How did you know?” She said.

“I suspected,” the Silver Fox said. He stepped up to beside me and placed a hand on my shoulder to reassure me. “I discovered that the hoof prints on the heath appeared to end abruptly to be replaced by human ones and I took note of the influence of the moon on the tides. Such lunar transformations are not unknown to me. I just was not sure if it was you or your husband.”

“It makes no difference,” the transformed woman called. “I will slay you then return to the house and wait for the next moon cycle. Or the next. I have waited long, hiding in the souls of the unsuspecting females of this line. But Andrew is the last. Then my soul can sleep when this body dies and my revenge will be complete.

Abruptly the massive head of the equine horror appeared out of the mist and came straight for the two of us.

The Guv and I dove to either side as the shadow beast raced between us, carried past by its own momentum.

Close up the fishy-scaled hide of the creature was even more unearthly than at a distance, as it shone iridescent in the pale moonlight. It gave off the faint scent of the sea, salty and ancient as it flew by.

I rolled to my feet and turned before the beast had managed to whirl about preparing to charge again.

Across from me I observed that Doctor Argent had removed a small object from his shirt pocket. It was a small piece of lead the size of a dinner cracker. He also produced an iron nail and, after scratching something on the lead, placed the small metal I had found on the heath near the wall on top of it.

The Phantom Mare saw the Guv’s action and gave a cry that was a banshee wail that might have been of hate or fear. Then she charged.

This time I was ready for her attack. As she charged straight for Doctor Argent I raced up a small rise of land and launched myself into the air.

I flew at her and sprang up to slam the rock between the monster’s eyes with the full force of my whole body before landing beyond her and rolling to my feet. It was hard enough to stagger the beast.

I spun about and pressed the attack, smashing at the same spot on the stumbling beast’s head a second time.

The beast dropped to its knees, dazed.

“We will destroy you, monster,” I said with pride. ”We will!”

The creature that had been Madam Gaunt changed again, her transformation back to her human form as quick as before but this time with a great sound much like the tearing of clothe.

There was a vibration in the air as well that I felt deep down in my gut and a humming like a hundred wasps.

I looked from her kneeling form to see the Guv driving the nail through the metal and the square of lead and dropping both into a hole in the ground. He kicked dirt on them and stamped hard with his foot.

The transformed woman screamed an inhuman yell, shaking so violently it was if she was having a seizure.

I was torn between the desire to race to her and help and turn away in horror.

The seizure suddenly stopped and the Phantom Mare seemed to rise out of the woman, a ghostly figure like a magic lantern slide, and, with a great rush of wind, flew up into the heavens to disappear.

Mrs. Gaunt slumped onto one arm and fell forward as if life was draining from her.

“Jack!” Doctor Argent called to startle me out of my shock.

I ran to the woman and caught her up in my arms. Her skin was cold to the touch, her eyes fluttering at the edge of consciousness.

“Is she dying, Doctor?” I asked him.

He knelt beside her and produced a handkerchief to wipe her clammy brow. “No, my friend, she is, indeed just beginning to live free of that demonic presence that has hidden within her her whole life.”

“How did you get rid of it, sir?”

“The Roman way,” he said. “I needed to now which name to inscribe on the lead square, which is why we conducted this little ruse. But once I did know it, I drove the nail through it and the medallion you found, calling on the ancient gods to let what had been done already to be justice enough for the dead girl Algiwa. Cold iron, you know. Once I did, as you saw, they accepted my supplication and the curse was lifted.”

Just then Athelstan came lumbering out of the fog, saw his wife and raced to her.

She opened her eyes as he reached us. “What happened?” She said. “I-I remember some things, but—it is like a nightmare.”

“Soon it will be dream, Madam,” Doctor Argent said. “But even that in time will fade. Just take heart in the fact that the Curse of the Stallion is done.”

“So Andy is safe now?” I asked him.

“Yes,” the Guv said. “And so will be future generations of the Granvilles.”

“Then, would you make one of those little medallion things up for my protection, sir?”

“Why, Jack?”

“Because I will need some protection when I tell Andy we ruined his dress jacket—it was his favorite.”
The End

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on November 28, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 28, Issue 28 Stories, Novellas, Short Stories

Perfect Beauty

by Richard W Black

pink-dressShe woke. Looking around, she realized that she was naked and in a strange bed of a luxury hotel. But then, she had no idea where there was a bed that was familiar. The clothes laid out on the dresser said glamorous. She put them on and checked her appearance, she was perfect beauty. She was also late, so she hurried out.

For a month, the woman known as Mia Nettles had performed her task with her usual thorough adherence to detail and expertise. The subject was not too difficult since he was not a social person and did not often venture from his living quarters in the evening. His routines were habitual and rarely varied. If she were one to care, she would have felt pity for him as a lonely person with not much of a life. Yet, she was a professional doing a professional’s job professionally. Regardless, what human could not feel compassion for him?

Walking to her appointment, she felt the back of her left hand, there was a bump from the identity chip for Mia Nettles. With a deep breath, she got into character.

In the bar, she chose a table where she could see the entrance and ordered a drink from the robot waitress that transmitted it to the robotic bartender. Two minutes and thirty seconds later, her comet-tail, a vodka and juice concoction was delivered and the robot held out the electronic pad with the bill.

The robotic voice, mechanical and indifferent, said, “Fourteen-fifty.”

Avoiding the robot’s eyes, she presented the back of her hand. The name and photo of Mia Nettles appeared on the screen. “Add twelve percent,” she said. It was a foolish custom to her organized mind. Logically, the bar should charge the ideal amount for the beverage and service that included a profit margin and adequate salaries for the human employees who operated the establishment. Her tip was calculated to not draw attention to her from the other customers.

The robotic voice thanked her and moved on to other customers. Now she waited.

He entered, took his customary seat at the end of the bar and ordered where he chatted with the robot bartender as it made his drink. She frowned; most people ignored robots unless they required something from them, even the ones that were allowed to legally appear in a human form. The technology had advanced to the level of making completely human androids, humanoids they were called. But they were completely illegal and the penalties were quite severe for violating them. Through observation, she determined this guy preferred robotic interaction to that of the human kind.

steampunk-barTime to work, she took her drink and headed in his direction. The bartender filled his order and scanned the back of his hand as Mia slid onto the stool beside him. Predictably, the bartender’s protocol program prompted it to move away discreetly when two humans were about to interact.

“Friend of yours?” she asked jokingly.

“We need them to do the jobs humans won’t,” he replied. “Might as well treat them with respect.” Justin Cane was annoyed when people criticized robots considering the human behavior he had witnessed in his life…

When he turned his head, his thoughts were immediately cut short by the sight of the woman. If there was a definition of the ideal woman for him, she was it. This gorgeous creature had a shapely figure but not supermodel skinny, dark smooth skin, buxom in the chest, cushion in her buttocks and character to her pretty face. Her scent lingered in the air and he took it in. However, in the back of his brain, he wondered what would bring her into his world, given his foul disposition toward the human race?

“I hear that,” she responded with a grin.

“I love mankind…” he said, quoting an ancient philosopher who once used a cartoon character named Linus in a comic strip series entitled Peanuts to espouse his wisdom.

“It’s people I can’t stand,” she finished.

They tapped the rims of their glasses together in a toast to similar thoughts and took a sip, sealing their comradeship to an idea. There was a moment of silence as each sought a subject given that they were complete strangers. They settled on politics, an odd choice, and the despicable nature of the Federation president. Both considered politics a necessary evil but looked forward to the day when humanity would outgrow the need. They moved on to the sorry state of entertainment and music. It was amazing on their shared opinions. They switched to shots and trashing the latest celebrity couple. Musicians were next.

Then Justin’s com-link buzzed and he cursed under his breath when he saw it was the director. A text message, he was required in the director’s office in five minutes. How he hated the fact that his boss thought he would be doing nothing of importance on his day off. Fine, Justin did not have a social life or hobbies but it was still his time to do with as he pleased. For a moment he considered defiance but his personality refused that option over obedience. But what was he doing? Nothing but drinking in a bar.

Without thinking, he slid from the stool and rushed toward the door. When Director Newman said five minutes, he meant that his agent had better be there in five minutes. He was almost outside when he realized the stupidity of what he had just done.

Mia sat confused at the bar abrupt nature of the man. Looking up, she noticed that the robotic bartender was regarding her in a manner she thought was a bit strange. Did the machine comprehend in its electronic circuitry what the man was unable to in his organic brain? Briefly, there was the possibility that she might have to terminate the robot.

Then Justin was beside her.

“JCane12151954,” he said, smiled weakly then rushed for the door.

She grinned and his com-link number was already committed to memory. The mechanical bartender stiffly slid over and offered her a refill. She hated how functionally perfect robots were but nudged her drink glass toward him through the empty shot glasses like a plow pushing them aside. She might as well; she had a few hours to kill.

Across the city, Justin was in the office of the Director of the Federation Special Security.

Unbelievable, thought Justin. The assignment was ridiculous. It was his brother’s doing, he knew it. Justin had ignored Jason’s calls for weeks and the agent assumed his brother was creating a reason to make Justin contact him.

“Just how credible is the informant?” Justin asked Director Newman.

Newman considered the question for a moment then replied, “Very credible.”

Suppressing the desire to swear, Justin could only nod. He was stuck with the assignment. Nevertheless, he was not about to go anywhere near the Diamond Office on New Hope if he could absolutely avoid it.

“The informant was not identified,” continued the director, reading Justin’s thoughts. “But the information about the payment was correct and completely accurate in every detail.”

The informant suggested that there was someone on the inside of the president’s entourage who was an assassin. With nothing else to go on, when the president was informed, he insisted that the Director of the Security Service call on his best agent to take on the challenge and report directly to the president. Yeah, thought Justin, that report to the president part had his brother’s finger prints all over it.

“What precautions are being taken to protect the president?” Justin asked.

“We ran all the scenarios through the computer and it recommended that we completely replace the security teams and assign Hugh Koenig to take over leadership of the president’s personal security detail,” the director said.

“Where do I start?” he asked, but the director was no longer listening to him. The meeting was over. The president had accepted responsibility for the mission and the Director of the Security Service was all too happy to give it to him. Should there be any screw-up that resulted in the death or injury of the president, the director was theoretically off the hook, his political career safe.

The special agent went to his office to think. He had one and only one lead to follow. He reviewed the data.

The payment was a large one and flushed through several banks from Earth to the Moon and through Mars until it reached its destination. From there it went to Spike. Security Service experts in computer hacking found the payment but could not trace it back to the source. Still, Spike was a shady character who solved people’s problems for a hefty fee and often not legally.

Justin Cane’s position as a common field agent for the Security Service was a puzzle to all his colleagues up to and including the director. A man from a wealthy family with a famous brother should be running the security agency if not some multi-trillion credit company. Or he should be living the life of a spoiled rich brat with wild parties, women, and all the pleasures available to the wealthy and powerful. One popular rumor was that he was a spy for the president sent to report on those in the Security Service who were disloyal. Complicating the situation was his lack of social skills and he was not talkative and therefore had no one who could explain who he was to those around him. In fact, he was so isolated from human contact that his fellow agents often referred to him as Robot.

Justin the Robot sighed. Where to begin?

Spike was a cautious type. He kept himself invisible and had others do his dirty work. As such, he had never been arrested or charged with a crime. But the shady businessman had to use the data net to transfer payments like anyone else in the Terran System whether on the deepest space station or in a cabin in some isolated woods on Earth. The use of a common currency and a mechanized banking system prevented many credit transactions for illegal activities but the criminal class was intelligent and innovative. Funds were washed through a myriad of schemes to throw off enforcement agencies. However, there was always a name at the end of every trail.

With so little to go on and the clock ticking, Special Agent Cane had few options but to flush the man out of the shadows. He sought a court order by throwing around the president’s name, which irritated him. He had Spike’s accounts frozen. The collateral effect was to make it impossible for the sleazy character to do business. He hoped that Spike would have to come into the light and seek out the source of the injunction. Perhaps he could force Spike into a mistake that might lead the agent to the one plotting the assassination.

woman1Then he brought up the thin file on the informant and tried to concentrate but his mind drifted to the woman in the bar, so beautiful and sensual, her scent still seemed real in his nose. It was ridiculous; he had never met a woman who interested him. No, that was not completely true. He had never met a woman with whom his socially awkward temperament did not repel. All his life he lived under the shadow of his personable brother. The guy could walk into a room of strangers and leave with a new friends, acquaintances, possible business associates and com-link numbers for a dozen or more women. Justin entered a room filled with people and gravitated to the peripherals where he observed dispassionately without anyone taking notice or initiating contact. His thoughts continued to return to her while his investigation went nowhere.

Agent Cane waited all day but nothing happened, just a clock that ticked off the minutes. His brain could not focus on the file so nothing new came to mind. Finally, to his relief, his com-link notified him of a call. But not the one he was anticipating, most unexpected.

“Hey, it’s me,” said the familiar female voice, and the photo on his com-link confirmed that it was the woman from the bar.

She was at a café a block away and he had given her his number… She left the perceived invitation slide out there waiting for him to accept.

Special Agent Justin Cane considered the file on his electronic pad and frowned. The sound of her voice enticing him away from tedium was irresistible. Why not, his one and only lead was leading nowhere.

Leaving the Federation Special Security building with his guard down, Justin was surprised by the approach of two very big and very well armed thugs. One growled something about the agent’s presence being requested. The next moment, a hover van the size of a small room sped to a stop and Justin was politely shoved inside. The blaster at his side was not much of a comfort. If he tried to draw the weapon, he would be dead before it cleared his holster.

“Agent Cane,” snarled Spike from an overstuffed chair that had difficulty supporting his obese body. “I am called Spike.”

“I have been expecting you,” replied Justin, attempting to sound authoritative. Nevertheless, he felt like a dead man standing, flanked by the two thugs and with two more behind the grotesque person. He had passed the classification of fat several kilos ago.

Spike

Spike was a disgusting man who gave off a horrible smell with a mouthful of food and the appearance of someone not accustomed to cleansing cylinders. “You Moonie scum, what do you think you’re doing?” he demanded then washed down whatever was in his mouth with Martian red beer.

Justin had an immediate dislike of the overweight slob. Like most of the seven billion born on Earth, Spike had the culturally popular concept that his birth gave him a supremacy over the ten billion born on the thousands of space stations, on the Moon cities or among the Martian colonies. It infuriated Justin that this fat turd considered himself superior—worse, he knew the agent’s birthplace and therefore had already researched him.

“We got word that a hitman has been hired to take out the Federation President,” said Justin with all the bravado he could muster. He had expected this confrontation in an interrogation room, not on the adversary’s turf. “Your name was linked to it through a very substantial payment.”

“Do you really think that I am so stupid as to let someone trace me back to a hired killer?” sniped Spike. The rapid response suggested that he already knew why his accounts were under scrutiny.

Justin winced. He had spent the day studying Spike as he waited for his subject to contact him. The thuggish businessman was right; it did not make sense from what the agent knew of him.

“What was the purpose of the payment?” Justin asked.

Spike shrugged and a candy bar appeared in his hand, Belgian chocolate from the looks of it. “I hired a hacker.”

Justin waited while the fat man chewed. It was illegal to hire hackers but tough to link the client to the hacker so they were rarely prosecuted. Yet he was not going to let his only lead off so easily. A good interrogator knew how to use silence as a weapon against the guilty.

Finally Spike surrendered, “He was to hack into the computer system of…an important entity.” Before the agent could ask, he quickly added, “And I have no idea why. I just did the hiring.”

“What entity?”

“Client privilege.”

“You tell me and I’ll release your accounts without charges,” Justin said in a bluff. If he was unable to dig up any evidence of wrongdoing by Spike, a judge would soon do so anyway. “Otherwise…”

Spike considered his options then said, “The Security Service data base.”

“I also want the hacker’s name.”

“You’ll never locate him.”

“I’ll trace the credits you paid him,” said Justin confidently.

The condescending Spike laughed and Justin seethed with anger but was in no position to threaten the other man. “This guy does not need credits,” scoffed the overweight thug. “He could drain a bank in an hour. No, he works for information. I gave him what he wanted, he did the job then severed communication.”

The agent mulled it over. What was the connection between a hacked Federation Security Service computer system and an assassin?

“I want my accounts unfrozen,” Spike demanded.

“I’ll take care of it,” Justin replied, his word was his bond.

“You know,” remarked the fat man between bites, “they said you looked like him. I don’t see the resemblance.”

It was nothing more than a parting shot, Justin knew, but he tried not to breathe a sigh of relief as he stepped from the van, or was thrown depending on the semantics, and walked away with his back to the two thugs who escorted him out. A blaster round in the back was still a possibility. Anyway, his mind was on the new puzzle of how to track the hacker and he forgot that he was originally headed to meet the woman from the bar.

Across the street, Mia watched Justin stumble from the hover van while sitting at an outdoor café. He was walking like a man unaware of his surroundings and that was not good. Though she appeared to be just another patron, her brain was taking in the entire scene. The streets were crowded with pedestrians. Nevertheless, she knew that five of them were armed and had their sights on Justin Cane. There was movement slightly behind her. A woman in a long coat stepped from the café and stopped beside her. Mia sipped her coffee with its cloud of whipped cream floating on the top and allowed her head to swivel nonchalantly to the side. There was the distinct outline of a plasma rifle under the coat.

Meanwhile, Justin was barely out of the blast range when Spike’s van exploded behind him and knocked him off his feet. Chaos ensued on the street.

“Are you all right, agent?” asked a man hurrying up to help Justin who was on his hands and knees.

In his scrambled head, he realized he did not know the man so how did the guy know Justin was an agent? Instinct told him to act.

Twisting to the side, he balanced on his hands and kicked the man in the vitals. The half-raised blaster in the attacker’s hand fired into the sidewalk where the agent had been a second before, threw up chunks of concrete and left a black scorched hole. There was screaming and people who suddenly found their quiet day turned into terror fled in every direction. Though his training told him to draw his weapon, Justin fought the impulse, chose instead to leap to his feet and grab his attacker as a shield. The poor man with the smashed genitals immediately took two blaster hits in the chest, putting him out of his misery. Justin knew instantly that he was outnumbered and out-gunned.

That was Mia’s evaluation of the situation as well from her vantage point at the café. To her trained eye, she saw the entire ambush progress and end with the target dead along with two more of the attackers and a third one wounded. It was time to make her move; as the woman with the plasma rifle took a step forward and brought the weapon out from under her coat. Mia stood up behind her and, in one motion twisted her head, snapping the neck. Then she snatched the rifle from the woman’s dead hands. Flicking off the safety and activating the electronic sight, she prepared to fire.

At the same time, Justin had four blasters firing at him from every direction. Two more shots struck the dead man he was propping up as he worked a few steps closer to a doorway where he hoped to find some cover. A blaster round zinged past his shoulder and he felt a sting. Suddenly, a plasma rifle fired with its distinctive sound and the green energy balls it propelled exploded into human flesh. Two of the attackers were blown to pieces. The odds were now even.

“This way,” Mia yelled and Justin saw who had saved him.

The other two attackers were scrambling to find cover but they still had the edge if Justin stayed put. So he let the dead man drop and sprinted in the direction of the woman with the plasma rifle. It made no sense. He had no idea who she was; she might even have set him up, but in the seconds he had to decide, it was the only course of action that gave him a chance to live.

The attackers were taken by surprise and two shots from the plasma rifle kept their heads down.

Together, Justin and Mia sprinted down an alley ahead of blaster fire after his remaining assailants recovered. The rounds blew off pieces of red brick but were ineffective.

A block away, Mia tossed the weapon in a trash container. They kept running.

They paused to catch their breaths several blocks away where pedestrians and vehicle operators were unaware of the madness happening not far away.

Justin was about to make a call on his com-link when Mia covered it with her hand. “What are you doing?”

“Calling for backup,” he responded, annoyed by her tone. He was a Security Service agent for the Federation of Nations and Colonies, how dare she question his judgment?

“Then you just give me a few minutes to get clear of the potential fire zone before you do,” she snapped back.

She was going to walk away and he was going to let her when sanity hit. What was she talking about?

She hated to be the one to tell him, but someone just tried to ambush him. Did he know who they were or why? She was not that confident that those he considered friends were friends but she was sure he had some very organized enemies.

“Alright,” he said and held his com-link up so she could see him switch it off. “No contact with anyone until we figure out who I can safely call.”

Justin had to admit that she had a point. As far as he knew, only the director knew about his assignment. Someone powerful enough to want to take out the president could also corrupt the director or those around him. It bothered him that, when he reached the conclusion that he had to think and plan before he did something stupid, he looked up and there was her smiling face. Okay, it was a beautiful smiling face. However, if he could not use his com-link, he also could not use his ID chip and it was a good bet his apartment was not the safest place to go. He was screwed.

“I’ll hide you,” she said simply.

The lack of emotion stunned him. She was offering to risk her life for a man she barely knew aside from a cartoon quote. He felt an emotional twinge even if the gorgeous woman did not.

They walked the city for several hours making sure they were not being tailed. Eventually, they were in the hotel room registered to Mia Nettles. Night was falling outside and the news on the viewer screen reported the incident.

Justin grimaced in pain.

“Maybe we should get that shirt off and see what damage has been done,” Mia suggested.

Removing it was an excruciating experience. The wound was a bloody mess but not serious. She did her best to clean and bandage it with the travel first aid kit she purchased in the hotel gift shop. Her touch was tender and she made every effort not to make it too painful. It still hurt like a blazing comet.

“Nice work,” he said as he admired her patch job. “Where did you learn to do that?”

He felt somewhat exposed; he was half naked and forced to take the pain while she was completely dressed and in control. The vulnerability aroused a desire in him and he hoped she would not notice.

“Space…” He waited for more as she collected the blood-soaked towels and empty bandage wrappers. She was action oriented and not much on small talk. Tearing the towels into manageable strips, she fed everything into the hotel’s waste disposal. She re-examined the bandage more as a way of covering over the uncomfortable silence until she saw that he expected her to contribute the details.

“I was part of a terrorist assault team on the Rim,” she said.

Abruptly she moved away from him for the view out the windows to hide her face.

There were a dozen or so space stations on the outer orbit of the Terran System. Located far from Earth, they were often targets of one terrorist faction or another, mostly those fanatics who were against humans moving beyond their solar system and poisoning the rest of the galaxy.

“I’ve never been to Earth,” she continued in her rehearsed story. “So when I rotated out, I thought I would see it before deciding what to do with my life.”

“Welcome to Earth,” he remarked.

legsBut what he was thinking was that she was one beautiful and desirable woman. Even more so now that she had laid bare a part of her inner self. They had a brush with death and barely escaped the kill zone which had established a mutual reliance. It was implied that they might be the only ones they could currently trust. The air was filled with a tension, a sexual tension created by their situation.

She was speaking again while he was lost in his thoughts. “What?”

“Room service,” she repeated. “I thought I had better order room service. Best if you—we don’t go out.”

“Good thought.”

An hour later, the robot brought in the tray, Mia swiped her left hand over the bill and added twelve percent for a tip.

Justin emerged from hiding in the bathroom suddenly starved.

She arranged the food on the table. He munched on the fries that came with his steak while he popped the cork on the Bordeaux. He sampled the wine and poured two healthy glasses then saw the amusement in her face. “Best wine in the galaxy,” he said.

She sat across from him. “So how does a guy who was born and raised on the Moon have Bordeaux as a favorite wine?”

Digging into the steak, Justin did not hesitate to talk about his personal life with a complete stranger. It seemed to him so natural to tell this particular woman all about his life of woe. After a long drink of the soothing wine, the story spilled from him.

Justin and Jason were identical twins, born to the fourth wife of Sherman Cane. The Cane family settled on the Moon when the primary economy for the satellite body revolved around mining minerals and they made a fortune. Several generations later, the Canes had their fingers in all sorts of business enterprises, legal and illegal. There were three space stations mining the asteroid belt carrying the Cane name. A young Sherman, as happened with wealthy and powerful men, wanted more wealth and power.

There were ten children from his first three wives but the sons born to his fourth wife were his favorites from the moment he walked into the nursery. Partly, it was because he loved her more than the other three women and more than any other person in the Terran System except Sherman Cane. But as the boys grew to young adults, he particularly loved Jason. Of the two boys, Jason was the most like his father with an ambition that even exceeded Sherman’s. Had Sherman not given his sons unlimited wealth, he might have feared that Jason would murder him for the inheritance. Nevertheless, the father watched his back. Blazing Suns of Orion, he loved that boy.

Justin, however, was quite a different story. He was the good son, obedient, faithful and trustworthy. All the characteristics Sherman hated in a man. Such men never amounted to more than upstanding citizens. So pitiful.

The boys were identical in appearance; no one who did not know them intimately could tell the difference. In fact, when they chose to impersonate each other, only their man servant, Reginald, could tell them apart. Sherman wanted to raise gentlemen so he entrusted them to a man with education, refinement and a family history of domestic service. What he had not anticipated was that Reginald had become their surrogate father as the boys found in him the affection they did not receive from their biological father.

The unique traits of the twins emerged with their choices of careers. Neither cared for making more credits, they had more wealth than they could spend in a hundred lifetimes. Jason wanted power, much to Sherman’s approval, and went into politics. With unlimited financing, he could buy any office he desired and he wanted nothing more than to take the presidency of the Federation of Nations and Colonies. Absolute power appealed to him. Justin wanted to bring criminals to justice.

Mia pointed her knife at Justin with one hand and hid the amused expression with the other as she chewed. “You’re the brother to the President of the Federation. That’s why you look familiar.”

Spread out across the solar system, Earthlings had colonized the Moon and Mars. There were bases on the two Martian moons thousands of space stations from Earth to the asteroid belt and a dozen in orbit with Pluto. Robot missions had gone out beyond the Terran System and were sending back data in preparation for combined manned and robotic exploration of Orion. Though Earth was united under one planetary government, there were still political movements battling for control. As well, wherever humans established bases and colonies, there were factions among the residents and hostility toward Earth since most of the political power was gathered on the planet. To keep order, there was the military which patrolled space and the Security Service that was charged with keeping the law in the cities, bases and colonies. There were local police forces but the Security Service had jurisdiction wherever it chose to have jurisdiction.

“Wait a minute,” she interrupted. “You’re brother is president and yet you have some lowly job as a cop?”

In fact, Justin was such an unknown that only a few of his fellow agents remembered that the president had a twin brother. So unremarkable had been his career crime fighting that no one knew he was doing it.

“I am more than a cop,” he retorted, just a little annoyed by the description. Secretly, he had imagined his life as this superhero agent racing around the solar system fighting crime and destroying terrorists. Instead, he had amassed an unremarkable career as a steady agent who was always at the office or out on an investigation. He was reliable, efficient and boring but with a solid record of putting away petty criminals and terrorist nobodies.

Much to his father’s disdain, Justin joined the Service as a common agent. Sherman could have bought him a mid-level role but the boy insisted on making it on his own merits because he detested the wealth and power of the Canes. How Sherman hated him for that. It was the last tear that ripped father and son apart.

The brothers were never close but always in competition with each other and in constant conflict. The end of their relationship came earlier over a woman. Justin met her at one of Sherman’s dreadful parties he threw to allow Jason to network. It was for Justin love at first sight. He thought she was the perfect woman for him, his perfect beauty. He did everything right, exactly as Reginald taught him to treat a woman.

For Jason, it was lust at first sight. He saw that his brother wanted the woman and determined that he would take her away. When he saw that she did not want him but his brother instead, he pretended to be Justin and seduced her physically and emotionally. But the revelation after he took her was too much for the woman to deal with psychologically. She fell apart, then destroyed herself.

The scandal was covered up by massive amounts of credits but the rift between brothers was too deep to heal. The moment Justin realized that his brother was going to get away with murder, he determined to become a Security Service agent.

“So you live with the guilt of your brother’s crime,” summarized Mia. “You’re trying to punish others for what he got away with.” The woman read him so well after only knowing him a few hours.

“Jason Cane caused the death of a woman, then purchased the silence of everyone involved and yet no one seemed disturbed by it,” pouted Justin. He offered her a refill on the wine then emptied the last of the bottle in his glass. “Then he bought the presidency. A man, not even 30, is the leader of the entire solar system.”

He had not noticed that he consumed a majority of the bottle and was slightly inebriated.

“I need a shower,” Mia announced abruptly. That summed it up nicely for Justin.

She ignored the desserts she had ordered but he could not resist the ice cream while he listened to the water running and thought about what was happening in the next room. He felt the throbbing in his arm and decided to mix a healthy measure of vodka from the mini bar with the frozen confection. A warmth flooded over him as the alcohol did its job and he laid back on the bed and listen to the news with his eyes closed.

In telling his story, he realized how much Mia reminded him of the lost love of his life. He had not exactly been an outgoing person before the tragic death but he had to admit that he turned in on himself after he learned of it. There was a certain profound justice that a woman who reminded him of the one he lost would so resemble her.

When Mia walked from the bathroom in a bathrobe while drying her hair, his imagination took over his fogged brain. Her smooth bare legs and arms and a hint of her full breasts sparked a desire within him. Then she noticed him watching her. For a moment, they both froze in place as each decided what to do about what they were feeling.

Before he could stop his mouth, he blurted out, “Do you believe in love at first sight?”

Inside, he cursed his stupidity, thinking he had ruined the moment with such dribble, such a cliché.

But then she approached the bed, climbed on top and straddled him with her legs.

“Yes,” she said, almost in a whisper, bending down and lightly kissing him.

After another pause to consider their situation, he reached up for the belt of the robe, untied it and slowly pulled it open. She was as beautiful naked as he had imagined. She remained still and let his hands explore her smooth flesh, almost purring with pleasure. He took in her scent. When she kissed him again, it was soft and gentle. Suddenly, their desires exploded into passionate sex and they brought each other to sweet release.

With only the light of the Moon, they were together, naked under a single sheet, his arm around her and her head on his chest. The world outside would have been forgotten were it not for the news channel playing in the background.

She broke the silence, “What just happened?”

“Two people in love just expressed it?” he offered, though he immediately regretted using the L-word?

“Love?” She paused for a moment in thought. He was about to apologize for saying it when she asked, “That is how you describe love?”

“Two people with mutual feelings for each other, yes, I would call that love.”

“I’m sorry,” she explained, “I have little experience with the emotion.”

“If love were an emotion, the human race would have died out generations ago,” he said. “Love is an action, a choice. Since the moment we met, we’ve made choices that have brought us closer together.”

Mia blinked. He could not see that a question appeared in her eyes. Events might have been different had he noticed and asked what she was thinking.

Instead, she touched the wounded arm, “You’re seeping. I should change the bandages.”

He abruptly sat up. “What did they say?” The agent in Justin was alert.

She realized his attention was on the viewing screen.

The news anchor was doing voice-over while the images were of Special Agent Hugh Koenig shaking hands with President Jason Cane and the photo of the outgoing security head who was retiring. It was a public relations attempt to explain why the president had a new head of his security. The old security chief was expected to fall on his sword and pretend that he had submitted his resignation voluntarily.

“So, the president is getting a new head of security,” shrugged Mia. “How news-worthy is that?”

“Spike, he hired a hacker.” Justin concentrated, an idea was brewing.

He looked at Mia but she just shook her head in confusion.

“The Service uses an intricate computer program to select the protection teams for the president,” said Justin. “It takes human error out of the process.”

The two stared at each other, both considering the implications.

He leapt from bed and paced nakedly back and forth then slapped his forehead with his palm, moaning, “Why would someone hack the system?” Then he stopped. “Oh no!”

He was in a rush, now. Quickly snatching up his clothes, he dressed.

“What are you doing?” Mia demanded. “What do you know?”

“It’s all so simple,” Justin explained. “Spike’s hacker broke into the computer system and changed the programming so that it picked the candidate for the president’s security that the plotter wanted. He knew the director would take the computer’s recommendations so that, if anything went wrong, he could say that he followed protocol.”

“Who wanted?”

Justin stopped with one leg in his pants and one leg out. He considered the question for a moment then shook his head, “I don’t know. It could be one of a hundred groups with a grudge or cause.”

Mia glanced at the viewing screen. “You think that the new security head is going to kill the president?”

“It’s the only answer that fits the data.”

“So what’s your plan?”

Justin froze. Reality hit.

If he activated his com-link, he could be tracked. That would be bad.

She jumped from bed and started to put on her clothes.

“What are you doing?” he demanded.

“I’m going with you.” And before he could refuse her help, she quickly added, “You need my ID to move around.”

It made sense and he nodded his approval. She grinned but she had no intention of being left behind in any case.

“Um…” He stopped at the door and turned to her. “We can pick up on the other thing later…?”

She kissed him. “A choice,” she said then checked the hallway, all clear.

They slipped out the service entrance of the hotel, their goal was New Hope.

New Hope was a city island which did not have a specific location. When the Federation of Nations and Colonies was established, many would not accept the capital being in the former nation of an old enemy. Therefore, finding a diplomatic place to locate the central government was an impossible task. Then the first Federation president proposed an island, a floating city that was not connected to any continent. There were only two ways to visit the 1000 square mile city, by air to one of the many hover pads or by sea where naval ships docked in one of the three massive ports connected to the islands by long bridges. Security for the city was the tightest anywhere in the solar system.

The problem was that Special Agent Justin Cane could not just fly to the island and walk into the Presidential Palace. After the shootout, the assassin or assassins would be on the alert for him, especially if they controlled the security team around the president. He had to get close to his brother and verbally warn him without being detected.

“Reginald,” Justin said. But he saw that Mia did not understand. “Reginald McDougal raised us. If I can get to him, he might be able to get us inside.”

With Mia’s ID chip, they rented a hovercraft and flew it into a hover pad several blocks from the Palace. Penetrating beyond would expose Justin’s presence on the island city and Mia would require a reason for entering, which she did not have. Getting a message to Reginald was equally as difficult without giving themselves away. Fortunately, Justin knew the man better than he knew anyone else in the solar system.

The tea bar was in the same district as the Presidential Palace. It offered tea made in the traditional style with water heated to an ideal temperature that allowed the leaves to steep for the optimum amount of time. Tea was Reginald McDougal’s only vice in life and Justin knew it.

As he sat in his booth and savored the brew, Justin slid in across from Reginald and Mia nudged him over to prevent the older man from leaving. Justin thought the move was unnecessary but was surprised at how the former servant had aged.

When the brothers had their falling-out, Reginald was forced to choose between them. Justin had no use for a man servant but as an aspiring politician, Jason needed of a personal assistant to provide a multitude of services. The choice was obvious for Reginald and he thrived in his role. Still, he missed having both his boys.

“Justin…!?” Reginald exclaimed.

“Shhhhht,” Justin quickly cautioned him. “I need your help.”

Reginald’s eyes widened as Justin told him the story. He met Hugh Koenig and the other members of the security team; they were competent people. They had all been very busy dealing with the president’s hectic schedule. In fact, President Cane had requested a few days of solitude and seclusion to recharge.

“What?” reacted Justin. “When?”

“Oh well, he flies in from the Montreal speech to the space mining unions tonight…”

Justin cut him off, speaking to Mia, “That’s when they’ll act. With him out of the public eye, they can escape before anyone is alerted. We have to get into the Palace.”

“As soon as the security scanners register your ID, they’ll be on to us,” she responded.

Justin glanced down at the back of his left hand then his eyes drifted to Reginald’s hand and he followed his gaze.

The former caregiver was indeed committed to his two boys. In the restroom of the tea bar, he allowed Justin to make a slit into his skin and remove the ID chip. Justin made a similar slit and removed his identity chip. They switched chips and sealed the slits with liquid skin.

While Mia paid the tab, Reginald took Justin aside. “Do me one favor?”

“Anything.”

“When this is over, reconcile with your brother. For me, if no one else.”

He started to respond with a list of grievances that all originated with Jason and protest that he was not the bad guy in their personal war but he could see the blind love for both of them in his eyes.

“I’ll try, Reginald,” he said, instead of what he wanted to say. “I’ll do my best.”

Strangely, he actually meant it. Neither brother would ever, could ever lie to Reginald.

The plan was simple; Reginald would remain at the tea bar while Justin used his ID to enter the Presidential Palace with Mia Nettles as his guest. As Justin and Mia walked across the city toward the Palace, she had something on her mind.

“Reginald loves you,” she said finally.

The statement took Justin by surprise. “Um, yeah I guess he does.”

The Palace entrance for high-level aides and staffers was unmonitored by human guards. So long as the ID chip was on the list of those with access and their guests were not on any alert list, the doors automatically opened. Reginald McDougal then had clearance into the most secure parts of the family quarters so the trackers following people around the palace would record nothing out of the ordinary. As an added precaution, Justin dressed in a suit to appear exactly like his brother and Mia wore a dress to show off her attributes that would distract anyone from looking at the president. The computer would record Reginald walking the hallways but all human eyes would see was President Jason Cane and his latest female friend. Their one concern was that they could not smuggle weapons in with them, the security sensors which scanned for them would set off alarms.

They made their way down the private corridor to the Diamond Office where the president greeted dignitaries. Justin put his ear to the door; someone was in the next room.

Calming his spirit, Justin carefully turned the door handle, eased the door open and entered with Mia right behind him.

President Jason Cane stood at his desk with Hugh Koenig. There were four other members of the security team with him, two on either side of the door where Justin and Mia stood and two others at the main entrance. Everyone froze.

“Gun!”

Who…? Justin thought the voice was his brother’s.

Hugh Koenig drew his blaster. Jason dove over the desk. Justin threw an elbow into the throat of the agent nearest him while Mia kneed the other one in the genitals, grabbed his weapon and tossed him aside in one fluid motion. There was the muffled sound of a weapon firing and a round passed between Justin and Mia. Justin pulled the blaster from the holster of the agent with the crushed windpipe. He blew a hole in Hugh’s chest then fired at one of the agents at the main door but they were already dead and Mia had the blaster pistol against the head of the agent from whom she had taken it.

“Mia…!”

The blaster kicked in her hand and the agent’s head blew apart.

Before Justin could stop her, she shot the agent clutching his throat.

Clap, clap, clap. As he sarcastically applauded, Jason stood to his feet.

“Well done, brother dear,” he said mockingly. Then to Justin’s surprise, his brother looked at Mia, “Finish it.”

Confusion overwhelmed Justin. But as he turned to look at Mia, her foot shot out, kicked the weapon from his hand and it went flying. He grabbed for the blaster in her hand but felt a blow to his shoulder that threw him into the wall and made his wound hurt. Knowing he would not be able to disarm her, he leapt over a couch, expecting it to blow apart in a foam and fabric mess, but it did not happen.

“Oh Justin,” said Jason’s extremely irritating voice, “I can’t have you damaged.”

Justin peeked over the couch. Mia was advancing slowly on him with the weapon in hand but not pointing it at him.

“You should be honored, brother,” continued the president. “I knew you would figure out the assassination plot against me. Although, there was a three percent chance that you would be injured in the street ambush. Still, it was a risk worth taking to ingratiate Mia with you.” He shrugged in answer to the questioning expression, “You wouldn’t come willingly. I called and called and called. You ignored me.”

“There was never a plot,” stated Justin.

Jason laughed, “I was the plot. I was the informant and the hacker that poor buffoon Spike hired.”

Mia slowly circled around the furniture and Justin backed away.

Jason was casual, showed no concern for the other man’s fate. “I have Radium Cancer.”

“You’re a drug addict?” demanded Justin, all the while trying to maneuver to avoid Mia.

“That’s harsh. Anyway, they create these marvelous drugs that blow your mind but then they do have side effects.”

Radium was the newest drug to make the rounds of the underground society. Despite the warning that six in ten users would develop an incurable disease that consumed the vital organs, millions tried it and became addicted to the lifestyle. In his arrogance, Jason Cane thought he was different and had nothing to worry about. Consequently, he was dying and there was nothing medically which could be done to save him, except…

Synthetic organ transplants extended life for millions and were common place as the law prohibited living organ transplants. Unfortunately for the young president, Radium Cancer quickly corrupted any new organs even synthetic ones and death soon followed.

And, while the technology did exist, cranial transplants were especially made illegal with stiff penalties. Early exploitation by body snatchers brought about a host of laws to prevent people from being killed so that those willing and able to pay extraordinary sums could take over their bodies.

“I need your body,” stated Jason nonchalantly as though there was nothing unusual in it.

Mia cautiously worked in closer.

“You wouldn’t begrudge your brother a longer life, would you?”

Justin realized what was supposed to happen and Jason smiled, “Yes, you always were the more logical thinker. Mia will be gentle. She’ll just deprive you of oxygen until you expire. I have a team of surgeons two floors down ready to make the switch. The story, and you’ll like this part, will be that you died while saving me from assassins.”

“How can you do this?” Justin asked Mia.

“You’re going to be quite the hero,” Jason continued. “Posthumously, of course.”

But Justin was still in disbelief that Mia would betray him. “After what we felt for each other?”

“It won’t work. She’s not who you think,” chided Jason. “There is no emotion in her.”

perfectbeauty_robotJustin’s foot struck out and the blaster in Mia’s hand smacked into the wall. But then she was in close to him with martial arts skills he had difficulty countering. Her reflexes were faster than his so he jumped and rolled away from her.

“She’s a humandroid,” Jason said. He remained at his desk, his arms cross over his chest. “I’m here to tell you that there are very few limits to fabulous wealth.”

Unable to believe what he was hearing, Justin looked at Mia. “You’re a robot?”

“You don’t listen well. She’s the most sophisticated humandroid credits can buy. And, she was programmed to be your perfect woman. They said that you would be so infatuated with her that it would never occur to you that she could be a plant.” He laughed, “And you would especially not suspect that she was a humandroid. Think about it, brother, this is your ideal companion. Oh, such perfect beauty.”

Jason shifted to try to look his brother in the face, “Admit it, you prefer a cold hard machine to human contact.”

Mia was on Justin again, her face lacked any emotion, and he was barely able to disengage from her by wedging his legs in her stomach and hurling her into the air. His momentum threw him on his back. He was tiring. She would soon wear him down.

“I’m even thinking of keeping her around,” remarked Jason. He leaned back against his desk, merely a spectator. “I want to experience what you think is the perfect woman. I even have research into how I can get my own android body. I could live forever. My thinking is that the solar system needs for me to never die. I’m indispensable.”

While his brother rambled on, Justin spotted a discarded blaster. It was almost impossible to reach it and fire an accurate shot but it was at least a chance. Diving past Mia, he scooped up the weapon and somersaulted away. Unfortunately, Mia was too fast. She was on top of him, they rolled and tumbled into a wall. The two ended with Mia’s back against the wall holding Justin in front of her, one hand around his neck and the other gripping his hand with the blaster.

Jason was no longer amused but impatient and his voice turned hard, “Finish this now, Mia.”

For a moment, Justin wondered what death would be like. Then Mia whispered into his ear, “I choose to love you.”

Unexpectedly, he felt the hand with the blaster pistol raise up. There was the shock in Jason’s face as he realized it was pointed at him. The weapon recoiled slightly as the small energy beam rocketed across the room and struck the president in the chest before he could react.

Staggering slightly, Jason ripped open his suit coat to expose the black and red blotch on his white shirt. His face revealed his last thoughts of confusion with the way the events had transpired. He was dead before he slumped onto the floor.

Released from Mia’s grasp, Justin jumped to his feet and trained the blaster she left in his possession on her with two shaking hands. She made no effort to evade him. He gripped the pistol tighter and willed his finger to pull the trigger. Looking into that beautiful face, he could not do it.

“I love you, too,” he said softly.

He did not ask and would never ask but sometime within her processing unit, she had developed the capacity to make choices based upon logical precepts. And she made the remarkable choice to love the man for whom she was created as his perfect beauty. To the humandroid, the logic was that he was therefore her perfect match. Remarkably, his twin brother was the antithesis.

The Terran System was shocked by the assassination attempt on the President of the Federation of Nations and Colonies and saddened by the loss of his twin Justin Cane, the Security Service agent killed defending his brother. Five traitorous assassins were killed in the attack along with the arrest of several doctors implicated in the plot. Jason Cane cremated the body of his brother and scattered his ashes outside the family lunar compound surrounded by his family. Only Reginald McDougal knew which brother had really been murdered by the assassins but he would never tell anyone. Secretly, he applauded Justin’s efforts to save his brother then carry on Jason’s work and would do all he could to help the surviving twin.

Jason Cane and Mia Nettles were married and many owed the greater success of the presidency after his marriage to the chieperfectbeauty_eyef executive’s choice of such a capable woman. When the president’s term ended, there was a call for Mia Cane to run for office but she graciously refused. The two retired to the family estates on the Moon where they appeared to live quietly, though rumors for years after persisted that the couple shared many secret adventures under assumed identities. Wealth could buy much and that included anonymity when desired. After a long life, Justin, aka Jason Cane, died. Mia cremated his body and scattered the ashes around the lunar compound. The fate of Mia Cane was never known. Though old at the time of her husband’s death, she appeared younger than her years. Some claimed that she rode beyond the Rim with the first manned missions to Orion. Others said she ended her days on an isolated space station grieving for her lost love. But there were those who maintained that such a woman of perfect beauty would live forever.

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on November 17, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 28, Issue 28 Stories, Novellas, Stories

Swallow the Moon

red-moon

Swallow the Moon
by Lisa Langeland

…born under red moon
and marked in blood
shall the wolf swallow the moon
and seize the sun

Loosed in grim dissolution
will winter descend
and ungird the winds
issuing ruin and darkness

So begins the age of the wolf…

(translated excerpt from the Nökkvimál)

 

Haldis hummed an old lullaby as she rubbed down the draft horse—much as she had done almost every night for the past five months—and paused to contemplate the growing dusk. The trees just beyond their camp wavered in the firelight, and crickets chirped the end of summer. The horse shift skittishly under her brush as a howl pierced the stillness. Another answered the call none too distant.

“Curse those wolves,” said Leiden as he took hold of the horse’s bridle. “These last few winters have starved the fear out of them. They grow too bold for my liking.”

“They do what they do to survive, as we all do,” replied Haldis, glancing up at him. His tousled blond hair needed a good trim. Not that he’d notice, she thought.

His hand strayed over hers. “How can you say that after what one did to you?”

The scars on her left shoulder and upper back hid far deeper secrets. “I have no memory of the attack. You know that.”

“And yet you always insist the wolf was black,” said Leiden.

His brown eyes searched her face for answers, but Haldis knew he would find none. Of that one detail, she was certain yet her mind refused to share any others. Like where I’ve been for the past year, she thought.

The fire behind them flared as Leiden’s younger brother, Reid, threw more wood on it. He stared intently at her. “Surely, you’d have them all wiped out if you could have your way.”

“They fear us more than we do them,” said Haldis, gently brushing the gelding’s flank.

“And yet they seem to be trailing us these last few days,” said Leiden, “perhaps hoping to take down one of the horses.”

Haldis doubted it. She had grown up near the Ironwood, the very woods beside which they now camped. Eight armed guards and the encampment’s fires would dissuade all but the most curious or desperate of wolves from straying too close.

“You can finish this,” said Leiden to his brother. “I need to speak with Haldis.”

“Like that’s all you want to do,” mumbled Reid as Haldis handed him the currycomb.

Leiden slipped his hand around hers and led her past the guards taking their evening meal. He gently drew Haldis behind the last wagon as he leaned back against its rear door.

“I thought you wanted to talk,” said Haldis, poking him teasingly in the chest.

“I guess I did…do,” he sighed reluctantly. “Your village—it isn’t far from here. It’s no bother to make a slight detour.”

Haldis dropped her eyes and began tracing circles on his forearms. “There’s no one left, you know that.”

Leiden was giving her the option to lay her nightmares to rest, but the wounds were too fresh. For her, it was as if the massacre had happened only months earlier, instead of more than a year ago when she had returned from an early morning of herb collecting in the Ironwood to find a scene as eerily quiet was it was grisly. Those unfortunate enough to rise early had been bled out in the road with their throats slit, their wares scattered about, and the doors to their homes and shops left ajar. Her home was no different, and her father’s unlit forge silently heralded what she found inside: her father barely visible under a table and pots strewed on the floor around the bodies of her four younger brothers. The memory constantly teased at the edge of consciousness. Haldis inhaled slowly and deeply to calm the familiar anxiety.

Leiden brushed back several honey-colored strands of hair that had fallen across her face. “I didn’t mean to upset you.”

Haldis smiled weakly at him. “If you hadn’t found me…”

“I couldn’t leave you to die,” said Leiden.

He had found her—unconscious and barefooted—five months earlier while gathering firewood in the Ironwood. She had been garbed in an ornate black-laced gown. The eyes and hooklets that travelled the length of the bodice, and its elegant flared sleeves had led them to mistake initially her for a woman of status.

“Most people would have,” said Haldis, but she had quickly learned that was not his family’s way. “Instead you took me in.”

Leiden leaned in closer to her. “Haldis, I…”

She clasped his arms as an unshaven man suddenly emerged from the night. He carried a dead wolf across his shoulders. Leiden pushed her behind him as the guards, swords in hand, converged on the visitor. Reid ran up to join them.

“Didn’t mean to give you all a fright,” their visitor said.

“And who might you be?” inquired Leiden.

“Siarl, the earl’s forester,” he said. He lowered the wolf’s scraggy body to the ground and then pushed back the edge of his cloak to reveal the earl’s livery.

“Did he attack you?” asked Reid as he nudged the carcass with his foot.

“Hardly,” said the forester. “It’s rare for wolves to attack anything other than livestock. Still, I was tasked with seeing to those that to stray too close to Brynmoor. There are a right many people coming for the festival, not unlike you I suspect.”

Leiden nodded. “We’ve been on the western trade route since spring. The festival is our last stop on our way back to Westerfeld before winter sets in. We’ve heard rumor of some attacks here about.”

“Haldis was attacked by a wolf,” blurted Reid with a nod at her.

Leiden gave him a withering look.

“Well, she was,” said Reid sheepishly, “just not so recently.”

The forester eyed Haldis. “Then you know the beast all too well.”

Haldis sensed there was a question in his statement, but she shrugged. She was tired of talk of the past and of wolves. Leiden’s grandmother came up and put an arm around her shoulder.

“Surely you men can find kindlier subjects to speak on,” said Ora, “like the harvest festival.”

“Ay, ma’am,” said the forester with a broad smile. “With our young Lord Cerrin now Earl of Highmont, we have much to celebrate this year. There are some superstitious folks in these parts who feared he would be struck down unexpectedly, like his father, before this day came.”

“Superstitious of what?” asked Reid.

“An old prophecy from long before even I was born,” said his grandmother. “It’s nonsense.”

“Ay, but Lord Cerrin was born during the eclipse,” said the forester. “To those who believe, it lends credence to their unease.”

Reid poked Haldis in the side.

“Weren’t you born then too?” he whispered.

Haldis gave no reply, but the forester’s furrowed brow told her that he had heard the question, yet he said nothing.

“You’re welcome to stay the night and join us on the last leg to Brynmoor tomorrow,” said Leiden, breaking the uneasy silence.

The forester nodded his thanks and joined the guards at their fire. Haldis retired to the caravan wagon with Ora, but found sleep elusive. Her mind kept ruminating on the wolf. Do I remember it as a wolf attack simply because of the scars? she wondered. Her only memory was of the darkness springing at her. Frustrated, she sat up in the dim wagon. Ora slept soundly in the bed beside her. Haldis wrapped a shawl around her and slipped outside, keeping to the dark side of the wagons to return to where the wolf still lay. She knelt next to it.

“Not so mean and fierce like this,” said the forester as he rounded the wagon. He crouched beside her, seemingly unsurprised by her arrival.

Haldis placed her hand on the animal’s side, almost expecting it to rise with breath. She was acutely aware of the forester studying her.

“This wolf that attacked you, have you seen it since?”

“I think it’s dead,” said Haldis.

His gray eyes held a bemused look. “Either the beast is dead or it isn’t, miss.”

Haldis stared at the wolf in silence.

The forester tried again. “Where was it that the wolf attacked you?”

“What does it matter now?”

“To me, not so much,” said the forester, “but for the earl, I would know where you met it.”

“In Prynton,” replied Haldis softly.

The forester’s expression softened. “No survivors, I heard.”

Haldis ran her fingers through the wolf’s gray pelt. “I was in the Ironwood when it happened.”

The forester nodded understandingly. “It might be best if you went in, miss. The wild ones are afoot tonight.”

◊ ◊ ◊

romancitygatesThe caravan passed through Brynmoor’s city gates at midday, after which the forester took his leave. Leiden pulled up the team of horses when they reached the commons.

“It looks like we’re the first to arrive,” said Leiden to Haldis who sat on the bench beside him.

“That’s a good thing, right?” she asked.

“Very good.”

Having their pick of prime locations, the last leg of their journey would likely be as profitable as
the ones that preceded it—no small feat since it was his first time leading the caravan. At only twenty, it was a responsibility he had not expected to assume for several years, but the unexpected death of his grandfather had shifted procurement to him while his father took on the day-to-day management at home. His father had groomed him for the role his entire life, yet he still felt unprepared.

Leiden roped off the reins and hopped to the ground, helping Haldis descend after him. She had grown increasingly melancholy as they neared the city. It can’t be easy for her to be back, he thought, especially since she used to attend the festival every year with her father and brothers. He squeezed her hand as his grandmother approached and his brother began to unhitch the horses to stable them.

“Haldis can help us set up while you get the trade permit from the bailiff,” said his grandmother. “And don’t let him give you any grief. He liked to banter with your father. I think it was a game between the two of them, silly men.”

Leiden chuckled. Having accompanied his father on many occasions, he easily tracked down the bailiff. While he questioned Leiden exhaustively, he was reasonable and fair. Permit in hand, Leiden called on several of their regular trade partners to renegotiate terms for their goods, an act made more lucrative since they were unable to use competing offers to work the price higher. By the time he returned to the wagons, Reid had just finished securing the tarpaulin over their booth, and the commons had filled up considerably in his absence.

“No troubles, I presume,” said his grandmother.

“None,” replied Leiden, “and I’ve already made this stop profitable.”

“Your father will be pleased to hear that,” she replied. “Since there’s nothing left to be done, I suggest we take our evening meal and turn in. Tomorrow will be a long day.”

Her assessment proved accurate. Leiden spent the day making the rounds with the local merchants while the others manned the stall. It was late in the evening before he headed back, but throngs of jovial people still crowded the commons for the festivities. He spied his brother dancing badly to a jig.

“He’s really quite awful,” said Haldis as she came up behind him.

“Just don’t tell him that.”

Haldis laughed and entwined her fingers with his as she leaned her head against his shoulder.

“Pardon me, but are you the merchant from Westerfeld?” inquired a short, slightly hunched man. The man’s dress, though simple, reflected a house of wealth.

“I am,” replied Leiden.

“Excellent,” said the man. “Lord Alban, my master, directed me to collect you both.”

“At this hour?” asked Haldis.

“It is late, I know,” apologized the man. “Alas, he was quite insistent.”

Leiden stifled a groan, wanting to simply spend what was left of the evening with Haldis. Father would never pass up a business opportunity, he reminded himself, least of all with the former regent of Highmont.

Haldis answered by hooking her arm through his. They strolled away from the revelries, soon leaving the crowds behind for the peace of a secluded avenue framed on one side by the high boundary wall of the earl’s estate. She skimmed her fingertips against its surface.

Lord Alban’s man abruptly stopped near a gate in the wall. Several guards emerged from the darkness and surrounded them.

“What is this?” asked Leiden.

“You are free to leave,” said Lord Alban’s man, “but she stays.”

“Haldis is a free woman,” said Leiden, barely able to contain his disgust that this lord thought privilege meant could take any woman he wanted. “Our business here is finished.”

“If you elect to withhold her, then your family’s business will indeed be finished.”

“What do you mean?” ask Haldis.

The man stepped in closer to her. “Lord Alban can see to it that his family is banned from trading in this region.”

Leiden’s breath hitched in his throat. “Why would he do that?”

“That is Lord Alban’s business,” said the man. “Would choose this woman over your family?”

Leiden glowered at the man, unable to stomach either option.

Sensing Leiden’s hesitation, the older man gave a nod to the guards. One suddenly seized Haldis while, at the same time, his compatriots shoved and held Leiden back.

“Leiden!” shouted Haldis.

He watched helplessly as the guard dragged Haldis through a gate in the wall.

“You would do well to forget about her,” instructed Lord Alban’s man. “She is no longer your concern.”

“You have no right,” asserted Leiden.

“But we do,” declared the man. “No good will come from associating with her ilk, and do not attempt to seek recourse. My master does not make petty threats.”

The guards waited until Lord Alban’s man departed before depositing Leiden near the festivities, laughing at some merriment to which only they were privy. He found their brazen indifference antagonizing, but he knew better than to take the bait even though he was seething—at the former regent’s presumption as much at his own reticence to contest it more vigorously. Still, he knew a petition to dispute the lord’s will were limited—more so since Haldis was born within the earl’s domain and unrelated— and would find few advocates.

Torn between his familial duties and Haldis, Leiden wandered back in the direction of the caravan, hoping some option would present itself along the way that would allow him to safeguard both.

◊ ◊ ◊

The guard pulled Haldis deeper into the grounds, binding her wrists and ignoring her repeated inquiries. They soon came to a terraced area that, in turn, led to a walled garden built into a natural depression in the terrain. The lower garden was lit by a solitary lantern, allowing Haldis to discern arched colonnades with gated doorways at either end of the garden. Two pikemen were posted at each. The guard tugged her down a staircase into the sunken garden and thrust her into its center where a well-groomed, gray-haired man paced the paving stones. The man halted in front of her.

“Who are you?” asked Haldis as she straightened up. “Why have I been brought here?”

“I am Lord Alban,” he said. “I have but a few questions I would put to you.”

“About what?” asked Haldis.

“You were born seventeen years ago during the eclipse, correct?”

“That’s what I was always told.”

“And you are from Prynton,” said Lord Alban.

“Yes.”

“How is it that you alone were spared the fate of the others?”

Haldis was tired of being asked that question. “Does it even matter?”

“I don’t suppose it does.” Lord Alban played with the rings on his fingers as he hovered over her. “Tell me, have you been attacked by a wolf?”

Haldis flinched. How could he even know that? she wondered.

“Yes or no?”

Haldis nodded.

“Then it left its mark on you?” asked Lord Alban.

Haldis remained silent.

“Did it?” demanded Lord Alban.

“Yes!” exclaimed Haldis. “Why are you asking me this?”

“Show me.”

Haldis shivered despite the unseasonable warmth. Does he really expect me to undress?

“Your cooperation is convenient, not necessary,” he whispered as he nodded to the guard that had brought her.

Horrified by the insinuation, Haldis loosened her bodice and shrugged her dress and chemise from her shoulders. She clasped the front with her bound hands as it dropped down her back.

“So the wolf has finally shown itself.”

“I don’t understand.”

He touched the crown of her head gently. “I am truly sorry, but it must be done.”

◊ ◊ ◊

swallowthemoon_redmoonDael stretched out his legs as he perched atop the balcony railing with his back to the manor’s outer wall. The festivities in Brynmoor proper will continue well into the night, he thought, and Cerrin will disappear half way through them. It was one of his cousin’s most annoying habits, one picked up after witnessing his father’s gruesome death at the age of ten—leaving him withdrawn, as well as parentless for his mother had died in childbirth. Shortly before his death, their grandfather, the previous earl, requested that Dael be sent to keep Cerrin company.

After nearly three years, I’m still not sure where he goes, thought Dael, but he won’t be able to indulge in such behavior now that he’s earl; better him than me. He considered it a blessing to learn the duties of leadership without being compelled to assume it—the benefit of being the spare son.

“There you are.” Cerrin strode purposely toward him, his movements as deliberate as his attire and his demeanor as dark as his neatly combed hair, which always curled disobediently at his temples. “Come with me.”

Dael slid off the railing and fell into step beside his younger cousin. “What’s happened?”

“I believe Lord Alban may do something unfortunate,” said Cerrin, “in the name of the prophecy.”

Not that again, thought Dael. “How so?”

“My forester mentioned to Lord Alban that he met a survivor of the Prynton massacre,” said Cerrin, “a girl by the name of Haldis, who was born during the eclipse as I was.”

“That no doubt caught his attention,” said Dael.

“I fear what he might do with that knowledge.”

“You think he intends to kill her?” asked Dael. Would Lord Alban truly be so brash?

“He hired a band of mercenaries to slaughter an entire village,” replied Cerrin, “clearly because he feared this girl would fulfill the prophecy. I believe him capable of anything.”

Dael suddenly wished he had consumed less alcohol. “Where would he take her?”

“The one place he always goes to be alone with his thoughts.”

Aunt Elyn’s garden, thought Dael. Given its proximity to the lake, Lord Alban could dispose of the girl’s body easily—definitely not what their grandfather had in mind when he built it as a wedding present for Cerrin’s mother.

Despite the late hour, they had no difficulty finding their way to the garden due to the bright moon. Lord Alban’s voice emanated from below, but Dael was unable to make out more than a few words. They circled around to one of the lower entrances to approach unseen. Dael gently nudged open the outer gate, grateful that its hinges refrained from rasping. Cerrin slipped in ahead of him and crept along the wall to the inner gate where their position provided them an unobstructed view. Lord Alban bent to whisper something to a slender young woman. She blanched and then loosened her dress, letting the back slip free of her shoulders.

“So the wolf has finally shown itself,” said Lord Alban.

The woman frowned. “I don’t understand.”

Lord Alban laid a hand on her head. “I am truly sorry, but it must be done.”

“What must be done?” challenged Cerrin, barging through the gate.

Dael had little choice but to follow, but two spears came down to halt their entrance. Cerrin glared at the guards and then Lord Alban.

“I would remind you,” said Dael as he stepped in front of his cousin, “that Lord Cerrin is now earl and will not be hindered on his own lands by his own guards.”

Realizing their error, the guards quickly withdrew their weapons and let them pass.

Dael strode up to Lord Alban and stared the older man squarely in the eyes. “I believe my cousin asked you a question.”

“My lords…Cerrin, please,” begged Lord Alban as he tried to block access to the woman.

Dael grasped his arm to hold him still.

“For your safety, I beg you leave now,” pleaded Lord Alban.

“I doubt this girl is a threat to anything but my virtue,” replied Cerrin smugly.

Lord Alban pulled free of Dael’s grip. “You do not understand.”

“You’re right, I don’t,” said Cerrin, his humor evaporating as quickly as it had come, “not your actions of last year and certainly not now.”

“The prophecy…” began Lord Alban, but a disdainful glare from Cerrin stopped him short.

Cerrin and Dael circled behind him. The young woman slouched, hugging her loose dress to her chest. Her long hair fell forward, obscuring her face but revealing healed puncture marks on her left shoulder. Jagged scars etched several inches down her back from them.

“I see no harbinger of doom,” stated Cerrin.

Lord Alban swung to face him. “Then you are blind, my lord. She bears the mark of the wolf.”

“That proves nothing,” said Cerrin. “Would you punish her for her misfortune?”

Lord Alban refused to meet Cerrin’s gaze. “She is from Prynton.”

“We come back to that,” stated Cerrin. “Do you fear your own creation?”

Lord Alban sputtered.

“Yes, you,” snarled Cerrin. “Would you take her life as you did those in her village?”

The woman suddenly straightened and glared at Lord Alban in a mixture of rage and anguish.

“If it would protect you, then yes. The prophecy…”

“You made these events happen,” snapped Cerrin.

“She was born during the eclipse just as you were, and it is she who bears the mark,” insisted Lord Alban. “It cannot be simple coincidence that she alone survived the massacre and is here now, just as you take your grandfather’s place as the Earl of Highmont.”

Cerrin shook his head is disbelief. “Leave us. All of you.”

“Surely you do not intend to be alone with the object of your destruction,” exclaimed Lord Alban.

“If that is my fate, then I have little power to avoid it,” responded Cerrin. “Now leave.”

As Lord Alban did so, Dael cut the ropes that bound the woman’s wrists. “It’s Haldis, yes?”

She nodded as she pulled her clothing back up over her shoulders and retied the laces of her bodice.

“What if he’s right?” she whispered.

“Intentions are not the same as deeds,” said Cerrin, “especially those you clearly have no desire to commit.”

Lord Alban won’t be so easily deterred, thought Dael. He eyed his cousin, who scowled in deliberation. Cerrin abruptly turned to him.

“Meet me in the northeast corner of the grounds at midnight,” ordered Cerrin.

“Cousin?” asked Dael.

“It’s time we put the prophecy to rest,” he replied. “We need to go back to where this started.”

Dael didn’t understand, but Haldis evidently did.

“I can’t go back there,” she stated.

“Don’t you want to know the truth?” asked Cerrin.

“Do you?” she countered.

Dael admired her pluckiness. A sideways glance at Cerrin told him that his cousin appreciated her candor far less.

Cerrin’s intense stare shifted to him. “Midnight, northeast corner.”

He turned on his heel and walked from the garden.

“Where are we going?” called Dael at his cousin’s back.

“My village,” answered Haldis.

“What can he possibly hope to find there?”

She rubbed her wrists. “I don’t know.”

Dael cursed his cousin’s impulsiveness, but retrieved the abandoned lantern and led Haldis to the manor’s kitchen, which was unoccupied due to the late hour. He put her to work helping him gather a day’s provisions.

“Can’t you see how foolish this is?” she asked.

Dael regarded her, noticing that light freckles dotted her cheeks beneath her amber eyes.

“You have to understand,” he said. “When my cousin gets an idea in his head, there’s no changing his mind. He’s determined to see it through to the end, no matter the price.”

“But that price may be his life.”

Dael knew she was right. He also knew better than to argue with his cousin in such instances. The best he could do was to protect Cerrin from himself.

“Was it truly a wolf that attacked you?” he asked.

“Five months ago, I woke up with no memory of the past year—not where I’ve been, not what I’ve done,” she replied as she bundled up the supplies. She lifted her gaze to his. “I don’t remember being attacked, and yet the scars are there. What other explanation can there be?”

What indeed, thought Dael. He took the bundle from her hands and swung it over his shoulder. “It’s time to go.”

She followed him silently as they left to rendezvous with Cerrin. Their lantern brightened a neglected hedge that lined the eastern boundary of the estate. It was the only side not replaced with masonry. Dael lifted the light to chase away the shadows cast by the overgrown bushes, but Cerrin was nowhere in sight.

“Over here,” came a whisper from the corner where the hedge met the wall.

Dael squinted into the shadowed intersection.

The hedge’s boughs shifted outward, and his cousin emerged from the murk like a specter.

“There’s an opening through here,” said Cerrin. “We’ll be able to leave unnoticed.”

Dael held the branches as his cousin slipped back into the darkness. The lantern revealed a well-hidden gap between the hedge and wall. He entered the passage with Haldis close behind. On the other side, two horses already waited.

“Handy that,” commented Dael.

“My father showed me,” said Cerrin. “Cover for me while we’re gone.”

Dael was stunned. “I’m coming with you.”

“I need you here.”

“You need someone to watch your back,” contended Dael. “If not me, then someone else.”

“Fine,” spat Cerrin, obviously annoyed at having to change his plans. “I guess we’ll need another horse then.”

“I don’t know how to ride,” confessed Haldis.

Her admission seemed to irritate Cerrin further. He clenched his teeth.

“She can ride with me,” offered Dael.

“Fine,” repeated Cerrin as he mounted his horse. His tight rein forced the horse to dance in a circle before moving off.

Dael gave Haldis a resigned shrug. He stashed their provisions in the saddlebag on the other horse and then mounted, helping Haldis up behind him and motioning the horse after Cerrin’s. They made good progress until clouds obscured the moon and forced them to decrease their pace lest the horses misstep.

His cousin said little during the journey nor was Haldis particularly talkative, although her silence he could understand. Dael was relieved when Prynton finally came into sight as dawn tinged the horizon behind them. He maneuvered the horse between the burned out buildings. He felt Haldis trembling.

“Just breathe,” said Dael, placing his hand on hers. It was cruel to bring her back here, he thought as he dismounted and tied his horse beside Cerrin’s near the village center. Dael helped Haldis down from the horse. “Better?”

She nodded, but was clearly unnerved by her last memories and the remnants of her home. She strayed to the town well where she absently traced the well’s mortar with a fingertip.

“This is where the wolf attacked me,” she said, “and where my memory ends.”

“Then it began here,” said Cerrin.

“What began?” asked Dael.

wolf-headdressHe glanced at Cerrin when he gave no response, but his cousin’s attention was focused elsewhere. Dael followed his line of sight. Men garbed in wolf headdresses and animal furs converged on their location.

Dael propelled Haldis toward their horses. They were quickly cut off, and a masked man grabbed Haldis from behind. Dael moved to intervene, but fell to his knees, momentarily dazed, as he was struck in the back of the head. His assailants held him as they poured a bitter liquid down his throat, shoving a cloth into his month to prevent him from spitting it out. An unnatural lethargy quickly seeped through him. Dael lost consciousness as his leaden body pulled him to the ground.

◊ ◊ ◊

By the time Leiden reached the wagons, everyone had turned in save two guards standing watch over their stall. He sat down on the steps at the wagon’s rear and remained there as dawn rose. He heard the door open behind him.

“Leiden?” asked his grandmother. “Why are you sitting out here? Is Haldis with you?”

“I think made a mistake.”

“We all make them, dear,” said his grandmother. She placed a hand on his shoulder as she eased herself down on the step next to him. “The question is whether it’s the kind you can live with.”

It was one to which he already knew the answer.

His grandmother patted his leg. “Then why are you still sitting here?”

Leiden kissed her cheek. “I’ll be back as soon as I can.”

He retraced his steps to the gate in the wall. No guards remained, but he hesitated. Would they think him trespassing? Surely, the new earl would be lenient, thought Leiden. Even so, he slipped cautiously through to the earl’s grounds which were expansive. He headed toward the only buildings he could see and soon found himself at the edge of a stable area where he saw ten men readying horses. The forester was among them. He saw Leiden and came over.

“What are you doing here, lad?” he asked.

“I was hoping I might get an audience with the new earl,” said Leiden. “It’s about Haldis.”

Siarl the forester’s stance turned rigid.

“What’s happened?” ask Leiden.

“The earl and his cousin have gone missing,” said Siarl. “The main guard is searching the grounds, but a sentry thought he might have seen them leaving with a young woman.”

“Haldis?”

“I believe so, given the description. The captain of the guard doesn’t put much stock in it, but two horses are also missing,” said Siarl. “Why do you want to see Lord Cerrin?”

Leiden explained the situation.

“Lord Alban is missing as well,” said Siarl. “Somehow your girl is the key. Where might they have gone?”

Leiden knew of only one place. “I’ll tell you if you take me with you.”

“You aren’t really in a position to bargain,” said Siarl.

“All I want is Haldis back. I need to make this right.”

Siarl regarded him. “Meet us at the main gate.”

Leiden hurried back to the wagons, retrieving his bow and quiver, and then headed to the stable to saddle one of the guard’s horses. His task was interrupted by Erling, who began saddling another horse.

“What are you doing?” asked Leiden.

“My job isn’t just to protect the caravan, sir. And even if it was, I’d still go with you.”

Leiden clamped the other man’s shoulder in gratitude. “I’ll fill you in on the way.”

They met up with the earl’s men and set out toward Prynton, arriving by late morning. Only the burned out husks of the buildings stood. Leiden pulled up his horse as they passed what had obviously been the blacksmith’s shop based on the forge that had withstood the conflagration. Haldis was right not to return, he thought.

“Someone was here not long ago,” said Siarl, pointing to the fresh indentations in the soil.

“Those came from a lot more than three people,” said Erling.

Siarl nodded and began tracking them from the village.

“So they met up with another group?” asked Leiden.

“That’s one possibility,” said Erling.

The implication was not lost on Leiden. But to what end? he wondered.

Siarl called them over to the edge of the Ironwood. “The tracks head in.”

“Can you follow them?” asked Erling.

“They’ve made no attempt to hide them,” said Siarl. “And even if they had, I’ve yet to find a beast I can’t track.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Haldis blinked away the blurriness in her vision, bringing into focus several roughly hewn openings near the ceiling and through which cool air and dim light seeped. Dael lay unconscious a few feet from her. She crawled over to him and gently turned his head to examine where she had seen him struck. No blood matted his brown hair.

That’s something at least, thought Haldis as she climbed to her feet and tried the windowless door that blocked their exit. Unsurprisingly, it was locked. She sat back down next to Dael. After a time, she noticed a slight twitch in his fingers. He groaned groggily and his eyelids gradually fluttered open. Dael squinted at her, his pupils nearly engulfing the blue irises.

“It’ll pass,” said Haldis, helping him sit up. “Just give it a few minutes.”

He grimaced as he tenderly felt the back of his head. “How long have I been out?”

“Given the weak light, I’d say it’s probably near sunset,” said Haldis.

“And Cerrin?”

“You were the only one here when I woke up.”

“But you’re okay?”

“They didn’t hurt me.”

Dael let loose a sardonic laugh. “No, they just drugged and kidnapped us. Who knows what they’ve done to Cerrin. If they believe in that ridiculous prophecy, he might already be dead.”

“Then why keep us alive?”

“Good question,” considered Dael, pulling up a leg onto which to rest his forearms. “They must have followed us from Brynmoor.”

Haldis was less certain. There were too many of them, she thought, to have remained hidden during the entire journey. Somehow, they knew we would be in Prynton.

Before Haldis could give it further thought, she heard the door tumblers click free. Several men flooded into their small cell and pulled her and Dael to their feet. They were led down a long corridor of cells and through a fortified door into an open-aired amphitheater encircled by sheer cliffs save for a single narrow fissure. Scattered doorways and windows penetrated the towering walls. At its center, a series of raised platforms had been carved from the bedrock. Their captors brought them to the uppermost level where a stone altar rested and a man clad in furs and a wolf-mask waited. He pulled a large object from a sack and casually tossed it at their feet. Haldis recoiled. It was Lord Alban’s head. The man chuckled as he removed the mask. It was Cerrin.

“I would think you’d be pleased, Haldis,” said Cerrin. “He did intend to kill you.”

“Are you bloody mad?” exclaimed Dael, aghast. “What have you done?”

“Many, many things,” replied Cerrin, “most of which I’m sure you wouldn’t approve.”

Dael strained against the hands imprisoning him. “Why are you with these people?”

“They’re believers.”

“In what?” asked Haldis, trying to squelch her growing unease.

“The prophecy and our place in it.”

“Then why kill Lord Alban?” asked Dael. “He was its most ardent believer.”

“He feared the prophecy,” corrected Cerrin. “We fed his paranoia to draw attention away from us, but his actions revealed—quite unexpectedly—that there was another player essential to its fruition.”

His hazel eyes shifted to Haldis. He reached out to touch her face, but his fingers paused just above her cheek. “This is where we made you.”

“Meaning what?” she asked curtly.

“We marked you with a wolf’s teeth and then anointed you with its blood.”

Dael glared as his cousin, incredulous. “The scars, you did that to her?”

“She has her place in the prophecy,” replied Cerrin, “as do I. Certain sacrifices must be made.”

“Like my family and everyone in my village?” asked Haldis horrified. Her blood drummed fervently in her ears.

“Lord Alban was responsible for that, although my men did set it ablaze after taking custody of you to ensure no one noted your absence among the dead,” explained Cerrin. “Fate spared you to bring forth the wolf age.”

“And how many are you willing to sacrifice to achieve that?” asked Dael.

“As many as required,” replied Cerrin. “I too have sacrificed those closest to me— my father, our grandfather.”

Haldis saw Dael’s face whiten.

“Father was an accident,” confessed Cerrin, fidgeting with the gold clasps of his vest, “but grandfather grew suspicious of my absences and the company I kept. If he had just let it be, he could have died a natural death.”

“What happened to you, cousin?” asked Dael.

“I was born,” said Cerrin, “as were other things.”

He gestured to a man to bring over a basket draped with a cloth. Cerrin lifted back the cloth to reveal a baby. “This is your son, Haldis.”

Haldis felt as if the stone beneath her feet meant to swallow her. That’s where the year went, she thought.

“The drugs effected your memory,” said Cerrin. “You wandered off in your…delirium.”

“Escaped, more like it,” muttered Dael.

Cerrin cast a disapproving scowl at his cousin before brushing back some hair that had fallen into her face. Haldis tried not to flinch.

“Fate brought you back to your son,” said Cerrin. “Our son.”

“No!” exclaimed Haldis. She yanked herself free of the man holding onto her, but Cerrin seized one of her arms possessively.

“You bastard,” snarled Dael.

Cerrin backhanded Dael in the face, knocking him to the ground. “Why is he even still here?”

His man nodded, and then he and another man proceeded to half drag, half carry Dael away.

“Don’t do this,” begged Haldis. “He’s your cousin, your own blood.”

“The only blood that matters is what runs through your veins.”

◊ ◊ ◊

dark_forestStill dazed, Dael staggered as his captors guided him through a dim, unfortified passage barely wide enough for three men to walk abreast. They soon broke from the stone crevice into the moonlit forest outside and halted in a small clearing not far from Cerrin’s stronghold.

“This is as good as place as any,” said the bigger of the two. The man freed a long knife.

The other man pushed Dael to his knees and tied his wrists behind him.

And to think I came along to protect that bastard, he thought as the knife-wielding man circled around behind him. From the corner of his eye, he saw the knife begin to move toward his neck, but his executioner suddenly groaned and lurched into Dael before sliding to the ground. Two arrows protruded from his back. His associate called out in alarm, but was similarly silenced. Stunned, Dael staggered to his feet as a group of men emerged from the trees. All but two wore the earl’s livery. In the lead was his cousin’s forester, bow in hand. He freed Dael’s wrists.

“How did you find me?” asked Dael.

“We tracked you from Prynton,” replied Siarl. “My lord, where is the earl?”

“He ordered this,” hissed Dael.

Several of the men exchanged confused looks.

“My lord?” said Siarl.

“He’s deranged,” declared Dael. “He confessed to murdering our grandfather and causing his own father’s death. He also returned to me the head of Lord Alban.”

“And Haldis?” asked a blond man about the same age as him. He held a long bow, but was not one of the earl’s men. “What of her?”

“She’s important to Leiden,” said Siarl without elaborating. “He can be trusted.”

“She was alive when I last saw her,” said Dael. “They’ve probably drugged her again.”

“Again?” asked Leiden. “That’s why she can’t remember?”

Dael nodded, unable to meet Leiden’s gaze. “It’s probably better she never does.”

“My lord?” asked Siarl.

“They’re the ones who kidnapped and scarred her, so she would fit into that ridiculous prophecy,” explained Dael, silently wishing that was all they had done. “And Cerrin…he forced her to bear his child.”

Leiden’s hand tightened around the grip of the bow, leaving his knuckles white and the muscles in his forearm taut. It was the only outward sign of his ire and a restraint Dael knew he himself lacked.

“Cerrin has some plans for her,” said Dael as he picked up a sword from one of the fallen men. “I don’t know what, but we have to stop him.”

“We are not much of a militia,” stated Siarl, “and you’re injured, my lord.”

“We just need to buy enough time for reinforcements to arrive,” said Dael. “Who here is the fastest rider?”

A man stepped forward.

“Head back to Brynmoor and tell the captain of the guard what’s happened,” said Dael. He pulled off his signet ring and handed it to the man as proof of the message. “Go with speed.”

◊ ◊ ◊

Haldis studied the windowless room into which she had been confined. She searched the room for the chamber pot and forced herself to vomit up the acrid liquor they had made her drink—one she suspected was tainted by whatever they had used on her before. She hid the pot under the bed as muffled voices came from the other side of the heavy wood door. Wiping her mouth, she quickly threw herself down on the bed and feigned stupor as a girl about her age entered with an elderly woman.

“Why did they drug her?” asked the girl. She laid out a wine-red beaded gown beside Haldis. “Do they want her to miscarry again?”

Haldis struggled to keep her expression vacant.

“It’s only for the ceremony,” said the older as she spread out combs, brushes, and hairpins on a dressing table.

“They should have married when they first brought her here,” said the girl as she helped Haldis to her feet.

Together, the two women stripped Haldis down to her chemise and dressed her in the gown. As they walked her to the dressing table, Haldis deliberately stumbled forward to scatter the hair accessories across the floor. She slipped a large hairpin inside the cuff of the gown as the older woman righted her into a chair and the girl retrieved the items. None the wiser, they proceeded to comb and elaborately braid her hair down her back with another that encircled the crown of her head. Smaller braids draping around both like rope.

They slipped a silver filigree knuckle ring onto the center finger of her right hand before giving her over to a burly man. He hooked his hand firmly around her elbow and brought her back to the amphitheater, its precipices embracing the hunter’s moon above them. Cerrin stood beside the bonfire-illuminated altar while at least twenty of his followers loitered in front of him. A man Haldis presumed was a priest gestured to her escort to bring her up to the dais, but on the side opposite Cerrin. The man released her and positioned himself a few arm spans away.

Haldis fingered the head of the pin hidden in her sleeve as the priest addressed the assemblage. She tuned it out and took in her surroundings as surreptitiously as she could. She spied a doorway she might be able to reach before being intercepted. If I cause a sufficient distraction, thought Haldis. She caressed the hairpin again and fixed her gaze on the priest. He raised his hand to quiet Cerrin’s cheering followers and placed the other on her shoulder.

“Under this moon, we shall bind this woman to our lord and herald in the age of the wolf,” he announced as he smiled down at her.

Haldis slipped the hairpin into her palm and moved swiftly, plunging it into his chest. Stunned silence gripped the onlookers, but it lasted only a moment as Haldis dashed from the platform. Fingers snatched at the back of her dress, but abruptly fell away just as she made it to the doorway. She ran down the ill-lit passage, but was tackled from behind as she came to a broad chamber. Haldis slid hard into the floor, scraping her palms bloody. Cerrin grappled with her legs in an effort to pull her toward him, but Haldis kicked him in the chest and scrambled to her feet and into the nearest hallway.

“You were born to this,” bellowed Cerrin as he pursued her, “and you will play your part!”

Haldis pulled up short as she found herself in a kitchen, startling a scullery girl stoking the fire. Cerrin dug his fingers into the braid at the nape of her neck and yanked her backward to the floor. Her head banged into the edge of the hearth, spared only by thick braiding. The girl fled.

“You should be honored,” declared Cerrin as he straddled her and tried to snare her arms. “Fate chose you to be more than the lot you were born into. In time, you’ll see things my way.”

“You’re mad,” spat Haldis.

She blindly reached into the hearth to scoop up a handful of ash and flung it at him. The gray powder exploded in his face. Haldis knocked him off of her and clambered to her feet.

Coughing, Cerrin wiped it from his eyes with his sleeve and tried to blink away the soot. “There is nowhere you can run that fate won’t return you to me and no one who can help you that I can’t kill.”

Haldis snatched the girl’s abandoned wrought-iron poker from the hearth. The ragged-wrapped handle bit into the abrasions on her palm, and heat radiated from the opposite end where the tip flushed amber. It might not be as hot as one from my father’s forge, thought Haldis, but it will still do the job.

◊ ◊ ◊

Leiden loosed an arrow into the man chasing Haldis, but Cerrin slipped into the doorway before he could let fly another. The remaining assemblage stirred and began to move on their position.

“Go after him, Lord Dael,” said Siarl, “but take Leiden and his man with you. We’ll deal with these others.”

The three nodded wordlessly and split off from the main group. Two of Cerrin’s followers broke from their fellows to intercept them.

“Behind you!” yelled Erling.

Leiden felled both in quick succession.

“Your aim is impeccable,” said Dael when they reached the doorway into which Cerrin had disappeared.

“I had a good teacher,” replied Leiden with a nod to their companion. He had never used his bow on anything other than game, and the realization that he had likely taken the lives of several men weighed on him.

Erling turned to Dael. “Perhaps it might be best if I take the lead, my lord.”

Dael gestured down the hallway in assent.

“Keep your bow at ready, Leiden,” said Erling. “Swords are ill-suited for this narrow passage.”

Leiden reached back to count the arrows in his quiver. Only five remained. Not good, he thought as they came to a large chamber from which three other passageways branched off.

“You know Haldis better than anyone, Leiden. Which one would she take?” asked Erling.

Leiden contemplated each passage in turn. If I pick the wrong one, he thought, it might cost Haldis her life. So might indecisiveness.

A light footfall scraped against the stone from the passage to his left. He swung around, nocking an arrow in his bowstring as he did so. A young girl stopped in her tracks with a squeak when she saw the arrow aimed at her. Leiden slowly eased the tension on the string, pointing the arrow downward.

“You’re here for that woman,” stated the girl, almost sobbing. “You have to help her.”

Leiden approached the girl warily. “Where is she?”

“They’ll kill me if I tell you.”

“Then show us,” ordered Dael.

Leiden knew that approach would do nothing to allay the girl’s fears. He gently put a hand on her shoulder. “We can keep you safe. Please.”

The girl hesitated, but then nodded and warily led them into the hallway she had exited. They passed several bisecting corridors when a pained shriek suddenly reverberated through the passage from just up ahead of them. The girl froze.

“Stay here,” whispered Leiden as he moved past her to follow Erling and Dael.

They rushed into a chamber where they discovered Cerrin thrashing on the floor holding the left side his face. Haldis stood behind him, a poker in her hands. Her hair was a disheveled halo around her head. At seeing them, her surprise was replaced by relief.

“Leiden?” The poker slid from her fingers and clanged against the stone floor.

He quickly closed the distance between them and embraced her, watching as Dael and Erling dragged Cerrin to his feet and doubled him over a table. Elongated burn marks tracked from his brow to the collar of his jacket.

“I’ll find something to bind him,” said Erling, calling for the girl to help him.

“It doesn’t have to be this way,” gasped Cerrin to his cousin. “You still could serve me.”

“There are people in this room I would trust with my life,” said Dael. “Sadly, you’re no longer one of them. I can’t believe I ever trusted you.”

“And you shouldn’t,” stated Haldis.

Leiden reluctantly let her draw away from him.

Dael pushed Cerrin into the table. “What is she talking about?”

Cerrin remained stubbornly mute.

“He lied,” said Haldis. “That baby isn’t mine.”

Dael twisted his cousin’s arm. “Is this true?”

“I figured she’d be more compliant if she thought it was,” said Cerrin. “We wouldn’t need to drug her then.”

“Because you knew it would cause me to miscarry,” said Haldis. “Again.”

Leiden came up beside her. “You really were pregnant then?”

She averted her eyes. “Apparently.”

It took every measure of discipline for Leiden to squelch the urge to throttle Cerrin, but it did nothing to assuage his guilt. Dael was not so disposed. He clamped Cerrin’s arms behind his back and slammed him down into the table.

“You’re a sick bastard, you know that?” hissed Dael as Erling returned with some salvaged cord.

Cerrin smirked despite the burns. Dael secured his hands, pulled him upright, and prodded his cousin behind Erling and the girl as they took point again while Leiden and Haldis brought up the rear. They met no resistance as they retraced their steps, but Erling halted the group just inside the doorway to the amphitheater to scout ahead. He quickly returned.

“It would appear that our unexpected arrival worked in our favor,” said Erling.

When Leiden emerged from the passage behind the others, he saw Siarl and his men rounding up the handful of Cerrin’s followers that still lived. Siarl waved them over.

“I see you were successful as well, my lord,” said Siarl with an askance look at Cerrin.

“That credit goes to Haldis,” said Dael with an approving nod, “and I know just where we can lock up my cousin and his cohorts.”

◊ ◊ ◊

amphitheaterHaldis shivered as the first chill air of autumn descended into the walled amphitheater. Daybreak had already begun to hide the moon as she studied the gap that led out to the Ironwood. It would be so easy just to disappear, she thought. She could stay and face the constant shame of having been raped—even though she had no memory of it—or try her chances in another village. With no family, she knew either option likely led to bleak prospects.

“You’ll catch cold standing there,” said Leiden as he hugged a blanket around her.

Haldis said nothing, unsure how to broach the uncertainty of their relationship.

“Haldis…”

“It’s alright,” whispered Haldis. She steeled herself for the inevitable rejection.

“It’s not,” replied Leiden. “Lord Alban’s ultimatum—you or my family—I wasn’t prepared for that kind of decision.”

“Your family should come first, not me.”

He turned her around and tenderly stroked her cheek. “I would very much like them to be one and the same.”

Haldis frowned and pulled away. “How can you still want me after all this?”

“It doesn’t change how I feel.”

“But I have nothing, Leiden,” professed Haldis. “I’m just a blacksmith’s daughter.”

Leiden caught her bandaged hands. “And my grandfather was the illegitimate son of a priest, but he refused to let that define him. My family’s business is his legacy.”

“Your parents..,” began Haldis.

“Will understand,” he finished. “The choice is mine, and I would call you my wife—that is, if you’ll have me.”

Speechless, Haldis studied Leiden, silently wishing her father could have met him.

“You don’t have to decide here, in this place,” he said.

“You already know my answer.”

“Yes?”

Haldis nodded.

Leiden bent to kiss her, but a shout from a guard spoiled the moment.

“What now?” groaned Leiden.

The forester’s men were congregating in the prison area. Haldis and Leiden pushed their way through to the front where Dael and Siarl stood. The cause for the alarm was obvious: everyone in the cell was dead.

Haldis pointed to several white objects beside one of the bodies. “Mistletoe berries.”

“It’s the same here,” called Erling from the neighboring cell.

Dael rushed to his cousin’s cell. Haldis and Leiden caught up with him as he threw open the door. Cerrin sat against the wall and greeted them with a condescending smile confined solely to the uninjured side of this face. On the other, the burns had already begun to seep and blister.

“Do you really think I’d take my own life like some common dog?” he taunted. “You should know better, cousin.”

Dael yanked Cerrin to his feet and shoved him violently into the wall. Leiden seized Dael’s cocked arm, using it to pivot him away, and then placed himself between Dael and the object of his rage.

“How can you protect him after what he’s done?” growled Dael gesturing at Haldis. He surged forward, but Leiden held him back.

“He’s goading you, my lord,” hissed Leiden. “He wants his blood on your hands.”

“Because he’s too much of a coward to end his own life,” stated Haldis from the threshold.

Cerrin’s smugness waned.

Dael shoved off Leiden’s hands and stormed past Haldis, his rage palpable as he brushed past. Leiden rejoined her at the door and leveled a pitiless gaze on Cerrin.

“You will die,” he stated, “but not today and not by our hands.”

Haldis hooked her hand around the door handle. “Pray the king’s tribunal is merciful.”

With that, she closed the door on Dael’s cousin.

◊ ◊ ◊

A company of reinforcements arrived shortly after sunrise and helped flush out a few remaining holdouts hiding in the stronghold. Once the prisoners had been chained together, Cerrin was bound atop a horse’s saddle. Dael mounted his own horse and took the other’s reins, but Cerrin’s attention was fixated on Haldis. His cousin’s upper lip quivered unconsciously as she climbed up behind Leiden on his mount and tenderly wrapped her arms around him.

Dael shook his head in disbelief as they moved out. Cerrin’s current predicament had done little to lessen his obsession, he thought. No doubt he’ll grace us with his incessant taunts all the way back to Brynmoor.

His cousin, however, said not a word, and they arrived without incident. Dael immediately sent a messenger to the king’s court, but it still took over two weeks for the three lords of the tribunal to arrive. Their deliberations, in contrast, took less than a day, for Cerrin denied nothing. They found him guilty of every offense to which he was accused and sentenced him to hang with his followers. Dael was far more surprised by their intent to recommend that he succeed Cerrin.

On the eve of the execution, Dael found himself drawn to his cousin’s cell. Cerrin lay on the straw pallet, staring at the ceiling, seemingly indifferent to Dael’s presence and unconcerned by his impending punishment. The burns mottled his face, their leathery edges pinching taut against the undamaged skin.

Dael leaned against the metal bars. “Haldis married Leiden.”

“It doesn’t matter,” said Cerrin. “She will always belong to me.”

“She was never yours.”

“We were bound the day we were born.”

Dael held back his angry retort, trying to emulate Leiden’s self-control. “The prophecy is a farce spouted by some heathen cleric centuries ago. It’s meaningless, and it was all for nothing.”

Cerrin scoffed. “Its meaning can’t be comprehended by one such as you.”

“You’ll be dead by this time tomorrow. The prophecy won’t save you.”

Cerrin laughed at him. “I don’t need to be saved. The prophecy is already in motion.”

Dael shook his head, dumbfounded by his cousin’s unyielding refusal to renounce the ancient prediction of ruin. It was then that he realized Cerrin had been lost long ago.

◊ ◊ ◊

“You’re sure you don’t want to be there?” ask Leiden.

Haldis glanced back at Brynmoor as the three caravan wagons passed through the city gate. A sudden cheer out rang out from behind them, no doubt from the crowd gathered for the execution—the same crowd that had only weeks earlier celebrated Cerrin as its young earl. Their exuberance sickened her.

Too many had already died to venerate the prophecy, thought Haldis as she settled back onto the bench beside Leiden. “It won’t change anything.”

“It might give you closure,” replied Leiden.

“I’ve seen enough death,” said Haldis, quietly adding, “and caused enough.”

Leiden reached over to take her hand. “It’s not your fault.”

“How is it not?” asked Haldis. “Everyone is my village is dead simply because I lived there.”

“Cerrin manipulated Lord Alban to feed his fear—with no regard for the outcome—and then killed those who got in the way of what he wanted.”

“He wanted me,” whispered Haldis, “needed me to give validity to the prophecy.”

“And yet you resisted his influence over you, even when it was near absolute,” said Leiden. “You were no willing participant.”

“Then why do I feel so guilty?” asked Haldis.

“Because you care,” said Leiden. “You wouldn’t feel the weight of it otherwise, but it’s not your burden to shoulder.”

Haldis knew he had taken several lives to come to her aid and was struggling with that knowledge. “It’s not yours either.”

“I know.”

swallowthemoon_wolfHe hooked his arm around her waist and slid her closer to him on the bench. Haldis leaned into him as the wagon skimmed the Ironwood. Something caught her eye in the dim understory. She stiffened as it resolved into a distinct form of a wolf. A black wolf.

“Haldis?” asked Leiden.

The beast’s yellow eyes captured hers as the wagon came even with it. Her mind insisted it meant nothing, but an unsettling sense of kindred clutched her—as if the wolf sought to rouse what Cerrin believed slumbered within her. The question is, thought Haldis, do I?

The wolf then yawned and trotted back between the trees. Their crowded silhouettes quickly swallowed it.

“Just a shadow,” replied Haldis as she turned to Leiden. “Nothing more.”

 

Lisa Langeland lives in Minnesota, but spent her youth in various locales in eastern South Dakota and, as a young child, in a central Ontario mining town. She has an insatiable curiosity and a laid-back, self-depreciating sensor of humor. She is also an amateur nature photographer. Her fiction has appeared in “New Myths” and “The Colored Lens.”

  • Continue Reading

Published by Associate Editor on August 24, 2015. This item is listed in Issue 27, Issue 27 Stories, Novellas, Short Stories

Mesmis

by Robert Meyer

Caged MouseVideo of the mouse had been plastered onto every available screen in the office, and a throng of people, their immaculate clothing at odds with the fluorescent lights and dingy ceiling tiles, crowded around the televisions on the walls. Christopher, a stocky scientist whose work was implicated in the day’s proceedings, was not among them. Instead, he had been given a seat of honor by the mouse’s plastic habitat in the middle of the room. His seat gave him ready access to the refreshments, and currently he was shuttling a bamboo boat of curried shrimp puffs over to his red-headed colleague. His colleague’s name was Susan. She wore the same customary lab coat, and occupied herself with a podium wreathed in wires and byzantine controls.

“Hey!” He said. “Look what I got!”

Susan looked up from the podium with hawk-like attention, but her hands stayed down at the controls. She opened her mouth, “Ahhhhhh,” and Christopher stuffed it with a shrimp puff. Crumbs of breading rained down over the priceless array of experimental technology at her fingertips.

“Thanks,” she said.

“Sure,” said Christopher. “You can’ control on an empty stomach.” Christopher fed her the rest of the shrimp puffs as she finished preparing the machine, and looked out over the crowd. “I’m surprised so many people showed up. I think I see actual generals out there. I knew we’d be big, but it’s nice to see everyone in person.”

“Eh,” said Susan. “These people give me the creeps. Look at that guy over there. He showed up in uniform and he’s wearing more metal than his wife. He’s even got a holster.”

Christopher looked at the couple in question and shrugged. AriaCorp—the company that he worked for—sold equipment for ‘nonlethal pacification’, which meant that it tended to attract an officious, super-powered kind of customer. Everybody here was somebody, and they dressed to look the part. Besides, if it wasn’t for the lab coat that the occasion demanded, Christopher probably would have joined them.

“It’s just appearances,” he said. “They have to act like people expect them to, you know?”

“I know that,” said Susan, “but I think that’s what bothers me. Maybe it’d be nice if someone would show up and be like, ‘I’ve got ten thousand people that I need to bludgeon out of rioting and I can’t kill any more today. What’s the biggest thing you’ve got?’”

Christopher laughed. “That’d be nice, but the way I see it it’s already so much easier for these people to just buy guns or tear-gas or something. The fact that they’re coming to us means that fewer and fewer people are going to die, and that’s nothing but good.

Susan looked out over the crowd of starched collars and dark dresses, and Christopher watched her lip as she bit it. Something about the way her teeth showed over the curve always made his stomach flutter. “It’s better,” Susan agreed, “but somehow, I don’t think that it’s ever really their idea.”

Susan gave a signal over a radio and microphone static filled the air as a PA system went live. All of a sudden the amicable chatter of the room was overthrown by the bright, syrupy voice of a man. “Good evening, everyone!” said the man. “I hope you’re all having a wonderful time. Before we begin, I’d just like to thank everyone for being a part of tonight’s special demonstration. Confrontation, as all of you know, can be a terrible thing. It can be ghastly and violent, but in our imperfect world it has also become increasingly and tragically necessary. That’s why we at AriaCorp salute you, our loyal customers, for your continued support of our mission to soften the inevitable blows. Tonight, however, we would like to share with you the demonstration of a device that promises to cushion them entirely. It is called the Mesmis, and finally offers us what we’ve all been wishing for: a means of resolution without confrontation. If you would all direct your attention to the screens, you will be able to watch our brave volunteer, Hansen, as the demonstration begins. I’d like to thank you again for of your time, and hope you see the same potential here that we do.”

There was a brief applause from the crowd followed by an attentive silence. “Here we go,” Susan murmured, and she flipped a lime-green activation switch. A thin, mechanical noise perforated the quiet and a small antenna rose from the podium until, swiveling like the tail of a scorpion, it was leveled at the mouse’s habitat. A soft track of incongruously peaceful new-age music started playing over the intercom and then, almost imperceptibly, the mouse stiffened.

The Mesmis, as the name implied, was a mind-control device, and Susan proved it with a throw of a few more switches. There was a low murmur of delight from the audience as Hansen, in response to some unseen stimulus, began a slow trot around the inside of his habitat.  He moved like a tiny horse, utterly un-mouselike, as a recorded woman on the intercom narrated his orders in a serene monotone.

“Let’s go forward, Hansen. Now, how about backwards? Let’s give those hurdles a try.”
The horse motif was Christopher’s idea. He figured it made the show more impressive if it looked unnatural, and he was pleased to see the wonderment and curiosity stamped on the faces of the audience. A glance at Susan, however, dulled his enthusiasm. She was focused on the machine, but as she took the show through the expected paces she punctuated her work with sour glances at the crowd.

Hansen trotted placidly on. With Susan’s guidance he ran on exercise wheels, flipped levers, and navigated an intricate three-dimensional maze. He did all of this with an unhurried serenity, and each feat was met with mounting excitement. Finally he came to a large platform whose only feature was a smooth red box at the opposite end and it was here, as Hansen came to a stop, that Christopher began to feel uneasy. It wasn’t that he was squeamish about mind control. He and Susan had, after all, spent the last year of their lives developing exactly that, but for some reason the way this demonstration ended always made something inside of him go cold.

“Unfortunately,” said the woman on the intercom, “real-world people aren’t as cooperative as Hansen here, so what we’d like to do is show you how the Mesmis deals with conflicting stimuli. First, let’s turn it off.”

The walls of the small box in the habitat fell outwards to reveal an apple, and whatever compulsive force had been applied to Hansen seemed to evaporate. He scurried towards the apple, sniffed it, and after a few moments of perfunctory investigation, began to gnaw.

“After not eating today, Hansen has quite the appetite. He’s going right after the apple and I think we can all see that, left to his own devices, he’s not stopping any time soon. Now, watch what happens when we flip the machine back on.”

Hansen convulsed and froze. It was a brief movement, but the violence of it made Christopher sweat. Running circles and navigating mazes were meaningless compulsions to mice and they accepted them easily, but when their appetites got involved there was always, before the Mesmis cudgeled them back into serenity, a flash of wild rejection. A crumb of glistening fruit dropped from Hansen’s paralyzed mouth, and the narrator continued.

“Observe how, despite the proximity and strength of the external stimulus, the Mesmis is able to keep Hansen in a state of peaceful stasis. Unless we tell him otherwise, he is incapable of moving.”

A round of soft applause came up from the customers and the space filled with ambitious murmurs. As he continued watching, however, Christopher saw that something was amiss. Hansen wasn’t eating, but neither had he fallen into the expected stupor, and in the magnified resolution of the televisions his muscles flexed against an invisible restraint. His paws trembled, curled and uncurled, and a hint of red crept into his dark, unfocused eyes.

The narrator chimed up again. “The Mesmis can even get him to leave the fruit behind. Come on, Hansen. Let’s walk to the other side of the cage; there’ll be plenty of food for you after you’re done.”

Hansen stooped onto all fours and then recoiled back onto his hind legs as if he’d been burned. His muscles knotted, swelled and shuddered against his skin as they tried to move, simultaneously, towards the fruit and away. Christopher saw a strange look on Susan’s face. “What’s going on?” he whispered.

“He’s fighting it,” she said. “Some of the mice can do that, but it never ends well. If he doesn’t come around it’s about to get nasty.”

“Shouldn’t we turn it off?” asked Christopher.

Susan shook her head. “In front of all these people? Not a chance. Besides,” she sighed. “They’re probably going to enjoy this anyway.”

mouse1Susan fiddled with the controls as the intercom narrator droned on about the Geneva Convention and “humane pacification,” but Hansen’s contortions only intensified. His legs slipped out from under him, his head snapped one way and then another, and sinuous undulations ran down his spine. Confusion, pain and fear pulled his lips into a snarl and then, suddenly, his teeth began to chatter. It began as a sort of tremor, but soon the tempo increased until his teeth flashed like the blades of a woodchipper. Faster and faster they came together until flecks of red lined his habitat and the sound, through plastic and space, reached Christopher’s ears like the growl of a locust. There was a flash of pink as Hansen’s tongue slipped between his incisors, and then there was a bloom of deep, wet scarlet.

A quick-thinking attendant threw his lab coat over the habitat and the televisions went abruptly dark, but it was too late for Christopher. The image had already burned itself into his mind, and as the soft thumping of the mouse quieted under the cover, visions of its death played behind his scrunched-up eyes. He saw a white and twisted body, wild eyes and streams of vivid blood. A ringing silence invaded his ears, and a mounting pressure in his stomach pushed bile up into his throat. He was nearly sick in his seat, but the sound of Susan’s sigh beside him cleared his mind and filled it with the memory of her deep, red hair.

◊ ◊ ◊

The atmosphere outside of the demonstration room was almost oppressively cheerful. A company representative apologized for offending the clients’ sensibilities, but when Susan and Christopher met in the hallway they were met with a departing woman’s tasteless imitation of the mouse’s seizures. Her pearls rattled musically.

“You’re right,” sighed Christopher. “These people are terrible.”

Susan took off her lab coat and slung it over her arm. She was wearing a superhero tee-shirt that made Christopher feel, in addition to clammy and nauseous, painfully overdressed. “At least the project nets us serious money,” she said. “It’s hard to argue with a penthouse.”

“You don’t sound convinced.”

Susan sighed. “I worry sometimes. I like it here, but then I think about what we’re making and what people will do with it once it’s out there. I’m going to be responsible for that someday.” She bit her lip, but Christopher shook his head.

“If it wasn’t for us,” he said, “it’d be somebody else. The Mesmis is going to exist regardless of whether or not we make it happen. At least the science is good, you know?” He smiled. “The things we get to work with, well, on the outside they’re not even theories. In here we get to be pioneers.” It was true, too, and Christopher always imagined this was the bond they shared. They were born experimenters. It flowed in their veins. If you cut them, it would only be a matter of time before they grew a pair of clones.

“Scary, scary pioneers,” laughed Susan. She ran her hand through her hair and took a deep breath. “You’re right, though. And it’s not even forever. In a few months this project’ll be over, and then I’m going to ride into the sunset with a mountain of cash.”

“Where do you want to go?” Christopher asked.

“I have no idea. But then again I’m going to be rich, so I don’t think it matters, right? Maybe I’ll go cure Alzheimer’s to make up for everything.” Susan looked wistfully up at the fluorescent lights. “Cure it somewhere with palm trees.” She never took herself out of the picture. It was, among dozens of other things, something that Christopher liked about her. Suddenly she looked back at him; her expression was strangely intent.

“Listen,” she said. “There’s something I want to show you. Can you meet me after work tomorrow?”

Christopher tried to smile, but there was something in her voice that stopped him. He shrugged instead. “What’ve you got in mind?”

“There’s a place I like to eat. I’ll text it to you tonight. There’s something—” She looked away, then she shook her head. “Can you come?”

“Sure,” he said.

“Cool,” said Susan, and then she nodded, apparently to herself. “I’m going to try to get home early today, but I’ll see you there tomorrow.”

She turned to leave, but something swept through Christopher’s mind. He spoke before he had time to think about it.

“Susan?” he asked. “How often does the demonstration kill the mouse?”

Susan turned back and shrugged. “Every once in a while. The truth is that while we can tell a set of muscles what to do, and even calm the stress response, we can’t make the mice stop fighting us if they really want to.”

“I think I would have had to turn it off,” said Christopher. “I mean, the customers seemed to like it, but…I don’t know, part of me wants to sympathize. They just want to eat, you know?”

“It’s rough,” she admitted, “but the truth is that it gives us a ton of good data when they go like that. When we can finally keep them still even when they’re starving, that’s when we’ll know we’re done.” She smiled a little sadly. “Don’t worry about it too much. After all, we’re scientists and they’re mice. The odds were against them from the start.”

◊ ◊ ◊

dinerSusan’s restaurant, in the end, was a shabby-looking retro diner in a desolate plaza filled with evening glare and shadows. Christopher pushed open a protesting door, shouldered through a forest of white-haired patrons, and found Susan sitting in a sticky booth. She grinned as he sat down across from her; his sharp clothing stood out in the gloom.

“Nice blazer,” she laughed.

“Nice restaurant,” he replied. “I didn’t know you were the nostalgic type.”

“It’s a weakness. Eating here feels like I’m doing something nice, like visiting my grandpa. Besides, they make me a mean burger.”

They chatted for a while as the sun slipped towards the horizon, and when a waiter brought them coffee the steam curled around shafts of melancholy light. Then there came the burgers, huge and utterly unsentimental.

“So,” said Christopher. “What’ve you got for me? You looked like you had something on your mind last night. Other than the obvious, I mean.”

“Obvious?” said Susan. “Oh, you mean the mouse.” She furrowed her brow, wiped her hands clean of burger-grease, and produced a sheaf of paper from a bag beside her. She handed it to Christopher. “I wanted to show you this. I found it in my email. I figured whoever sent it had made a mistake, so I printed out a copy before it vanished. And it did.”

Christopher flipped through the papers of what looked like a medical report. Mostly it was full of obtuse codes, but he recognized graphs of certain variables, of blood-pressure, heart-rate, and brain-activity. Most of the values were unremarkable for a person, but they were punctuated by spikes of spectacular activity and ended in an erratic plateau that never quite returned to the baseline. “Whose is this?” he asked. “I don’t see a name anywhere.”

“That’s the thing. It came right from the mail server with no sender, and there’s nothing indicating who this data’s about. But look at this.” She handed him another report. It was almost identical in appearance, and the graphs traced the same contours. The only real difference, to Christopher’s eye, was the header that ran across the tops of the pages, “Hansen 37.”

“Hansen 37 was our longest-running mouse,” Susan explained. “We only used the Mesmis in short bursts with him, and he held out a whole three weeks. To see his charts recreated with human numbers is…suspicious.”

“But isn’t human use the whole point?” Christopher said.

“That’s true, but it’s not cleared for trials at all. We can’t even keep a mouse alive with it. Who knows what it does to a person.”

Christopher scratched his chin. AriaCorp was a secretive company by design, so the idea of preliminary human testing didn’t surprise him. But while he—whose job was concerned only with technical design—expected to be in the dark, it was strange to see Susan there with him. She was head of the biology team, and he heard she was the only person that could run the Mesmis and keep the mouse alive afterwards. “If they’re actually testing it on people,” he said, “wouldn’t they tell you? I thought you were the only decent operator.”

Susan made a noncommittal gesture. “That’s what I thought too, but here we are. And it really shouldn’t be used on people yet. Even volunteers. We all know it’s dangerous, and we don’t know what it does in the long term. If you even get a long term.” Susan punctuated her words with a bite of her burger, and Christopher watched her lips glisten with fat and late sunshine. Something occurred to him.

“It could be,” he said carefully, “that whoever’s using it isn’t supposed to be. All of the measurements tell us that we’re looking at a scientist, but what if they’re doing the tests for someone else? Like a competitor. I’m sure that’s something corporate would like to know.”

Susan smirked. “How loyal,” she said. “But I think you’re right. It makes more sense than the company keeping it from me. There has to be two of them, too. One of them has to be volunteering.”

A conspiratorial spirit welled up inside of Christopher. Mostly he didn’t concern himself with his co-worker’s doings. But here, in a seedy booth striped with lengthening shadows and Susan sitting sun-lit and across from him, the promise of a mystery seemed enticing. “I suppose we’d better check it out,” he said. “And I think I know how to do it. The Mesmis puts out a pretty unique sort of radiation, so I say I just build an antenna and wait. If it picks up signs of the Mesmis when nobody’s supposed to be using it, we go ahead and tell the company.”

Susan shook her head. “It’s better if we see it with our own eyes first. I like your plan, but we need to rule out a fluke. Besides,” she said. “I think I want to know exactly what’s going on before I talk to someone about it.”

“You still don’t trust the company,” said Christopher.

“I guess I don’t. You’ve always been easier on them, I suppose. I like their money, but on the off chance these tests aren’t a mistake…” She shook her head again, and began to pick over the last of her fries. “Honestly,” she said. “I’m just glad you’ll help me. I was worried you’d blow it off.”

Christopher watched as the sun slipped into her eyes. They were a bright, beautiful, green, and he noticed she was smiling at him. “Well,” he said, “we’ve worked together for a long time, you know? Of course I’d do it for you.” And then, in the last glimmers of daylight, he was surprised to see her wince.

◊ ◊ ◊

A week later Christopher was in his office, proudly brandishing something that looked like a metal wishbone strapped to a screen. The screen read ‘400 feet’ in a cheerful green font, and a pixelated compass pointed swiveled towards the door. Susan was grinning over his shoulder.

“Not bad,” she said. “And it’s always at the same time?”

“Yeah,” said Christopher. “I’ve been getting Mesmis radiation around seven-thirty for the last three nights, and the rangefinder’s always around four hundred feet. Wherever they’re at, they don’t move.”

The readings on the screen suddenly vanished. “That keeps happening too. It goes down for a minute, then comes back.”

“That makes sense,” said Susan. “Whoever’s doing this must know the procedure we used on Hansen 37. At least they’re being responsible.”

“Even spies have to have standards, right?” Christopher grinned as the measurements on his device came back. “Speaking of spying, I guess we should probably figure out where ‘four hundred feet’ actually is. I’m not sure how you want to do that.”

Susan looked pensive for a few moments. “I suppose we could…start walking?”

officeThere was a long silence as the two looked at one another, and then they burst out laughing. Neither of them had the faintest idea about what espionage looked like nor how to conduct it, and the prospect of skulking around a building after hours—even a building where they were gainfully employed and welcome—seemed strangely childish. It was, nevertheless, exciting, and the potential seriousness of their investigation seemed far, far away. They gathered their usual possessions with more-than-usual care, and stepped out into the hallway.

The offices of AriaCorp were, at first glance, completely innocuous, but there were details that gave up the game. The fire alarms, if you looked closely, came printed with instructions on how to deploy bulletproof barricades from the ceiling. The hallways, in the dim after-hour lights, glowed with rows of retinal scanners. The staff lounge, when they passed it, was dominated by an enormous espresso machine that one of their co-workers imported from Italy. It was four feet high and emblazoned with angels of solid gold. Most days Susan and Christopher ignored these details but now, as they followed Christopher’s device like a dowsing rod through the abandoned halls, they formed a looming reminder of the wealth and power that surrounded them.

Christopher angled the device down a hallway as the number on the rangefinder fell. He couldn’t stop himself from grinning. “It feels like we’re secret agents,” he whispered, and Susan stifled a chuckle. By unspoken agreement they moved with as much stealth as they could muster. The halls were electrifyingly quiet, and even as they pantomimed the movements of burglars and super-spies, some instinct within them dared not break the silence.

Finally, as they came to the corner of a new hallway, the rangefinder dropped to forty feet while the tiny compass sprite pointed encouragingly around the corner. Susan and Christopher grinned at one another, and then Christopher flattened himself dramatically against the wall. He made a show of putting on a straight face, pretended to brace himself, and ducked his head around the corner. He snapped back so fast that he almost hit the wall.

At the end of the hall was a thin man in a jumpsuit. He could have been a custodian, but his cart of cleaning supplies was drawn across the door behind him like a barricade, and there was something tense in the way he was standing. Christopher had been lucky; the man had been adjusting his starched—starched?—uniform, and he hadn’t seen Christopher looking around the corner. Christopher led Susan back the way they’d come, and only spoke when he was sure they were out of earshot.

“There’s a guard,” he hissed. “Just standing there, blocking the door with a cart.”

Susan scowled. “We should have guessed. We’ll have to wait him out. If we wait in the staff lounge I bet we’ll hear him leave.

“What’re we going to do? Chat about movies until we see him leave? He’ll see us for sure.”

“People work late all the time. Don’t chicken out on me. We’re just going to wait until he leaves and see what’s left, right?”

It was Christopher’s turn to scowl, but finally he consented, and the two of them settled into an awkward silence just two short halls from the guard. They sat on stools and drew huge cups of frothy cappuccino from the ostentatious machine on the counter. More than a few times they tried to strike up a conversation, but each effort floundered in the silence. Their ears, as they strained to make out the movements of the distant guard, had little left for talk.

Ten minutes passed, then thirty, and that dragged out into nearly an hour before Christopher’s device finally stopped giving him readings. “I guess they’re done,” he said. “Do you hear anything?”

Susan shook her head and closed her eyes as she continued to listen.

“Do you think he has a gun?” asked Christopher.

“Shh!” said Susan. “I mean, yes, probably, but— Shh!”

Christopher gulped down his third cappuccino and stared intently at the door. In the end, neither he nor Susan actually heard the guard coming. He was simply there in the doorway, wheeling a pristine janitorial cart that had been oiled into total silence. He smiled at them, and it was everything they could do not to gape. He was muscular, handsome, and his bright brown eyes watched them more intently than either of them were comfortable with. “Having a nice evening?” he asked them. His voice was warm and rich, and his smile was oddly luminous in the dim lights.

“Um…” said Christopher. “Yes. We’re having a great night. Thank you.” He tried not to glance back at Susan.

“That’s great,” said the man. “I’m having a good evening too. But I’m afraid I can’t chat.” He gestured at his cart. It was covered with orderly rows of cleaning supplies and accented with a bright-orange biohazard bag. “I have lots of work to do. I’m sure that you do too.”

Christopher swallowed. “Yes, that’s right. Always…working late, you know? But we’ll have a good night. If you do, I mean.” The custodian gave him a look that was almost apologetic, and Christopher decided to stop talking. He told Christopher that he would, in fact, have a wonderful evening, and passed through the staff lounge with an attitude that was both militant and strangely funereal.

“Holy shit,” hissed Susan. “What a weirdo. Was he the guard?”

Christopher nodded.

“Well then, this looks like our chance.”

The two of them abandoned their drinks at the counter and sped back down the halls in a half-run. Meeting the guard in person solidified the prospect of discovery, but it also filled them with new anxiety. When they arrived at the door they were looking for, its retinal scanner glittered with the suggestion of the taboo, and a sign on the door read, “BIOLOGY STORAGE, C-2.”

Christopher eyed the retinal scanner. “How are we going to get in?” he asked.

“It looks like we’re in my department,” said Susan. “So really, this should do the trick…” She stooped in front of a retinal scanner and propped open her eyelid with her fingers. There was a metal ‘click,’ and the door popped open. “Being team leader has perks. Are you ready?”

Christopher squared his shoulders and said that he was, and when Susan pushed open the door he was blinded by fluorescence. It was a long time until his eyes adjusted, but once they did he was surprised to see that the room beyond was almost completely bare. To the side there was a table with a few things on it, and in the middle of the room there was a chair. It was the chair that caught Christopher’s attention. It was made of metal and bolted to the floor, and its polished surface seemed to burn in the hot radiance of the room. There were stirrups at the legs and clamps at the arms.

Christopher let out a low whistle, then remembered where he was. “We’re definitely looking at people here. This chair must be to control seizures, right?”

Susan approached the chair slowly. She ran her hand along the back but recoiled from the warmth. “Probably,” she said. “Except I don’t know why they made it out of metal. I actually didn’t even know we had this room, a room with nothing but a chair stuck to the floor. And these…” Susan pointed out the other two doors in the room. They were locked not only with the typical retinal scanners, but with padlocks. “What’re those about? Why don’t I know about this?”

Christopher could see her suspicion mounting and looked to assuage it. “Relax,” he said. “Human tests have always been part of the plan, so of course we’ve got a room for it. The real question is finding out who’s been using it without permission.”

“It just looks so sinister, you know? I mean, we’re inventing mind control, and then you see these super-bright lights, and metal chairs and guards dressed like janitors. You start to wonder, right?”

Christopher put his hand on Susan’s shoulder. “Whoever’s using this space isn’t supposed to be here. We know that. You’d be the first to know when the human trials start. That’s why we’re here. We just need to figure out what’s going on and tell the company, and it’ll be alright.” He made a motion over to the table. It was bare except for a slender black notebook and what looked like a clunky kind of pistol. “Let’s figure out what we can.”

The ‘pistol’ confounded them for a moment. It had a trigger but no barrel to speak of, and its heavy frame was amateurishly constructed. Squares of cheap aluminum had been soldered together to make its casing and it wasn’t until Christopher, with an experimental press of a button, released an antenna from the front of the device that he realized what it was: a miniature Mesmis. He had to swallow his offense. He’d built the model they’d used in the demonstration and worked long nights to get it as small as he had. To see it reduced even further, compacted by means beyond his understanding, felt vaguely like betrayal.

“This must be the model they’re using,” Christopher said carefully. “Our spy must have enough information to build their own. Or maybe this is just a prototype that I…haven’t heard of yet.” He picked up the device and looked over at Susan, but it was obvious that she wasn’t listening. She was hunched over the notebook on the table, her long hair obscuring her face. Finally she picked up the book and glanced over at him with a strangely flat expression.

“Listen to this,” she said. “Session One: Subject uncooperative, as expected. Denies connection to White Cobra Gang despite evidence to the contrary. Experimental linguistic module was added to Mesmis, but failed to produce confessions. Session ended due to health concerns. Sedatives administered and data on the linguistic module’s performance was submitted.”

damher53_1_“Session Four: A breakthrough. While the linguistic module is still in development, we were able to use the Mesmis to acquire the subject’s signature on a statement professing involvement in the gang. The statement was drafted based on our speculation, but is legally binding and, more importantly, the subject no longer denies his own involvement. He remains uncooperative regarding other members and gang properties.”

“Session Seven: Subject refuses to identify other members or assets of the gang. Through use of the prolongation data retrieved from the Hansen-37 experiments, we were able to use the Mesmis to recreate traditional interrogation methods. Despite this, the subject did not disclose any information, and the relaxed parameters led to a brief altercation between the subject and Lieutenant Wagner. Session ended due to noise and injuries.”

“Session Eleven: Used new linguistic module to extract confessions regarding the involvement of other suspected gang members. Complete notes attached next page. Despite success of the module, encourage Aria to continue the motor-control route pursued by Dr. Susan Smith. The linguistic module seems much more stressful, and nearly fatal levels of sedative were necessary to end this session safely. The company assures us that the data we have provided will make it safer to use in the future.”

“Session Fourteen: Subject is no longer uncooperative. Shared locations of several gang members and properties along the southern Arizona border. Full notes attached next page. The company is willing to house the subject for a few more days while his arrest and delivery to court are organized.”

Susan flipped the page and then slowly closed the notebook. She stared at it in her hands for a long time. “Christopher,” she whispered. “We can’t be part of this. This isn’t safe. This isn’t legal.”

Christopher pinched the bridge of his nose and wiped away the sheen of sweat that he found there. He was cold and nauseous, and when he closed his eyes he was assaulted with visions of dead mice. He tried to focus on the light and silence of the room. “You’re right,” he said at last. “I don’t want you to be, but you’re right. We can’t be here. But who can we tell? The company already knows.”

“The police,” said Susan firmly. “They’ll be able to stop this.”

But Christopher only shook his head in irritation. “You read the report. The police already know. Companies don’t go after gang-members, and you can’t just ‘organize’ an arrest without having an idea of what’s happening here.”

“Who’s above the police, then?” Susan asked. She threw up her hands. “The FBI. We’ll go to them. Somebody has to know!”

Christopher started to pace. “The FBI could work. But we’ll have to be careful.  We can… We can leave an anonymous tip when we get back. Tell them how to find the room. Then they can check it out.”

“An anonymous tip? You think they’re going to believe you like that? Mind control doesn’t even exist yet! We need evidence. We need… We need the notebook, and that!”  Susan pointed at the miniature Mesmis in Christopher’s hand.

“What? We can’t take these with us! Then they’ll know what we’ve done!”

“So?”

Christopher made a gesture to their terrible surroundings. “They did all of this for a gang member. A regular criminal. What do you think they’d do if they found us running away with experimental gear? We need to be careful, Susan. Besides, we can’t be public about this. What about our careers?” Arguing had warmed Christopher’s blood, but the silence that followed his words chilled him. Susan stared at him in disbelief.

“Did you really just say that?” she said.

“I only mean…” Christopher began.

Susan shook her head. “No, listen. You’re great, Christopher. I’m glad you helped me get here, but you’re wrong about this. There might be an actual person behind one of those locked doors. Do you get that? An actual person that our company is ‘housing’. We need to get the FBI to help us out, and that’s not going to happen without evidence. I hope you’re with me, but…I’ve got to do this regardless.” Susan pulled the notebook to her chest and started walking towards the door.

“Wait!” called Christopher. “This is just going to make problems. We can find another way to get the authorities involved, just—Wait!” Susan stopped in the doorway and looked at him. She waited a moment, but when he didn’t follow she made a small gesture like a wave goodbye and Christopher saw her start to leave. It was then that he remembered the device in his hand. It was strange and heavy and it frightened him, but as Susan stood on the brink of the unknown it seemed to radiate certainty. Almost without thinking he lifted the device, pointed it at her, and pulled the trigger. “Susan,” he found himself whispering. “Come back here.”

Christopher’s heart fell into his stomach as he spoke, and as he watched Susan stand immobile in the door the silence of the room seemed to swallow him. Cold sweat soaked his shirt, but his knuckles whitened around the trigger. “Susan,” he said again, louder this time. “I’m asking you, please come back here.” And then Susan moved, turning around and marching towards him. She knew better than to fight the device; her movements were smooth and efficient, but in her face Christopher saw the truth. Her brilliant eyes were slitted in contempt, and her lips twisted with anger and disgust. She advanced until she was nearly on top of him, and when he recoiled from her snarling face she followed him with implacable intent.

“Stop!” cried Christopher, and with a shudder Susan obeyed. She loomed over the table in the middle of the room, her eyes burning as she stared at him. She still clutched the notebook against her chest, and now her fingers flexed along its spine. Christopher took a long, unsteady breath, and spoke as if into a vacuum. “I’m sorry, Susan. I don’t want to do this, I just can’t let you leave with that thing. We’d risk our whole careers if you did. Do you understand? Please, I don’t want…” Susan watched him in baleful silence as he took another breath. There was a terrible pressure on his chest. “Put the notebook on the table,” he said weakly, and he winced at the sound of her slamming it down. Already he could see her fingers reddening with the force of the blow.

“I know this isn’t right,” continued Christopher. “But I hope that one day you’ll forgive me. Until then, I just want you to know that I’m with you on this. I’ll help you report it and everything. We just have to be more careful.”  He looked away from Susan and a sudden feeling like bravery swept over him. The blood crept back into his finger as he relaxed, ever so slightly, his grip on the trigger. “It’s going to be okay,” he said. “But right now we’ve got to go. I’m going to take you down the hall, and then—” Christopher was interrupted by the sound of a man clearing his throat, and the budding confidence withered in his chest. The custodian was standing in the doorway. His cart was absent, but in his hand and pointing almost politely at the ground was a matte pistol capped with a silencer. He smiled, and his teeth seemed to glitter in the light.

“Excuse me,” said the custodian gently. “But I’m afraid this room is only for people attached to the project. I’d appreciate it if you’d put the equipment back on the table.” He spoke to Christopher as though he were a child, and as panic tightened around his lungs it was mingled with a sense of creeping shame. He looked at Susan as if suddenly remembering who she was, but there was nothing familiar in the paralyzed contortions of her face. She was like a stranger to him, alien and distant, and the heavy reality of Christopher’s situation seemed to press in around him. Eventually he lowered the Mesmis onto the table, and was guiltily relieved when Susan returned to motion not all at once, but with a long and trembling sigh.

“There,” said the custodian. “Much better. Really, this is all my fault. Neither of you should have been able to come in here. Please, accept my apologies for the oversight and any…” he paused, “trouble that it’s caused.”

Christopher watched Susan stretch the life back into her limbs. Her face had relaxed, but as she massaged her muscles it became no more familiar than it had been moments ago. The custodian looked on with strange concern as Susan straightened, and in the uncompromising light of the room Christopher felt suddenly alone, like a small and embarrassed stranger.

“What now?” asked Susan. Her voice was cool and measured.

“Now,” said the custodian, “it’s time for me to close up the building.”

“And all of this?”

He made a dismissive gesture. “In the morning this will all be gone and it won’t be a bother to anyone. Beyond that? I’m sure we’ll get back to business as usual.” He slipped the pistol into his uniform. “If you’re ready, I’d be happy to escort you to the door.”

Susan finally glanced at Christopher, and the look in her eyes made him want to squirm. There was anger in that look, but more unsettling was the careful judgment that was being carried out behind it. She looked at him like he was an insect or a particularly frustrating specimen. She was evaluating him.

“Thanks,” said Susan at length. “I think I’d like that.” She stepped towards the door and allowed the custodian to lead her into the dim hall beyond. For a moment Christopher feared that they would leave him alone, leave him to broil in the uncompromising whiteness of the room, but the custodian cast an expectant look over his shoulder and with a strange flood of relief Christopher trotted after him. The custodian terrified him, but his eyes were knowing and the pistol tucked into his uniform stifled the threat of any further confrontation.

◊ ◊ ◊

doorThat night Christopher and Susan parted without words, and when Christopher arrived at work the next morning he found a piece of paper taped to his office door. A message printed in tiny type hung over a field of blank white space. Christopher, read the memo, please report to room 983 on the ninth floor. Christopher had never been up to the ninth floor of his building, and he wondered leadenly if he was going to be fired. He was, at any rate, ready for it. The evening left him sleepless, and now the world around him seemed dreamlike and unfamiliar. He passed his coworkers in a quiet haze and allowed the elevator to shuttle him upwards.

He emerged onto a floor that seemed identical to all of the others. It had been ‘decorated’ with the same utilitarian spirit, but when he finally arrived at room 983 and lowered his eye in front of the retinal scanner he was surprised to find the door open onto his office. At least, it looked like his office. And it had all of his possessions in it, arranged precisely the way he’d left them. His diplomas were plastered over the south wall, his desk was properly facing the window, and all of his disheveled papers were sitting in their respective heaps. It was an uncanny reconstruction. The only things out of place were on his desk: an officious-looking letter and the detector that Christopher had built. Christopher brought the memo slowly up to his eyes.

Dear Christopher,
In light of recent events and as a result of your stunning personal initiative and loyalty to the company mission, management has reassigned you from the research team of Dr. Susan Smith. While Dr. Smith’s team will continue researching the direct manipulation of motor neurons, your abundant talents will be assisting us with a new and exciting direction for the Mesmis project: the development of a linguistic module that allows for the communication of abstract commands. You have thus been assigned to the research team of Dr. Philip Wagner as an Assistant Developer. A full description of your duties has been emailed to you, but one of your first duties will be to help stage the first public demonstration of this module. We have scheduled the demonstration for two weeks from today, and advise that you speak with Dr. Wagner to hammer out the details.

We hope you enjoy your new position, and thank you again for your invaluable service and dedication to our cause. If you ever need anything as you settle into this new department, please remember that we are always here.
Sincerely,
AriaCorp.

Christopher set the memo back onto his desk and stepped over to the window. The only thing different about his office was that it was five stories higher, and the whole of the company parking lot sprawled beneath him. Susan told him once that she wanted her car to match her eyes, and so she’d had it painted a lurid green. It was a frankly hideous color but it was impossible to miss, and now, as Christopher looked down over the glittering rows, it was conspicuously absent.

He hoped she was safe. He sincerely did, but as he stood there in the window he also found himself hoping that her mission failed. He pictured what would happen if the FBI got involved, and images flashed through his mind of stern-faced investigators tearing apart his office, of sweating alone and trembling beneath an over-bright lamp. The prospect of more confrontation, of dredging up yesterday’s events, sounded all at once terrible, futile, and exhausting. It was better if she failed, he realized. He just hoped that she was safe.

mouseIn time, Christopher returned to his desk, and as he sat he relished the familiar creak of his leather chair. It was strangely refreshing to be back in his office, even if it was technically a reconstruction, even if someone must have studied precisely everything about it. There was a soothing realness to it, and the uncertain fog that had swallowed his morning began to evaporate. He set his hand down over the mouse of his computer and for a while he just sat there, flexing and flexing his fingers, soaking in the promise of the day ahead. There was work to do: brilliant, tantalizing, and rewarding work. What happened after that work was finished was out of his hands. As his confused memory of yesterday faded, what else could he do? Christopher reached down to power on his computer, and prayed that nothing else would change.

End

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on July 9, 2014. This item is listed in Issue, Issue 22, Issue 22 Stories, Novellas, Serial Novellas

Kamar and Budur

Translated from the original Arabic by Sir Richard Burton.

Condensed and retold by Joseph Green

 

QueenofCupsA story of the adventures of Prince Kamar al-Zamán and Princess Budur, as told in the “Tale of Kamar Al-Zamán” in A Thousand Nights And A Night;

My son,” said King Shahrimán, “this morning I felt a flutter in my chest, and fear it was from the wings of the angel of death.  I worry that my time draws near.  You are nineteen, and my only child.  I command that you marry without further excuses or delays, and provide me with grandsons.  I have a suitable princess in mind.”

King Shahrimán ruled the Khálidán Islands, in the sea near Persia, from his capital city of Unayzah.  He had reached his middle years without heir, and it was a matter of great rejoicing when his first wife at last presented him with a beautiful boy.

The king had summoned Prince Kamar to his breakfast room and invited him to sit and eat, but Kamar had declined.  He did not believe the king, though elderly, was anything less than perfectly healthy.  And he had been expecting this command.

prince“Honored father, I gladly obey you in all things, save this one.  I have studied this subject in many books, and learned that most of the misery accorded to men results from their entanglements with women; in particular, wives.  Their artifices are endless, their intentions perfidious and foul.  I will content myself with concubines, and never take a wife.”

King Shahrimán had provided his son with the best tutors and arms-masters, watching over his growth and development with close attention.  Kamar dutifully practiced with sword, horse and lance, but his heart had become enslaved to a love of books and knowledge.  He fancied himself better educated than even his father, and the wazirs and emirs who served him.

King Shahrimán recognized his beloved son’s stubbornness as youthful folly, likely to be cured by time.  But he could not brook such open defiance.  The king ordered his Mameluke guards to confine the young prince in an abandoned citadel in the oldest part of Unayzah, until such time as he should reconsider his decision.

#

Unknown to the king, a dry well in the courtyard of the old citadel led to the underground hall of Princess Maymúnah, daughter to King Al-Dimiryát of the fiery Ifrit tribe, the powerful ruler of Arabian Jinn.  Maymúnah rose through the well at midnight as was her custom, ready to fly upward and immerse herself in the light of the stars.  But the bright moonlight revealed something unusual, a palace guard, wrapped in a cloak, lying asleep outside the iron-bound door to the tower. Then she noted light leaking past an edge of the door.  Curious, in the way of Jinn, she flew up to an opening high in the tower and looked inside.  Seeing a sleeping man on a newly installed couch, with lantern and candle burning at either end, she descended to the floor, folded her large wings, and approached him.

Sketch4Princess Maymúnah was young, in Jinn years, and beautiful.  She stood twice the height of a human woman, with long hair black as night and lustrous coal-dark eyes, red fire glowing in their pupils.  Maymúnah wore harem silks that partially revealed the ebony loveliness of her slim form, so divinely made that all male Jinn she met lusted after her.  She had spurned every suitor, preferring the freedom and privileges of a king’s daughter.  When Maymúnah felt a need for the pleasures of congress, she assumed the form of a Nubian slave girl and enticed some handsome young soldier or merchant to her bed.

But Maymúnah was not prepared for the beauty of the young face lying on a pillow above the damask coverlet.  Prince Kamar had cheeks of rosy red, eye-brows arched like bows, and a wide and noble brow.  Intrigued, Maymúnah carefully drew back the cover, revealing a body, clad only in a thin sleeping shift, somewhat short in stature, but strong and perfect in form.

Seeing him thus, Maymúnah felt a stirring in her loins, a strong desire to change into her Nubian form; let this beautiful young man awake to find himself gripped in her strong arms.

But Maymúnah resisted the temptation.  She was of the Jinn who believe, and rested her faith in Allah.  Good conduct would be rewarded, and bad bring misfortune.  Maymúnah knew by his beauty that this must be the lone child of King Shahrimán, imprisoned here for some unknown offense.  She covered the sleeping youth again, resolving to keep him safe from harm, including the allurement of her own fiery embrace.

Maymúnah flew up and out of the tower, resuming her nightly journey to the lowest firmament of heaven.  But she had scarcely begun her usual sojourn there when she saw below her another Jinni, a young Ifrit named Dahnash.  Angered at being disturbed in her solitude, she swooped down toward him like a hawk on a pigeon.  But Dahnash saw her coming, and fearing her might, cried aloud, “I beg you, princess, harm me not!  And in return for your forbearance, I will tell you of a wondrous thing I have seen this night.”

Having already seen one wonder, Maymúnah was interested, and let Dahnash speak.  “Know you that two hours ago I visited the city of King Ghayur, Lord of the Seven Islands.  I found his daughter Budur, reputed the most beautiful maiden in all of Arabia, sleeping locked in a tower room.  It seems her father had determined to make alliance with a neighboring king by marrying Budur to his son, but she refused his command.  The princess said she would anchor a sword in the ground and fall on it before marrying a man she did not love.  The king took away her privileges and imprisoned her high in the tower, to reconsider her decision.”

Seeing that he had captured Maymúnah’s attention, Dahnash went on, “For a full hour I gazed upon her as she slept, enraptured.  I was tempted to steal her away and make her my own wife, but our king has decreed that any who take human companions without their consent shall be put to death.  Budur is without doubt the most beautiful human who sleeps on the Earth this night.  I love her dearly, and have made it my mission to keep her from harm.”

sketch1“You are wrong!” cried Maymúnah. “I have just seen a young man of incomparable beauty in the city below.  Your princess can be but a shadow in the mist compared to him.”

“It cannot be so,” said Dahnash.  “Come with me, feast your eyes on the beauty of Princess Budur, and you will change your opinion.”

“Nay, you shall come with me instead,” said Maymúnah.  She ordered Dahnash to descend with her to the ruined tower, where they entered through the high opening in the wall.  After gazing at the sleeping youth for a time, they flew outside again and into the sky.

“He is indeed a comely youth, my princess,” said Dahnash.  “But still . . . Allah has decreed that true loveliness resides in the female form, and men cannot compare.”

“What nonsense!” said Maymúnah.  “To the female eye, men are more beautiful by far.  But I am willing to gaze on this young woman you think outshines my sleeping prince.”

Flying by magic rather than their wings, Maymúnah accompanied Dahnash to the tower where King Ghayur had confined his daughter.  The night was warm, and Princess Budur slept under only a cotton sheet, her maid Ayesha asleep on a narrow bed nearby.  After gazing for long on her beauty, Maymúnah whispered to Dahnash that Budur was indeed a flower of feminine perfection, but still no match for Prince Kamar.  Dahnash stubbornly disagreed.

“There is a way to settle this,” said the Ifrit princess.  “Bring her, and we shall lay them side by side and compare.”

Dahnash laid a spell of deep sleep on both women, then lifted Budur in his arms.  They traveled quickly back to Kamar’s tower, where Maymúnah placed the prince under the same sleep spell before Dahnash pulled back the cover and laid Budur beside him.  She was an unusually tall woman, and the two were almost of a height.  The princess too slept in a simple shift, which revealed as much as it concealed of her young but fully-developed form.

Soryenerithe1FiriWebThe two Jinn earnestly compared the beauties of the young man and woman. Neither would yield to the other. Finally, in exasperation, Maymúnah said, “Very well, then. I will summon a third Jinni, by name Kashkash, to judge impartially between them. He is an evil creature, but one who suits our needs. In human form he enjoys male and female alike.”

Maymúnah smote the stone floor with her foot, and a moment later it split apart. Out of the chasm rose an old Ifrit of surpassing ugliness; missing one eye, humpbacked, and scurvy-skinned. Seven horns crowned his misshapen head, rising amid thick locks of twisted black hair. His form was deeply bowed, making him short for an Ifrit, though still taller than any human. He saluted Princess Maymúnah, and asked how he could be of service.

On being informed of what his king’s daughter required of him, Kashkash studied the sleeping youths for a long time, but still shook his shaggy head in wonder, and could only say that they were equal in physical beauty. “But I have a thought that may settle this dispute, my princess. Let us wake them by turns, and test their spirits. If one acts more honorably towards a helpless sleeping companion than the other, then that one is more beautiful on the inside.”

Maymúnah and Dahnash agreed to this. The three Ifrits made themselves invisible, and Maymúnah awoke the young prince.

Image36Kamar sat up in bed, and in the ample light of lantern and candle, saw a beautiful young woman lying by his side. Astonished, he stared at the revealed face and barely hidden body, and felt desire rise in his loins. But the strangeness of her sudden and silent appearance was disconcerting. Kamar looked around the open chamber, seeking who might have brought her there, and saw no one. He suppressed his natural lust, instead grasping both shoulders to shake her awake. But nothing he did could arouse the young woman.

Eventually Kamar decided this was a puzzle best left for the morning. But fearful this vision of beauty might disappear as mysteriously as she had come, he decided to keep a token. He lifted one of Budur’s perfect hands and removed a small but expensively jeweled seal ring. Kamar slipped it on his left little finger, and lay down again. When his head touched the pillow, Maymúnah once more laid on him the spell of deep sleep.

Dahnash awoke Princess Budur, who sat up, rubbing her eyes. She gazed around in disbelief at an unfamiliar room, then looked down to see a young man lying by her side. In fright, Budur moved quickly to the edge of the bed. But when the stranger did not stir, only continued to breathe heavily in deepest sleep, she composed herself. Clearly magic was at work here. Some unknown entity, probably a mischievous, Jinni, had transported her to this man’s bed, for reasons she could not discern.

Budur shook the handsome stranger by the shoulders, but he could not be awakened. She was by nature a curious and passionate young woman, though the constraints of maidenhood had denied her expression of those feelings. Now she felt free to somewhat indulge herself. Unaware of the three invisible Jinn closely watching, Budur felt Kamar’s rosy cheeks, and ran her hands over his muscular chest. Then she lifted his shift, taking a long peek beneath it.

As she dropped the shift, Budur noticed her own seal ring on the man’s little finger. Her heart beat faster when she realized her bed companion had been awake, before unbreakable sleep enthralled him. Whether he had examined her hidden treasures, as she had his, she could not know. But of a certainty he had not tried to take possession of them, shaming her while she lay there helpless to resist.

Budur raised one of Kamar’s strong hands, removed his seal ring, and placed it on her left middle finger. Then she curled up against his side and composed herself for slumber. The morning would surely provide some answers to this mystery.

Dahnash again placed Budur in deep sleep, and the three Ifrits lifted their cloak of invisibility. “That was a good test, Kashkash,” said Maymúnah. “It comes clear that the prince behaved more honorably than the princess. He neither uncovered her, nor took advantage of her when he could have. She, though, violated his privacy.”

Dahnash sighed, and conceded the contest.

“Nevertheless, you helped provide me with an interesting night,” said Maymúnah. “Therefore go your way without penalty, after you return this young woman to her bed.”

Maymúnah turned to Kashkash, fixing on him a stern gaze. “And I thank you for your help, Oh old and evil one, but I also command that you forget what you have seen and done this night. Dahnash and I have extended our protection to these two, and should you attempt to take advantage of either in future, I will tear off your head and feed your hideous body to the dogs.”

Kashkash bowed, hiding his one good eye from Maymúnah’s sight. He knew she was aware he often assumed the form of a handsome Phoenician ship’s captain and went prowling through port cities. In the past he had at times become obsessed with some handsome young man or woman, and if unable to seduce that person, would take him or her by force. That had ended when the decrees of Jinn King Al-Dimiryát made the rape of humans a crime punishable by death. Nevertheless, he felt a great lust for Budur and Kamar alike. He had never beheld such beauty, and was determined to have both, if he could so by seduction or trickery.

#

When Prince Kamar awoke and discovered himself alone he went raging to his father, demanding to be married immediately to the lovely young woman the servants had slipped into his bed this past night. All his previous bookish convictions about the perfidy and treachery of women had vanished like desert sea-shore mists in the heat of the rising sun.

King and servants alike protested that nothing of the sort had happened, but Kamar knew his experience had not been a dream. When they began to think him mad, he pulled the new jeweled seal ring off his finger, showed it to them, and pointed out that his own ring was missing; obviously taken by the young woman.

“Now this is indeed a great mystery,” said a puzzled King Shahrimán. “But if it has caused you to repent of your decision never to marry, then good may come of it. Go you forth, find this woman, and bring her to us.”

Prince Kamar bowed, and went his way. He set out next day, knowing he would not rest by day nor sleep well at night until he found that most beautiful of women again.

#

Princess Budur awoke in her own bed, immediately checked for the seal ring taken from the beautiful youth, and found it on her finger. There was not a doubt in her mind that the night’s magical adventure had been real, and the exchange of rings proved it.

Budur silently resolved that she would marry no one but this most handsome and honorable of men, regardless of her father’s wishes. But she kept her peace, showing the ring and relating the experience only to her faithful maid, Ayesha.

That evening Budur sent for a favorite older brother, Prince Marzawan. She told him of her strange but wonderful adventure, that she had determined to marry the unknown youth, and asked that he find him for her.

The kingdom was at peace at the moment. Prince Marzawan, a renowned warrior, had become very bored with his mundane duties. He agreed to help his young sister. It happened that Marzawan had heard of the beauty of Prince Kamar, he living in a nearby kingdom, and thought at once of him. In any case, the Khálidán Islands seemed as good a place as any to start his search. Next morning he chose a small number of his best fighters to accompany him, requisitioned one of the king’s many trading vessels, and set off.

Prince Marzawan sailed to Al-Tayrab, the closest large port in the Khálidán Islands. He learned that Prince Kamar had arrived the day before, and was buying supplies for an expedition. This seemed to Marzawan more than a mere coincidence. He asked for an audience, identifying himself as a neighboring king’s son, and was at once ushered into Price Kamar’s presence.

“My lord, I am on a quest for a well-loved younger sister,“ began Marzawan. He watched Prince Kamar closely as he repeated Budur’s story. “Now this might seem nothing but a dream, save for the exchange of rings,” Marzawan concluded. “But she still has his, and I ask if you possess a similar ring that I can verify came from my sister’s hand.”

Prince Kamar removed Budur’s seal ring and handed it to her brother. Assured he had found his man, Marzawan informed him that his sister had been stricken with love, and had sworn to wed only him. Kamar likewise affirmed he had sworn to his father that he would wed no other woman.

Delighted by the quick end of what could have been a long and arduous quest, Kamar embarked with Prince Marzawan for the Kingdom of The Seven Islands. Marzawan obtained an immediate audience for them with his father. The king, happy to learn that his stubborn daughter had fallen in love with a quite suitable prince, acceded to Kamar’s request for her hand.

King Ghayur summoned Budur. When she entered the audience room and saw Kamar standing with her brother, she gave a cry of joy and rushed to him. In the presence of her father and brother, she refrained from hurling herself into his arms. Instead she stopped and stood gazing into his eyes, then committed an impropriety by lifting her veil for a moment, to let him gaze on the full beauty of her face.

Even before the veil lifted, Kamar knew that he had found his intended. He removed her seal ring from his finger and held it out, saying, “Oh most beautiful of women, I journeyed here to find you, and return this ring. I have asked your father for your hand, but would never marry you against your will.   What say you?”

“I say nothing could make me happier,” replied Budur, turning away to hide the tears of joy flooding her eyes.

#

Nothing seemed to stand in the way of true love. Prince Kamar al-Zamán and Princess Budur were soon married. On their wedding night Kamar took his virgin bride’s maidenhead, and for two weeks thereafter the two did not leave their chambers, having food and wine sent in.

Although the fires of love remained hot in both their breasts, Kamar and Budur eventually resumed some of the normal duties of members of the king’s court. But two months later Kamar had a disturbing dream, one from which he awoke with dread in his heart. It seemed that he had returned to his father’s castle, to find the King lying in bed sick in both heart and body. The old man lamented that he would die of grief if his son did not soon return.

Kamar slept no more that night, and when Budur awoke he welcomed her to the day with words instead of the warmth of enclosing arms. He told her of the dream, that he was certain it was an augur of death for his father, and he must return immediately to the Khálidán Islands.

Prince Kamar sought audience with King Ghayur that very day, told him of the augur, and asked permission to return home with his new bride. The King agreed, and arranged for a splendid entourage to accompany them, including many rich gifts for King Shahrimán.

 

#

Nothing seemed to stand in the way of true love. Prince Kamar al-Zamán and Princess Budur were soon married. On their wedding night Kamar took his virgin bride’s maidenhead, and for two weeks thereafter the two did not leave their chambers, having food and wine sent in.

Although the fires of love remained hot in both their breasts, Kamar and Budur eventually resumed some of the normal duties of members of the king’s court. But two months later Kamar had a disturbing dream, one from which he awoke with dread in his heart. It seemed that he had returned to his father’s castle, to find the King lying in bed sick in both heart and body. The old man lamented that he would die of grief if his son did not soon return.

Kamar slept no more that night, and when Budur awoke he welcomed her to the day with words instead of the warmth of enclosing arms. He told her of the dream, that he was certain it was an augur of death for his father, and he must return immediately to the Khálidán Islands.

Prince Kamar sought audience with King Ghayur that very day, told him of the augur, and asked permission to return home with his new bride. The King agreed, and arranged for a splendid entourage to accompany them, including many rich gifts for King Shahrimán.

#

The ship made an easy voyage to Al-Tayrab, where Prince Kamar sent the contingent of guards in their entourage back home, replacing them with men from the local garrison. He also purchased horses and camels to convey their goods and King Ghayur’s many gifts. Knowing it was a journey of two days to Unayzah, and there were no inns along this road, Kamar also bought a few tents. Next morning the party set out, and after a good day’s travel, established a camp for the night in a pleasant grassy meadow a hundred yards off the road.

Kamar awoke in the gray light of early dawn with an urgent need to empty his bladder. He donned his clothes, stepped outside the tent and walked to a clump of trees on the far side of the meadow, where the men had gone to relieve themselves the previous evening. As he left the trees to return to the still sleeping camp, Kamar met the old astronomer King Ghayur had assigned to his entourage. He exchanged greetings and continued on his way, but had taken only a few more steps when he heard the beat of immense wings, and looked up to see a great black bird the size of a roc swooping toward him. Before Kamar could run a storm of air swirled about his head, and great yellow talons seized him around the body.

The giant bird swiftly lifted Kamar into the sky. The grip of the huge talons was painful, but not life-threatening.   Kamar squirmed around until he could look ahead, and saw the sea in the far distance.

Dread seized Kamar’s heart. This had to be a Jinni; no natural bird grew to this size. Kamar had read extensively on Jinn and their mischievous ways in his father’s books. Both male and female were notorious for changing into human form, and seducing or raping the most desirable of men and women. This had to be some evil Jinni who wanted the lovely Budur. If so, then he must have been behind the magic that transported her to Kamar’s bed that first night. But why had he not simply taken Budur then, while she was in his power? And why carry Kamar away now instead of killing him?

Kamar had no answer to these mysteries. Helpless in the bird’s grip, he could do nothing but wait. For an hour they flew with supernatural speed, all the way across the inner sea. A coastline passed below them. Minutes later their pace slowed, and then the bird descended, to hover over an open meadow. The talons released Kamar a short distance above the ground. He landed on his feet and suffered no injury, but then fell forward when his cramped legs would not hold him erect.

Kamar managed to turn on his back in time to see the great wings above him beat only once as the giant bird lifted up and away. In seconds it vanished back the way they had come, far faster than any real bird could fly.

Kamar lay still for a moment, letting his legs recover their strength. When he felt able to walk, he got to his feet and set off back toward the coast. Just before nightfall he reached the edge of a small port city, one surrounded by orchards and gardens. Hungry, he helped himself to some fruit from a tree as he passed by. But the owner of the orchard, an elderly bearded man, saw him and emerged from his nearby house to berate Kamar as a thief.

Having no coins, Kamar offered the jeweled dagger he kept tucked in his waistband as payment. The honest gardener saw that the jewel in the hilt alone would buy half his small orchard, and refused to accept it. Realizing he was dealing with a young man of good heart but little experience, he invited Kamar into his home instead, and fed him a proper meal.

The gardener inquired as to Kamar’s story. Weary after walking hard all day, but responsive to a sympathetic ear, Kamar told the old man of all that had befallen him, from the magical appearance of a surpassingly beautiful young woman in his bed to his present plight.

The gardener marveled at the tale, then said, “My son, it seems clear the evil one who brought you all the way across the Inner Sea is under some constraint that prevents him from directly killing you. Instead he separated you from your wife so that he may, by guile or trickery, assault her virtue. But I fear that for now she must fend for herself. A return by land would take a year and more. Our merchant ship that departs annually for the Ebony City in Arabia only recently returned. You must wait until it sails again. I have long needed an assistant, and you can work in my orchard and save money enough for your passage.”

Kamar saw wisdom in the old man’s words, thanked him profusely, and accepted the offer. He would be delayed by some months, but only death could deter him from returning to the warm arms of his young wife, and killing the evil Jinni who sought to replace him there.

#

Princess Budur awoke in the soft light of early dawn, to find her husband gone. She dressed, with the aid of Ayesha, and went looking for him. She saw the old astronomer at the edge of the camp, peering up into the sky, and inquired of him if he had seen Prince Kamar.

“I have, my princess, but hesitate to speak of what I saw, lest I be thought mad.”

Budur felt dread clutch at her heart, but admonished the old man to tell all. When he described the giant bird that had seized Kamar, Budur knew at once that magic had again entered their lives. It seemed clear that her husband had been taken away to leave her alone and defenseless. The several elderly retainers King Ghayur had sent to represent him to King Shahrimán’s court could not help her. And except for Ayesha, she was now the only woman in a camp filled with mostly lustful and foolhardy young men.

Budur commanded the old astronomer to remain silent on what he had seen, and returned to her tent. She no longer felt safe, surrounded by these strangers. But after some thought, she devised a stratagem that would bring her safely to the court of her husband’s father. King Shahrimán had magicians and sorcerers in his employ who could help her find and defeat the Jinni who had assumed the form of a giant bird and stolen away Prince Kamar. She vowed that only death would stop her from finding the man she loved, and freeing him if he had been made captive.

Budur informed the steward waiting to prepare their tent for travel that Kamar had slept late, and she would arouse him. She told Ayesha of her plan, and helped the maid don her own clothing and veils. Then Ayesha drew a cloth band tightly across Budur’s breasts, to press them flat, and helped her dress in clothes from Prince Kamar’s chest, including riding boots and turban. Budur drew the end of the latter across her face below the eyes, a common practice when riding the dusty road. She hung Kamar’s sword about her waist, then stepped outside and told the steward to proceed, deepening her voice and speaking in the manner of Prince Kamar. Since Budur and Kamar were almost of a height, no one detected the change.

The servants broke camp, and the party proceeded on toward Unayzah. Ayesha rode in Budur’s litter, while Budur mounted Kamar’s Arabian horse and rode with the men; easy for her, because she loved horses and had been riding since a child.

Now assured of safety at the end of the day, Budur felt at peace. But after two hours the captain of the guards leading the way rode back to the one he supposed to be his prince, much puzzled. “My lord, I have ridden the road between Al-Tayrab and Unayzah a hundred times, and know the lay of the land as I know my first wife’s buttocks. But something strange has happened. The familiar road on which we embarked this morning has changed, becoming one I know not at all. Yet we could not have taken a wrong turn, for no other road runs through here.

Princess Budur felt a cold touch of fear. Now she was certain she had guessed rightly; some powerful Jinni desired her young body. First he had stolen her husband away. Then he had moved them to a different road as they traveled, to prevent their reaching the safety of King Shahrimán’s court.

“Now that is passing strange,” said Budur to the guard captain, using her husband’s voice. “But since there is only the one road, I will not turn from it. Press on, and see what we may discover before dark.”

Dark came, and the towers of Unayzah had not appeared on the horizon. They made camp, and Budur huddled in her tent with Ayesha. The two women held a long discussion, and agreed it best to continue the deception until they reached some place of safety.

Next morning they resumed their journey, and rode on for two days, through a barren and deserted countryside. Although eating only sparingly, they ran out of food and went without breakfast on the fourth day. But before noon the road led them past a series of farms and small settlements to the gates of a city, its buildings and walls alike painted a forbidding black. Budur recognized it from descriptions by her father, and understood why they had been diverted here.

The gate guards stopped them from entering, and inquired as to their provenance. On learning that Prince Kamar al-Zamán of the Khálidán Islands led the party, the guard captain sent word to King Armanus, the elderly ruler of Ebony City and its surrounds.

As they waited, Budur quietly advised her guards and attendants not to mention the presence of Princess Budur, or her recent marriage to Prince Kamar. A long-standing enmity existed between her father King Ghayur and King Armanus. The princess would remain hidden in the entourage, disguised as a maid.

Concealed from view in the litter, Ayesha quickly doffed the fine garments of a princess and resumed her normal clothing. Budur, with a wrap of the turban across her lower face as usual, was admitted to the audience chamber of King Armanus. She went to one knee, as was proper when a prince met a king. But Armanus stepped down from his small black throne and raised her to her feet, welcoming someone he perceived to be a fine young man from a nearby kingdom. He offered the hospitality of his palace to the supposed prince, and commanded that the others in the party be lodged in his guest house.

Thus they abode for a day, resting from the ordeals of their travel. Then King Armanus summoned the supposed Prince Kamar al-Zamán to his audience chamber. Budur again donned the turban which concealed her face below the eyes, and the king and court accepted this as some foreign custom with which they were unfamiliar.

The old king informed Budur that he was desirous of retiring, due to ill health. He had been seeking a suitable husband for his only child, Princess Hayat al-Nufus. “Though we have not met, I think of King Shahrimán as a friend,” Armanus went on. “I would bind our kingdoms more closely together. It is my wish that you marry my daughter, after which I will crown you King of the Ebony City and retire to the countryside, where I can live out my remaining days in peace and quiet.”

The proposal was so unexpected that Budur felt stunned. She bowed her head, gazing at the feet of the old king while trying to think. To refuse was to risk his wrath; he had clearly set his heart on this marriage. But to accept meant that her true sex must eventually be revealed.

One choice at least delayed the inevitable. “My lord, I am honored,” said Budur, raising her head and meeting the King’s gaze. “I accept your most generous offer, and ask only one consideration. Bring forth Princess Hayat al-Nufus, and ask of her if she will willingly marry me. I would not force a young woman to wed against her will.”

“Now that is a generous thought, and confirms that you are of good character,” said King Armanus.

Princess Hayat had been waiting in an adjoining room. She entered when summoned, and stood before Prince Kamar. Then she did a bold act, reaching up and unfastening her veil.

Budur gazed with admiration on the young face so revealed. Hayat al-Nufus had skin two shades darker than her own milky white, with hair of midnight hue and long black lashes hovering over sharp green eyes. High cheekbones slanted down to wide, full lips, above a strong chin. The princess stood two palms shorter than Budur, but what she could see of Hayat’s body indicated she was fully grown, though of still tender years.

Any hope Budur had that Princess Hayat might refuse the supposed Prince Kamar, and thus save her from eventual discovery, died when the princess quickly agreed to the union.

King Armanus set the marriage for three days hence, and the investiture of Prince Kamar al-Zamán as King of Ebony City the day after. Budur returned to her quarters, where she summoned the old astronomer and consulted with him and Ayesha, the only two who knew her true identity. Neither could see any way to escape this trap.

The wedding was a magnificent affair, but all too soon night came, and the palace chamberlain escorted Budur to the private quarters of Hayat al-Nufus. She had learned that the princess was well-liked by her people, generous of spirit, kind and considerate of those who served her.

Instead of removing her garments, Budur sat on the edge of the carpet bed and gazed down at the lovely young face looking attentively up at her in the light of a dozen candles. Budur reached out and gently caressed the smooth cheeks of her new bride, then lightly fingered the delicate ears. On an impulse she removed her turban, for the first time exposing her full face, then bent down and kissed Hayat on the soft wide lips. Hayat gasped, but tried her inexperienced best to return the caress, her first real kiss.

Then Budur sat up, and said, “You are as lovely in spirit as in face and form. I must throw myself on your mercy, and beg your indulgence, and forgiveness.” In the middle of this speech she let her voice return to its normal soft tone, a woman’s voice. “I am not Prince Kamar al-Zamán but his wife, Princess Budur of The Seven Islands; the daughter of a king your father holds in enmity. Kamar was stolen away by a Jinni, and I assumed his identity to keep myself safe from other men. But some foul power intervened as we traveled toward the safety of my husband’s city, and compelled us here instead.”

In astonishment Hayat sat up in the carpet bed. She gazed into the lovely face of Budur, now clearly that of a woman, and saw the anguish, fear and uncertainty there. For a moment she felt angry that her first kiss had been by another female, but that emotion quickly faded.

“Now this is a strange way to spend my wedding night, but you must tell me the whole story,” said Hayat. She pushed the coverlet down, inviting Budur to join her. Then she watched as Budur doffed her outer garments, noting how her large woman’s breasts rose up when she removed the tight band binding them. Budur got into bed with the princess, sitting upright beside her. Then she told Hayat the whole strange tale, from the time she had awakened in the sleeping Prince Kamar’s bed to the present.

“Now I fear my husband, a man you would love as I do if you but knew him, is held captive somewhere far away,” Budur concluded. “It is my mission to rescue him, and so I pray for your mercy and forgiveness, and beg that you do not betray my true identity to your father.”

“Why, this is the most wondrous and romantic story I have ever heard!” declared Hayat. “I will tell my father nothing, and help you in any other way that I can. My only regret is that I must remain a virgin, and now cannot give my father the grandchildren he so longs for.”

“Now as for grandchildren, that must wait,” said Budur. “So must the surrender of your maidenhead. But as to the rest of your wedding night, my husband taught me ways of making love that do not require a man’s equipment. I will show and share some of these with you, if you so desire.”

Hayat lowered her eyes. Her voice choked a little when she said, “Well, I know nothing of this, but if you will lead the way . . .”

Budur shed the rest of her clothes as Hayat slipped off her shift, then took the beautiful young woman in her arms. She gave her a second and far more delightful kiss, one of only many to follow. Hayat proved a quick learner, and was soon returning intimate caress for caress. When they finally fell sleep as dawn neared outside, both were happily satisfied, and Hayat still a virgin only in that she retained an intact maidenhead.

The palace servitors let the newlyweds sleep till noon, but then the chamberlain summoned them to the king’s audience chamber. Hayat arose, pricked a finger, and sprinkled a little blood on the front of her shift. Then she left the garment on the bed and dressed herself, not calling for a maid as was her usual custom.

Hayat helped Budur tightly bind her breasts, then quickly cut her long dark hair to man’s length and style. They improvised a veil from a fold of the turban. The court had grown accustomed to seeing Prince Kamar with his face covered; the change from turban to veil should attract little notice.

When the two women joined King Armanus, they saw that he had summoned the nobles of his court. In their presence he formally transferred his kingship to Prince Kamar, declaring him King of Ebony City and all its accompanying lands. With his own hands Armanus removed his crown, after first seating Budur on the throne, and placed it on the younger head. Then he departed for his retirement home in the countryside.

King Budur declared the rest of the day a time for feasting and jollity, and ordered forty of the royal wine kegs broached and served to the people. And later that night, both a little unsteady from too much wine, all inhibitions fled, the two married women returned to the carpet bed and resumed the education and explorations so well begun the night before.

But next morning Budur arose soon after sunrise, leaving Hayat still sleeping. She breakfasted, then made her way to the king’s audience chamber and began fulfilling her obligations as ruler of the city. All day she gave audience to those who came before her. As a king’s daughter Budur had been well educated. She put that knowledge into practice by dispensing justice and rendering judgments with fairness and generosity to all.

Budur longed to start searching for Kamar, but could not in good conscience escape the bonds with which she had willingly bound herself. This small kingdom had been neglected as Armanus grew weak, and she had years of work ahead to restore it to health and prosperity. And though nothing could adequately replace the strong arms and manly equipment of Kamar, Budur did find solace in Hayat. The young princess, who knew nothing different, responded with zest and joy to Budur’s lovemaking.

Unable to leave The Ebony City, Budur could do nothing but wait, and hope Kamar made his own escape. Thus she spent her days, and her nights.

#

As to the real Kamar al-Zamán, he composed himself in patience and abode with the kindly gardener as the months crept slowly by, until at last he was informed the time had come; the ship sailed tomorrow.

Kamar had some money left after paying for his passage, and that evening took the gardener to a farewell dinner at a good inn. They celebrated his imminent return home with several glasses of wine. Musicians and a dancer appeared, and Kamar wanted to linger, but the old gardener protested that it was well past his bedtime and left.

A tall Phoenician, who had been sitting at a near-by table, approached Kamar and saluted him. “I see that you sit drinking alone, as am I. Would not the evening be more enjoyable for us both if we had someone with whom to converse?”

Kamar eyed the man warily, noting that he wore the regalia of a ship’s captain and was both unusually tall and unduly handsome. But the wine had made him mellow, and despite some misgivings, Kamar welcomed the captain to join him.

The Phoenician proved a generous companion, ordering wine in plenty and insisting on paying for all. The flutes and tambourines played, and the dancer strutted and twirled across the small stage, hips swaying, hands weaving a lovely fantasy. The Phoenician, who introduced himself as Captain Kash, had a deep, rich voice, and Kamar found he very much enjoyed his company. He continued to drink until pleasantly inebriated, but did not fail to keep in mind that he must be on board that ship early in the morning.

The dancer and musicians left the stage, and Kamar decided to go. He thanked his companion for the wine, and started for the door. But the tall man also rose, and said he would accompany Kamar for a time through the now dark streets. Robbers roamed the city at night, and he had his long sword at his side.

Kamar had his jeweled dagger, but that would be of little use against men with swords. He agreed, and they set out along the dark road that led to the garden just outside the city.

Kamar found his feet stumbling on the rutted street, and his companion put an arm around his shoulders to steady him. A moment more and the arm had slipped around his waist. They walked on for a few steps, and then Captain Kash stopped, turned Kamar to face him, and pulled him close for a kiss.

As the other man’s lips came toward his, Kamar came fully to his senses and turned his head. The lips brushed his forehead as he pushed hard against the tall man’s chest. He broke free and stepped back, hand going to his dagger.

But the Phoenician captain had been kind to him, and Kamar did not draw his weapon. Instead he said, “I fear you have misinterpreted my friendliness for acquiescence to activities in which I do not indulge. I pray you that from here you go your way in peace, as I shall go mine.”

Captain Kash stood silent for a moment, then said, “It were better for you all around if you accompany me to my place instead. I desire you, and if you wish ever to see your wife again, you will accommodate me.”

Kamar felt a thrill of horror course his spine. This was the Jinni who had abducted him! Here in human form stood the powerful being who sought to replace him in Budur’s arms. And even worse, Kamar now understood that this Captain Kash futtered man and woman alike; that he himself was the object of unholy and unnatural desires.

“I would plunge my own dagger into my heart before I would lie with another man,” said Kamar, and turned and walked away.

Captain Kash made no further effort to impede Kamar’s progress toward home. And next morning Kamar arose in plenty of time to board his ship.

On arrival at the Ebony City Kamar soon learned that the land was now ruled by King Kamar al-Zamán, who had married the king’s daughter and ascended to the throne when King Armanus retired a year ago. The old king had since died.

Kamar decided the wise course here was to keep his name quiet until he could discern the lay of the land. Calling himself Omar, he took a room at an inn. Over several cups of wine bought for locals that evening, he listened to tale after tale about the new king.

Next morning Kamar waited outside the palace gate until the guards admitted the day’s group of petitioners. From the rear of the large room he studied King Kamar al-Zamán. Seated on a modest black throne, the young king dispensed justice and rendered judgments with equality and fairness to all. Though the hair beneath the crown was short, and she concealed her face below the eyes with a thick veil, Kamar immediately recognized his wife.

Budur spoke in a deep voice, displaying a gravitas and depth of knowledge Kamar had not known she possessed. The stratagem she had devised to protect herself in his absence seemed clear. But the part Kamar could not grasp was how Budur had married Princess Hayat al-Nufus and, from more than one account last evening, provided for the young bride so well that most of a year later her face still shone with happiness and her eyes sparkled with the joy of living.

Kamar remained at the rear of the room without speaking, then returned to the inn. He was unsettled in mind, with no idea of his best course of action. Budur had somehow made herself king here, and he had to be careful not say or do anything that might expose her.

But unknown to Kamar, Budur had spied him at the rear of the room. Recognizing her husband despite his poor clothes and humble bearing, she had a courtier follow him when he left the palace. And that night she sent three Mameluke guards to seize the traveler, blindfold him, bind his hands, and bring him to her.

Not knowing what was happening, Kamar at first feared for his life. But the guards only deposited him in a chair, tied his hands to its arms, and left.

As the door closed Budur, still dressed in a king’s clothes but without her veil, removed Kamar’s blindfold. Then she kissed him, so long and thoroughly that both were left gasping for breath.

When their lips parted, Kamar said, “Words cannot express the joy with which I gaze on your face, beloved. But now release me from these bonds, that I may hold you in my arms.”

But Budur only smiled, and drew back a little. “In time, my husband. But first we must come to some terms. And we are still in considerable danger, from which you must relieve us.”

Budur went on, “In your name I have married the Princess Hayat al-Nufus, and been granted the throne of The Ebony City. If you agree that I have acted rightly, then tonight you will relieve the virgin princess of her maidenhead, and make her your true wife. Tomorrow I will announce that the long enmity between the courts of The Ebony City and The Seven Islands has ended. I, King Kamar al-Zamán, will accept the Princess Budur as my second wife. In three days she will arrive with a small entourage, and you will marry her. If you agree to these conditions, I will release you.”

Kamar gazed with disbelief into the face of his beloved. “You want me to marry a woman I have never seen? And pass the first night after our long separation with her, not you?”

“Unless you disavow my actions taken in your name, you are already married to her. And since Hayat has gone far too long without her due, you will not sleep in my bed until after our marriage, three days hence. My love, we owe Hayat more than we can ever repay. She sheltered me, kept our secret, and preserved my life. I have come to love her as I do you, and we will be sister-wives and closest of friends until death parts us.”

Kamar somewhat reluctantly agreed to the terms outlined, and Budur cut his bonds. As she did so Hayat entered from the next room, where she had been listening, and shyly approached her husband. Kamar gazed on her unveiled young beauty, only a little less than that of his beloved Budur, and felt desire stir in his loins.

Budur retired to the bed in the next room, but left the door ajar. A little later she heard the soft cry of pain when Hayat at last lost her maidenhead, soon followed by low sounds of joy.

After tonight, Hayat would well understand that the comforts women could offer each other were nothing compared to the gifts nature had provided a loving man. And by agreement between the two women, Kamar was never to know that they had found solace, and a measure of joy, in each other’s arms.

Next morning Budur made certain arrangements, sending out couriers with messages to a few people she trusted. At court King Kamar informed his ministers that the Ebony City had settled its long enmity with the King of the Seven Islands, and the new friendship was to be ratified by Princess Budur becoming his second wife, three days hence.

Well before dawn two days later Kamar, Budur and Ayesha secretly left the palace on horseback and rode north. An hour before noon they saw the sea ahead, and a screen of trees hiding a little cove. The three, hooded and veiled, were to meet a small boat that would convey them to a large ship waiting offshore. On arrival at the Ebony City it would be revealed that the Princess Budur, her maid and a eunuch guard had been secluded on board for the entire voyage.

They were a little early, and the horses were tired and thirsty after the long ride. Kamar halted at a small pond, in a grassy meadow a few hundred yards inland, to water the animals.

As Kamar stood chatting with Budur and Ayesha, the air suddenly filled with the sound of great wings thrashing, and a strong wind buffeted them. A gigantic black bird settled to the ground a dozen yards away, between themselves and the cove.

Budur and Ayesha gazed with fear and awe at the giant creature barring their path. Kamar had told them of his adventures, and they realized this must be the roc-sized bird that had flown him so far away.

As it folded long black wings onto the immense body, the bird spoke. Kamar recognized the deep, strong voice of the tall Phoenician, Captain Kash.

“You thought to escape me so easily? Nay, you shall both suffer for spurning me! This time, Kamar, I will carry you to a land so far away that a whole life’s journey will not bring you back to your beloved. Thus may you suffer, and she pine, for the rest of your miserable lives!”

The great bird took a long step toward them, balancing on one leg as it raised the other foot. But instead of waiting to be seized Kamar ran toward the creature, drawing his sword. He stood no chance in a fight, but even death was preferable to again being separated from Budur, and the sweet young woman with whom he had spent the past three nights.

Kamar ran past the grasping talons and beneath the towering feathered breast, out of the bird’s sight. He stopped beside the scaly leg, thick as a pine tree, and stabbed upward as far as he could reach. His sword penetrated the soft feathers and went two palms deep into the body. He quickly withdrew the blade and thrust again and again, a flurry of stabs that brought pain, even if not deep enough to kill.

The black bird squawked, a deafening sound, settled back on two feet and stepped away, trying to bring Kamar into view. But the creature’s size made it clumsy, and betrayed its intentions. Kamar ran with it, kept out of sight, and when it stopped and stood searching for him, resumed his attack. Blood started dripping from the new wounds.

The avian giant screeched in rage and took several steps toward the sea, covering more ground than Kamar could quickly cross. The huge black body wheeled around and the yellow eyes fastened on Kamar, still running toward it. The pointed beak drew back to strike, rage and pain having overcome all restraint – and again great wings beat the air, the wind from them almost throwing the humans off their feet. Two huge Arabian woodpeckers settled to the ground on each side of the black bird, folding in their wings.

The new arrivals had low head crests of dark red feathers, above bright yellow eyes and long sharp beaks. The black bird tried to spread its wings and fly, but the smaller woodpeckers were too quick for it. One savagely attacked the dark body; the other stabbed into the throat. The giant screeched again, a dreadful last sound. The bird attacking his neck thrust so swiftly and repeatedly, like a woodpecker hammering out a hole in a tree, that it quickly cut off the head. The one attacking the body already had its dark red intestines spilling out.

 

The dying giant fell, an impact that shook the ground.   As the last shudders of its death agony passed through the beheaded form, the two woodpeckers strutted around it in triumph, flapping their wings and bobbing their heads.

The three humans, watching the short fight in fearful wonder, saw the black bird begin to change after it died. In seconds the body shrank as it transformed, became that of a monstrous Jinni. Stunted black wings grew out of its back, on both sides of a very large hump. A multitude of horns rose out of the severed head, with two yellow teeth extruding from the upper jaw down over the chin. One dead eye glared out at them, the other already long dark and sightless . . .

Maymúnah felt a thrill of exultation as she bobbed and strutted in wide circles around the body of Kashkash. This was her first kill. She had kept her promise to tear off his head if he disobeyed her. The ugly old Ifrit had in secret acted to compel both Princess Budur and Prince Kamar to his bed. An enemy who hated Kashkash had only recently made her aware of this. On learning the full extent of the troubles his designs had brought on the young lovers they had vowed to protect, she had informed Dahnash and enlisted his aid. They went seeking Kashkash, arriving in time to see him attacking Kamar on the ground below. Maymúnah and Dahnash then transformed themselves into huge woodpeckers, birds capable of fighting the black giant.

Maymúnah felt a distinct warmth coursing through her bird’s body, a feeling mingled strangely of heat and lassitude. The killing of Kashkash had awakened the eternal need to reproduce, replace the life now departed. She looked at Dahnash, still strutting and bobbing, and felt certain he was experiencing the same strong urges.   Maymúnah surrendered to the primal demand, turned her back to Dahnash, and waited . . .

Kamar, watching in fascination, saw one huge woodpecker turn its back to the other, in the way female birds issue an invitation. Immediately the other giant ran to her, hopped on her back with surprising agility, and bore her body to the ground. The male bird grasped the neck of the female in his beak and vigorously treaded her, flapping his wings to maintain his balance.

Kamar watched the two unnaturally large woodpeckers mating. Their congress was brief, in the way of birds. The male finished and hopped off the female’s back, crowing in triumph and joy. Then he shrank in size and changed in form to a tall Ifrit, more than twice Kamar’s height. Dressed in warrior’s clothes, seemingly young, and handsome as Ifrits go, he looked nothing like the dead Jinni on the ground. He did have the same coal-black skin, and two white teeth extending from the upper jaw down to the bottom of the chin. Unlike any human, red fire burned in the pupils of both dark eyes. He smiled down at Kamar in apparent friendliness.

The second bird also flapped its wings and shrank, turning into a lovely female Ifrit dressed in revealing harem silks. No long tusks protruded to mar the beauty of a large but very human-looking face, though the lustrous dark eyes did have the same red fire burning in each pupil. She too smiled down at Kamar and the two women.

“You are safe now, my prince,” said the female, her voice deep as that of a human man, yet undeniably feminine. “The designs of the evil one on Princess Budur and yourself have brought him to his end.” . . .

Maymúnah turned to Dahnash, who had somehow become far more handsome and appealing since he treaded her back as a bird, and spoke in the language of the Jinn. “I have never yet invited anyone to my private hall, nor held congress with a male in our natural forms. But now I feel a need, and you have proven yourself an honorable and worthy choice. Let us leave these humans to their own affairs and retire to my home, from which I think we will not emerge again for several years, as they see time.”

“Nothing could bring me greater joy,” said Dahnash. He pulled Princess Maymúnah into his arms for a long embrace. The heat internal in both grew stronger, smoke curling from where their lips met, the sod charring beneath their feet . . .

Kamar watched as the two Ifrits separated and moved somewhat apart, making room to expand their large black wings. They rose into the sky and flew away, their tremendous speed taking them out of sight in seconds. He had not understood the words they exchanged, but somehow knew he would not soon see them again.

#

After several days of observing Budur in court, Kamar donned the king’s clothes and took her place, maintaining the habit she had established of wearing a thick veil. Such was the resemblance between the two that no one noticed the change. After another month King Kamar appeared without the veil, and people wondered why he had earlier chosen to hide such a handsome and manly face.

King Kamar al-Zamán ruled the small kingdom of The Ebony City and its surrounds in peace and amity, collecting taxes and dispensing justice during the day, and alternating nights with his two wives. He quickly learned to love Hayat as he did Budur. Well content, he took no concubines into his household.

A year after her second marriage Queen Budur gave birth to a son, a babe of surpassing beauty whom his proud parents named Amjad. A week later Queen Hayat gave birth to a son, as comely as his brother, whom they named As’ad. King Kamar sent word to King Shahrimán that he had fulfilled his father’s desire for grandsons. Continuity of rule for the Khálidán Islands was now assured.

Amjad and As’ad grew into well-trained and splendid youths, the ties of brotherly love strong between them. The siblings reached the age of seventeen, inexperienced but now lustful young men, and . . .

The End

 

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on June 30, 2014. This item is listed in Novellas, Serial Novellas

Hero’s Choice

by A. Merc Rustad

Hero’s Choice was originally published by Silver Blade Magazine in October 2009.

 

Dark Lord Mrakota raised an eyebrow at the squirming infant. “This is the brat that’s prophesied to kill me in fifteen years? He doesn’t look like much.”

The boy waved a chubby fist and gurgled. A tuft of ebony hair covered his head, and large blue eyes stared up at the Dark Lord with infant wonder. Mrakota had to admit the brat was cute.

“Yes, Your Eminence.” The Stargazing Wizard stroked his beard. “I quote the ancient words, ‘And a child with a star upon his brow shall rise up, and on the final hour of his fifteenth year he will slay the lord of shadow whose name means dark.'”

“Ah.” Mrakota squinted as torchlight reflected off the bright, metallic blue birthmark shaped like a star in the middle of the baby’s forehead. “Hard to miss that, isn’t it?”

His Trusted Lieutenant, Darren, fidgeted and shifted the baby to the crook of his arm. “What will we do with him, my Lord?”

Mrakota looked out at the misty riverfront from where he stood on the bank. A star blazed across the sky with a distinctive blue cast to its tail. His men had caught the midwife trying to sneak the baby out of the village and to the river, where a basket floated at anchor. When questioned, the old woman said the mother died in childbirth and she didn’t know who the father was.

“Typical,” Mrakota muttered.

“My Lord?” Darren asked. “What are we going to do with the boy?”

“It should be obvious,” the Stargazing Wizard said. “We must let the babe be sent downriver where he will be adopted and can grow to manhood—”

“And in fifteen years come kill me.” Mrakota gave his advisor a deadpan look. “Brilliant strategy.”

The Wizard huffed and turned away in a sulk, petting his crystal ball.

Darren’s face was impassive, although a hint of tension kept his shoulders stiff. “Kill him then, my Lord?”

Mrakota considered that as he lifted the infant out of his Trusted Lieutenant’s arms. He was chilled from being out in the autumn night, and he didn’t want to get another cold. He had just overcome the first one a few days ago.

“Might want to support his neck, Sire,” Darren whispered.

Mrakota nodded and looked into the boy’s eyes. The baby smiled and cooed, a bubble forming on his tiny lips. The Dark Lord smiled. “I’ll adopt him.”

“What!” The Stargazing Wizard spun around, his eyes bulging. “But that’s just not done, most glorified Evil One!”

Mrakota shrugged. “I like being unconventional.”

It seemed unfair to snap the infant’s neck. He preferred killing uprising peasants and resistance leaders. For three years he had ruled the empire with only a moderate amount of brutality. Besides, he was nearing his self-imposed quota of needless slaughter for the month. He didn’t anticipate the upcoming board meetings over that.

The concept of fate didn’t appeal to him anyway. He had gained the title of Dark Lord from his own ambition and skill.

“Your Magnificent Darkness, I must protest this outrageous decision.” The Stargazing Wizard drew himself up and looked down his beak-like nose at Mrakota. “This is folly.”

Mrakota wrapped the edge of his heavy, fur-lined cloak around the boy. “If you study the histories, you’ll see most chosen ones had a vendetta against previous Dark Lords — death of their people, parents, village, whatever.”

“Yes…”

“Well, Hero—” he nodded at the boy he’d just christened “—will have no reason to hate me.”

Darren offered a lopsided smile. “Reverse psychological tactics, my Lord?”

“Exactly.”

The Stargazing Wizard twirled the hem of his embroidered robe in what Mrakota took to be an Ominous Gesture. The wizard was getting good at those. “Be warned, my Dark Liege, only your demise will come with this.”

Mrakota shrugged. “Same thing would happen if the prophecy comes true though, wouldn’t it.”

“Yes, Spawn of the Pits, but—”

“Everyone dies eventually,” Mrakota said. It was a philosophy he had accepted half a lifetime ago, at the age of eleven. “I’d rather have my heir learn how to rule my empire the proper way if he’s going to kill me and take over.”

He waved for his men to head back to the Lair of Malice, his castle.

Holding his new son against his chest, Mrakota whispered, “Whatever happens, Hero, you’ll always have a choice. That I promise you.”

#

“Something is wrong.” Adom paced around the small hovel, etching a track in the dirt floor. “She should be here by now.”

“Calm down, she’ll be here.” The ranger Greenhood — tall, lean, and with the obligatory stubble on his jaw — lounged on the only stool in the hovel. He was honing an already sharp dagger on a whetstone. “I contacted the midwife myself. She’ll send the babe to us.”

Adom rubbed his thick white beard. “What if she was found?”

“Stop fretting. If something’s happened, I’ll just go rescue the boy and bring him here myself.”

Adom frowned at the ranger, although he couldn’t see the man’s expression for the deep green hood shadowing it.

“Things were better in the old days,” Adom said, “when we didn’t have such unpredictable Dark Lords running the land.”

There hadn’t been a bout of razed villages or magically deranged creatures produced from the pits since Mrakota’s predecessor. It just wasn’t natural.

Greenhood chuckled. “True, but it makes some of my jobs a little easier.”

“Speak for yourself.”

Adom needed to get the Chosen One, then bring the child to his adopted parents in a backwater village for fifteen years. As usual, some disaster would destroy the hamlet, and he would rescue the boy and train him for his grand Destiny.

Appointed to be the Chosen One’s wise old mentor by the Fates, Adom had embraced the calling. He spent a decade meditating at the Stone of Fallen Heroes. Two days had he spent wrestling philosophical concepts in the Seven Winds — did it matter it was a pub? He’d even taken up magic theology and fencing on the side, and had long practice in being obscure and cryptic in his speech, thanks to years as official representative of the Force of Resistance.

The Resistance never accomplished anything, but it was a prime testing ground to work on his vagueness. It had worked well on his late wife whenever she had demanded to know where he was. “About the matters of the Fates,” was a better excuse than saying he’d been pub-crawling.

A tiny hearth fire crackled, and the room was stuffy with smoke. They had boarded up the single window and put a big wolf hybrid outside to warn them of anyone’s approach. The waiting strained Adom’s nerves.

He huffed and made another circuit in his pacing. He needed a smoke.

Greenhood handed him a tamped pipe.

Adom mumbled his thanks and lit up. The spicy pipe weed helped distract him. A sharp, pungent smell filled the room. Wonderful calm flowed through him, relaxing him, blurring the edges of his vision.

“What time is it?” he asked.

“After midnight.”

Adom grumbled under his breath. The child should have been brought to their doorstep by now. Why was this not going according to plan?

A deep growling outside made Adom jump.

Greenhood rose with all his ranger-trained grace and walked to the door.

“The Dark One has the boy,” said a quiet voice from outside.

“What!” Adom shoved Greenhood out of his way and glared at the messenger, another ranger. “What do you mean?” He hoped his eyebrows bristled in the appropriate manner.

Cloaked in dark green and brown and with the hood pulled over his eyes, even in the strong moonlight, Adom couldn’t see the ranger’s face. “The midwife failed, and the Dark Lord has taken the child to his castle.”

Adom spluttered on his pipe. This was inconceivable. “What do we do now?”

“Well.” Greenhood stepped outside. “I guess that means we have to rescue him.

***

It wasn’t a problem to find a wet nurse, but one who wasn’t working against him was difficult. Mrakota did his best to shush Hero by whispering a poem about “seventeen hundred ways to kill a man for fun” in lullaby-fashion to the baby. Hero refused to tone down his demands for food.

Mrakota gritted his teeth and kept smiling. “Haven’t you found anyone?”

Darren shook his head. “I’m sorry, my Lord. I have all my men asking their wives and sisters if they would be willing to nurse Hero. I’ll ask my wife as well.”

“Well, get some harpy milk or something. Oh, and add some honey, I’m told that always works.”

“Yes, my Lord.” His Trusted Lieutenant bowed and hurried off.

Alone with Hero, Mrakota sat in his personal chambers, a rich suite of rooms decked out in deep scarlet and black. The combination fitted his rank and the deep tones were soothing. Still, something brighter&38212;maybe in pale blue— would be more appropriate for his son.

Hero wailed again.

Mrakota began questioning traditional fathering practices, if he was going to be kept awake at such hours. He’d owned a hellhound whelp once, and when it was small, it had suckled his finger until its mother could feed it. The healers had eventually mended the blackened nub of his finger afterwards. He wondered if the same trick would work for Hero.

The boy sucked on his finger, soft gums and warm tongue an odd sensation on a hand used to holding a scepter or a sword. Mrakota smiled.

The door opened, slamming against the wall. Mrakota looked up sharply. “Don’t slam—”

An old man in a gray robe, large hat and a gnarled walking staff stood glowering at him, accompanied by a ranger.

Mrakota blinked. Damn it, did someone leave the secret passages unlocked again? “Yes?”

“Unhand that boy.” The old man leveled the end of his staff at Mrakota. “At once.”

“Why?”

The ranger swung his bow up and aimed a notched arrow at Mrakota’s chest. “We will not allow you to kill the Chosen One.”

“Ah.” Mrakota nodded in understanding. He wasn’t worried—not yet. “You must be his future wise mentor and guide?”

“Yes, I am Adom and this is the most feared, unstoppable ranger, Greenhood.”

“A little early to be storming my castle to kill me, isn’t it?”

“To rescue our charge, a task appointed to us by the Fates? I think not!”

Mrakota narrowed his eyes. “Keep your voice down, you’ll wake him.”

The old man obliged. “Give me the boy.”

“Or what?” Mrakota offered a practiced sneer, the one he saved for appropriate occasions. “The ranger will kill me?”

“No, I’m supposed to leave that to the boy.” Greenhood lowered the arrow tip until it pointed at Mrakota’s stomach. “But I can still shoot you where it hurts.”

Mrakota tensed, hoping no one noticed his sudden, rapid heartbeat. “And traumatize the baby by getting blood on him? How virtuous of you.”

“Enough!” Adom thumped the end of his walking staff hard on the carpeted floor. It made no sound. “Without your pathetic minions of terror to protect you, you are helpless. It would be easy to take the Chosen One, just as it was easy to break in here.”

“You’re mocking me.” Mrakota raised an eyebrow. “Isn’t that my job?”

“Er, well…” It was difficult to see if the old man had blushed, given his thick beard.

Mrakota conceded that in this position, they did have an advantage. He couldn’t reach for a blade while still holding Hero, who was now asleep. “What kind of life would he have with you, old man? He might not live past his first birthday.”

“And you expect me to believe you would treat him and raise him well, spawn of evil?”

Mrakota cleared his throat. “Don’t flatter me. My son —”

“I knew you were his father!”

“Adopted father.”

“Hah.” Adom’s bony fingers tapped his staff. “Right.”

Mrakota refrained from enlightening the two intruders. As far as he knew, he was the only Dark Lord in recent history to remain a virgin this long.

“Pin him to that chair,” Adom said, looking at the ranger.

Mrakota stiffened, although he kept his expression nonchalant. He carefully brought one arm up to shield Hero. Where the hell were his men?

Adom took a step forward. “We must be away before the minions are alerted to our presence.”

“Actually, all my men were just in the barracks,” Darren said from the doorway.

Mrakota relaxed, pressing a finger against his mouth. His men obeyed as they surged forward, completely silent.

The arrow went high when one of the Legionaries tackled Greenhood from behind. The shaft stuck in the headrest of Mrakota’s chair, startling him.

The Legionaries overwhelmed the ranger and the old man in seconds. To their credit, the intruders held their tongues. Hero continued sleeping.

The Legionaries gagged the ranger and the old man, confiscated all their weapons and other belongings, and forced them to kneel.

Mrakota looked at his Trusted Lieutenant in expectation. “Well?”

Darren bowed. “My Lord, I found a wet nurse for the child. Lila says she won’t mind another child with our daughter.”

“Excellent!” Mrakota stood and handed the sleeping Hero to Darren. He wiped his sweaty palms on his trousers. “Tell her I’m most grateful.”

Darren bowed his head, his voice just above a whisper. “My wife and I are happy to serve, my Lord.”

Mrakota nodded, pleased Hero would be in good hands. The thought of Darren asking his wife to nurse another baby in the middle of the night impressed Mrakota. His Trusted Lieutenant had backbone.

Darren slipped out, holding the baby. Adom stared after him in pure envy.

One of the Legionaries tilted his head at Greenhood. “Sire?”

“Take the ranger and chain him in the dungeon somewhere. He can be tortured and released in the morning.” It was better not to piss off the entire Ranger Alliance just yet by killing Greenhood, but there were standards he had to adhere to as well. Plus, he enjoyed the sounds of a ranger’s screams now and then. “I can handle the old man.”

His soldiers saluted and dragged Greenhood out with them. They shut the door.

Adom glared at Mrakota and mumbled something into the gag.

“Oh, yes.” Mrakota untied the strip of cloth and tossed it into the fire.

“Plan to reveal your malicious scheme to me now, evil one?”

“Actually, I thought I’d just kill you.”

Mrakota picked up one of the sabers from a rack of gleaming blades on the wall next to his chair. Then he turned and walked over to his prisoner.

“Wait—you can’t kill me!”

“Why not?”

“I haven’t mentored the Chosen One for the minimum time required yet!”

“Oh.” Mrakota titled his head to one side. “You do have a point.”

Adom’s mustache twitched. Mrakota assumed he was sneering.

“In that case… ” Mrakota shrugged and stabbed the would-be mentor through the chest. “Do it in the afterlife.”

***

Two Years Later

Mrakota paused outside the nursery. It was past Hero’s bedtime, yet he detected a quiet voice droning on and on. He narrowed his eyes. This had better not be yet another botched rescue attempt.

Carefully, Mrakota opened the door and peered around. The dim lamplight gave the blue walls a comforting glow. Toys, rattles, and blankets lay scattered on the rugs. In the lavish crib made of bone and cushioned with velvet, two-year-old Hero lay snoring. He clutched a cloth dragon doll in one chubby hand.

The Stargazing Wizard sat beside the crib, reading from an aged scroll. “…’And a child with a star upon his brow shall rise up, and on the final hour of his fifteenth year he will slay the lord of shadow whose name means dark.’ That’s you, boy. And Mrakota is the one you must kill. You are the Chosen One, and you have a grand destiny to fulfill—”

“What the hell are you doing?” Mrakota asked.

The Stargazing Wizard jumped and almost fell off his chair. He bowed with a flourish of his cape. “Most Dreaded Evil One!”

Mrakota folded his arms over his chest. “Yes. Now answer my question.”

“I was only reading to the child the hallowed prophecy—”

“You’re indoctrinating him.”

The Stargazing Wizard shiftily fingered his staff, a long, black rod with a carved head shaped like a star that had a demonic face. “He must know of his destiny.”

Mrakota snorted. “He can’t even speak a coherent sentence yet. Now’s not the time to tell him he’s supposed to kill me when he grows up.”

“Your Wickedness, the prophecy cannot be avoided. Is it not better that he understand you are evil incarnate and that he hate you from a young age so that it will be easy for him to fulfill his destiny?”

Mrakota concentrated on keeping his voice down. “No.”

He had listened to his advisor’s ceaseless disapproval on watering down his dark nature by having a family and caring about someone — other than himself — so often it was background noise. The Stargazing Wizard couldn’t tolerate shades of gray.

But now it was getting personal.

“You’re trying to turn my son against me. Stop.”

The Stargazing Wizard’s eyes flashed. Mrakota knew it was just a bit of magic to make him look intimidating. It didn’t work.

“Your Malevolence surely jests. I am loyal to you.”

Right. It had been awhile since anyone had tried to double cross him, and a betrayal was inevitable. “Are you?”

“Yes. I seek only—”

“What?”

“Uh…” The Stargazing Wizard made another Ominous Gesture. “We all are pawns of the Fates.”

Mrakota rolled his eyes.

“It is my destiny to prepare the Chosen One,” the Stargazing Wizard said at last.

“You’re the one who wanted to send him downriver in a basket. Besides. I thought Hero has — had — some old mentor for that.”

“One can never have too many guides.”

Mrakota snorted. “Has it occurred to you that if Hero kills me, you’ll be out of a job?”

The Stargazing Wizard waved a hand dismissively. Mrakota assumed that meant he had no doubts he could find a different Dark Lord to leech off in the future.

Mrakota stepped between the wizard and Hero. He put an extra measure of threat into his stare. “Save your lessons for when he’s older. And, until then, stay away from my son.”

Glowering, the Stargazing Wizard picked up his staff and swept from the room.

Mrakota sighed and took the chair. He rubbed his forehead with a thumb and forefinger. “This isn’t going to be easy, is it?”

The past two years had gone by with fewer catastrophes, attempted assassinations, mass local uprisings, plagues and wars than usual. Hero hadn’t done much except play, eat, drool, and cry when he was tired. He’d tried to grab the candle flames whenever near them, as well. Still adorable, but hardly a threat to Mrakota’s reign.

Knowing how stubborn and persistent the Guild of Old Mentors was, there would be someone to replace Adom. And it wasn’t as if the Stargazing Wizard had been overly subtle in his own ambitions.

Mrakota still doubted the inevitability of the prophecy. But how long would that last once Hero grew up?

***

Five Years Later

“Aha!”

Hero jumped, startled awake by the ethereal voice. He rubbed the sleep grime from his eyes and glanced around his bedroom. Nothing had changed. The chest of toys rested against the wall, and the glowing skulls on the fireplace mantle gave off a soft, yellow glow. Hero didn’t like sleeping in total darkness. “Who’s there?”

“Over here, boy.”

Hero turned around. He clapped his hands over his mouth and muffled his scream.

A ghost stood by the headboard, leaning against the wall. It was an old man, dressed in a long robe and pointed hat. He glowed faintly blue-silver and there was a hole in his chest.

Hero calmed down. Just a ghost. He’d never met one, of course, but ghosts couldn’t hurt him. Daddy always said that.

Hero scooted a little further away just in case. “Who are you?”

“I’m Adom. And I was going to be your Wise Mentor.” The ghost scowled. “Until that son of a…” He mumbled something incoherent into his beard.

“What?” Hero said.

“You’re too young to hear such words. Anyway, your oppressor—Mrakota—killed me.”

“Why?”

Adom waved the question off. “It took me seven years to figure out this ghost vocation.” He huffed and folded his arms over his translucent chest. “You must be warned, boy. Your so-called ‘father’ will never let you live.”

Hero scratched his head. “But he’s my dad. The prophecy says I have to kill him.” He decided to ask Daddy in the morning.

“Exactly!” Adom leaned forward in a conspiratorial manner. “You know he’s a Dark Lord, boy.”

“Hero. My name’s Hero.”

“Yes, yes. But think about it, boy. Dark Lords always kill anyone they must to keep their own lives. Family—hah! They don’t matter. You don’t matter. He may pretend to care about you but—”

“Are you trying to indoctrinate me?” Hero asked. He’d heard his father use that word before. It sounded important.

Adom scowled. He looked like the Stargazing Wizard, and that sent a shiver over Hero’s back. He decided it was a good thing Daddy had made Adom a ghost.

“Of course not, I’m just trying to show you the truth of things, boy.”

Why didn’t the ghost seem to understand he had a name? “What’s that?”

“Mrakota will kill you, boy! That’s his whole plan—to keep you from doing any good, as your Chosen One status proclaims you will, and then he’ll kill you before your fifteenth birthday.”

“Oh.” Hero thought about that. “But I thought the prophecy was about me.”

“It is.”

“But how can they both happen?”

Adom opened his mouth, then snorted. “Well, of course he won’t succeed—”

Hero scratched his head. “Then why are you upset?”

The ghost stared at him. “Um, well. He could grievously wound you.”

Hero yawned.

“Mark my words, boy,” Adom said, shaking a finger at him. “Mrakota will try.”

Hero didn’t want to think about Daddy killing him. “Go away or I’ll tell Daddy you’re here. He’ll re-kill you.”

“No you wouldn’t—”

“Daddy!”

The ghost glared and faded away.

Hero flopped back on his pillow and pulled the blanket up over his head.

#

Mrakota twitched and debated stabbing himself or simply murdering everyone in the room.

Unfortunately, given it was a mandatory board meeting, he couldn’t get out of it unless he was dead—assuming he was fortunate. Advisors manifested quicker than would-be heroes.

Across from Mrakota, the Minister of Finances shuffled a handful of papers. “Even with raising the taxes until the peasants can’t afford to eat, the quotient of rebel leaders and peasant uprisings is low this quarter. We’re going to have to be selective in villages razed or we won’t have the sufficient funds for the winter—”

“Speaking of which,” the Minister of Violence interrupted, toying with his battleaxe. “Your Impressive Darkness, there’s been a bloody decrease in public executions lately. We didn’t make quota last quarter. There’s also not enough falsely accused innocents being executed or criminals being made examples of.” He sounded disgusted at the shortcomings of society.

“No new Old Mentors have been caught?” Mrakota asked.

Since there hadn’t been a massive wave of prejudice against some minority in the last few years, he had decreed all Wise Mentors outlawed. The rangers were doing a solid job of protecting the geezers from his Dark Legionaries so far.

“No, Sire.”

“Never mind that,” said the Minister of Terror. “I’ve been taking a census on how much the population lives in dread under your rule, and the numbers are sinking rapidly.” She tapped a chart with squiggly lines splattered across it. “The mention of your name is just not inciting fear into their hearts like it used to, Evil One. I’ve outlined a plan…”

“That doesn’t matter!” The Minister of trade pounded the bone table they were all gathered around. “What about our shipping routes with the lich king’s realm? Sales of corpses have plummeted and inflation on imported enchanted weapons is becoming unreasonable.”

Mrakota pinched the bridge of his nose and sighed as his advisors began arguing over whose points deserved his consideration first. He’d placed a decapitation ban on his meeting room after the mess last time. The stains hadn’t come out of his favorite silk shirt. Now he considered removing the decree.

He’s promised Hero they could feed the swans today, and yet he was trapped inside the tower with half a dozen advisors who tested the limits of their vocal chords and his patience. At the back of the room, the Stargazing Wizard watched him from the shadows, petting his crystal ball.

He’d promoted the Stargazing Wizard and sent him to oversee the far end of the empire. To Mrakota’s extreme annoyance, his advisor had used his position to make frequent visits to discuss matters of state, such as now. And he would often sneak away to speak to Hero when Mrakota was otherwise occupied.

Mrakota had serious considerations about firing his advisor-turned-regent—at the stake.

It would have to wait until after business was taken care of.

Mrakota tipped back in his chair and cleared his throat.

None of his advisors noticed.

Mrakota narrowed his eyes. He surveyed the table, then calmly stepped onto it, walked over to the Minister of Trade—the easiest to replace—and ran the man through the neck. He sidestepped the spray of blood.

“Pay attention, all of you.”

The room fell silent.

Mrakota nodded and resumed his seat.

The dead trade minister slumped over the table with a gurgle.

“And send his corpse to the lich king,” Mrakota added.

“Won’t that be taken as an insult?” the Minister of Violence asked. He licked his lips.

Mrakota considered. “I’ll call it a promotion and relocation. The lich can reanimate him to handle the trade finances on that end.” Mrakota accepted a towel from the Minister of Terror and cleaned his saber. “As for the rest of the issues brought to my attention…”

Mrakota left the Minister of Terror to her plan for inciting a better percentage of fear in the populace. He ordered his agents to stage a massive rebellion that his troops would crush next month. “See if we can get six thousand or so rebels taken prisoner and then crucify them along one of the major roads.”

Nods of approval came from around the table.

“That should make up for the slump in quota,” Mrakota went on, “and leave room for three or four villages to be slaughtered. Make sure they’re plague-infested or too poor to pay taxes. That ought to decrease the surplus population and not negatively affect the economy.”

He stood and waved off further questions. “Any other trifling details you can handle yourselves. It’s why I pay you.”

He swept out of the tower, rather than fleeing, and left his traitorous advisors to scheme among themselves for the rest of the day. He meant to spend his afternoon with his son.

#

“Daddy?”

Mrakota and Hero sat by the garden pond where the black swans swam. The Dark Lord looked at his son. “Yes?”

Hero fretted his lip with his teeth. “Will I have to kill you when I grow up, like the prophecy says?”

Mrakota tossed a crust of bread to the birds, wondering if the moat had been filled with fresh piranha yet. The swans ate as many fish as the piranha did the birds. He handed Hero the rest of the loaf.

Denying the conversation unnerved him was pointless. It wasn’t like they were discussing the results of the recent tourney or the latest dragon raid.

“That depends on how much faith you put in destiny, Hero.”

The boy swallowed. “I don’t want to hurt you, Daddy.”

“Then don’t.”

Hero looked at Mrakota, forehead crinkled in confusion. The expression bent the lines of the star-shaped birthmark. “But won’t I have to?”

Mrakota snorted. “Hero, do you know why most prophecies come true?”

“Why?”

“Because people want them to. That’s why they believe in fate, or curse the gods when things go wrong, so they have someone to make tough choices for them, and someone else can take the blame.”

“So I don’t have to obey fate?” Hero tossed the rest of the bread to the swans. “The Stargazer says I have to.”

Damn that wizard. “Look at it this way,” Mrakota said. “If I was as ‘evil’ as the prophecy seems to indicate, why would I have taken you in?”

Hero pulled the firestick out of his pocket and struck it against his pant leg, then watched the tiny red flame. It was a good six inches long and packed with oil and a flint-and-tinder starter and wick. He’d carried it everywhere since Mrakota had given it to him for his birthday. It had been easier than having Hero steal live coals from the hearth so he could light hay bales on fire with glee.

“Because you’re a good Dark Lord?” Hero asked.

Mrakota’s lips twitched. “I’m as evil as necessary, but you don’t have to do anything you don’t want to do.” He gave his son a rough hug. “I hear there’s a black stag loose in the forests. Want to go hunting?”

Hero’s face lit up. “Yeah!” He snuffed out his firestick and jumped up.

Mrakota grinned back. “Race you to the stables.”

Hero took off. “Can’t beat me, Daddy!”

Mrakota let him win.

Panting in mock exertion, Mrakota leaned against the stone arch that formed the doorway to the stables. A column of Dark Legionnaire troops marched by in perfect military formation. Mrakota beckoned his Trusted Lieutenant over.

Darren saluted. “Yes, my Lord?”

“I think it’s time I found a new advisor to replace the Stargazing Wizard. Since he’s here on business, I might as well finish his promotion. Something involving fire, a rack, and rusted blades sounds fitting, don’t you think?”

A slow, appropriately wicked smile showed Darren’s teeth. “A marvelous idea, my Lord.”

“See to it by the time I get back.”

***

The woods were thick and lush in midsummer. Mrakota breathed deep, enjoying the ripe, woodland smells: earth, leaves, and rotted wood. After a day of hunting, he would return to a find the results of an execution, that of the Stargazing Wizard. Yes, it was a good day.

“It kind of stinks in here,” Hero said.

Mrakota ducked under a low maple branch and smiled back at his son, who rode a black, red-eyed pony named Fluff. “You’ll get used to it.”

“Can I burn down a tree?”

“Not right now.”

Hero sighed.

“Maybe when we get home, though.” Mrakota didn’t need an uprising of dryads like his predecessor. “Keep your eyes and ears open for that stag.”

He turned his gaze forward once more and stared down the steel-tipped length of an arrow.

Mrakota started and reigned in his horse. A green-clad ranger crouched on a broad limb, balanced with uncanny grace, the long bow stretched to its limit. The ranger’s hood shadowed his face, but a swath of sunlight that angled down through the trees showed his mouth and the grim set of his jaw. Greenhood.

I’m too merciful for my own good, Mrakota thought.

“Stop,” the ranger said.

“I just did.”

From his peripheral vision, Mrakota noted other rangers gliding from behind trees and encircling his small hunting party. The horses stamped and nickered in unease. He’d taken only four escorts. They weren’t even that far from the Lair of Malice. Mrakota’s hand tightened on the leather reins.

He worried that Hero might be hurt in a fight. Despite being paid to serve him, and die if necessary, he never did like seeing his men ambushed and slaughtered.

The four Dark Legionaries eased closer, ready to surround Hero and protect him.

“What do you want, ranger?” Mrakota asked.

“The boy.”

“No.” Mrakota forced a lazy smile. “If I recall correctly, you won’t kill me.” With a fluid motion, he drew his saber and backed his mount until he blocked Hero and the pony. “Which you’ll have to do to get him.”

The string creaked as the ranger drew it further back. “I never planned to kill you.”

Too late Mrakota recalled Greenhood’s other threat. “Oh, hell.”

The bow twanged and the arrow slammed into his stomach, just below the ribs. Pain flared through his torso and Mrakota toppled to the loamy forest floor when his horse reared.

A loud baying from a wolfish dog sent the horses into panicked rearing and bucking. Mrakota gritted his teeth and turned on his side, one arm shielding his head.

One ranger grabbed Mrakota by the arm and dragged him off the path before the horses trampled him. Then the green-cloaked man faded into the shadows. Mrakota glared after him. It hurt to breathe, and he knew his black silk shirt must be ruined. Damn that ranger.

Hero’s frightened shout hurt Mrakota’s ears. He struggled to his knees and his spine brushed against one of the massive blackthorn trees. A lump of terror for Hero’s safety dulled the pain for a moment.

Mrakota jerked his head around to where he’d last seen Hero. Fluff pranced around in confusion. The pony’s saddle was empty.

“Help! Daddy, help!”

Mrakota snapped his gaze up.

Greenhood gripped Hero around the waist with one arm and hoisted the boy into the tree. Hero waved his firestick at the rangers, but the flame guttered before doing any damage.

“Hold on!” Mrakota pulled himself to his feet with aid of the tree. The pain in his stomach made quick, graceful movement impossible. He swore under his breath.

Something hard clubbed him on the back of the neck. Mrakota dropped face-first into the dirt and leaves. The arrow shaft snapped, sending a new jolt of agony through his side. That’s it, no one is ever leaving my dungeons again.

He blacked out.

#

Hero tried not to cry. That wasn’t how the son of a Dark Lord handled fear. His eyes stung anyway and he sniffled. When was Daddy coming to save him?

Greenhood strode into the meeting hall, pulling him along by the arm. Hero didn’t like the ranger. He didn’t like this drab, drafty hall, either. Columns supported arched wooden rafters and ugly furs hung over the windows. There was an open fireplace and a pot full of something that smelled like dead animals and rotting vegetables. Stew.

There was a table in the middle of the room, and seven old men dressed in robes sat around it. Wizards? They didn’t have the mysterious aura that the Stargazing Wizard had. They all looked grumpy, like Adom. Hero took a step back, but Greenhood didn’t let go of his arm. He clasped his firestick, wondering if setting the ranger on fire would work.

“So, this is the Chosen One.”

The speaker was the grumpiest looking of the men. He peered out from bristling eyebrows, a pipe clenched between his thin lips.

Does he ever start his beard on fire when he lights that? Hero wrinkled his nose at the pungent smell of weed.

“Come closer, boy,” the old man said.

Greenhood grunted and nudged Hero forward.

Hero swallowed, but drew himself up. “My name is Hero. And you’d better be nice to me. I’m going to be the next Dark Lord, you know.”

The table rocked as the old men pounded their gnarled fists on it and howled with laughter.

Hero’s face grew hot. He glared at them and wished Daddy would stride in, black cloak swirling around him, and shut them up. His heart pounded. What had happened to his father? None of the rangers would tell him.

“Boy,” the first pipe-smoking man said between bursts of wheezing laughter. “You’re Destined for much more. You are the embodiment of Good and Light and the salvation from the man who has you imprisoned and deluded in his castle.”

Hero frowned. No one had him in a dungeon, and he wasn’t sure what deluded meant. “What?”

“Be patient with them,” Greenhood murmured. “The Guild of Old Mentors is a little… eccentric.”

“Oh. But what are they talking about?”

One old man leaned forward. “You don’t know, boy?”

Hero struggled to keep them straight, but they all looked the same. “Know what?”

“You are the One.”

“Yeah, I know.” Hero fiddled with the firestick. “Daddy told me all about the prophecy.”

The old men raised their shaggy eyebrows in unison.

“And,” Hero went on, shuffling his feet. He didn’t like being questioned like this. It was too much like a surprise test one of his tutors would spring on him. “He said I don’t have to do what it says if I don’t want.”

“Bah!” all the Old Mentors growled.

“It is Fate,” the man with the grayest beard said. “You can’t deny it.”

“Daddy says I can.”

“He’s wrong.”

Hero thrust out his jaw. “I don’t believe you.”

But he wasn’t sure. What if Fate made him do something bad?

“Boy, there is much we can’t tell you now, because the time isn’t right,” said the one with the puffiest eyebrows. “But know this—we only do what’s best for you. You, boy, are the Chosen One. You have a grand Destiny.”

“I have to pee,” Hero said.

Greenhood tugged Hero’s arm. “Lavatory’s this way.”

“Wait!” commanded the Old Mentors.

Hero jumped. He hoped they wouldn’t decide that he was better off dead since he wasn’t going to listen to them.

“We must complete business here,” one of the Old Mentors said ominously.

Hero fidgeted.

“You must go on a quest and attain the Sword of Peace,” the old man continued. “You will be accompanied by faithful companions. When you have found the Sword of Peace, you will have found the weapon to defeat the Lord of Darkness—”

“You mean my dad?”

“Yes, yes. Mrakota. His very name means ‘dark’.”

“I know,” Hero said. “His mom gave it to him.”

The speaker huffed. A smoke ring curled up and burst when it touched his eyebrow. “And when you have returned, after vanquishing many evils—”

Hero clenched his thighs. “I really have to go.”

The old man almost screamed the last words of his speech. “You will return and fulfill your Destiny!”

“All right,” Hero said. “Can I do that after I pee?”

#

Mrakota struggled to sit up in bed. The fireplace crackled with amber flames, and the dusky scarlet walls of his private sanctum glowed. The light caught on the golden threads interwoven into dark tapestries and made the pictures appear to dance and shift. It didn’t help Mrakota’s pounding head.

The healer, who had identified herself as Valerian, pressed her smooth hands with exaggerated gentleness on Mrakota’s shoulders. “You are injured. You need rest.”

“I don’t have time for this.”

“You—”

He glared at the robed herbalist and spoke through clenched teeth. “My son has been kidnapped.”

“And you have been shot.”

Mrakota gave Valerian a level stare. “Obviously. Now get the damn arrow out and get out of my way.”

The healer pursed her lips and brushed her brown hair back from her face. “Hold still. I will draw the pain into myself and then close the wound.”

“Why?”

“I beg your pardon?”

Mrakota struggled not to smack Valerian. She was, after all, just doing her job, even if his Dark Legionnaires had captured her and brought her to him at sword point. “Why not just let me keep the pain and you concentrate on healing me?”

Valerian blinked. “I guess it’s possible…”

“Do it!”

Mrakota winced at the sharp twang in his stomach. The silk shirt, made of the finest, toughest threads, had prevented the barbed tip from ripping into his guts. A painful hole still opened his flesh, but it could have been worse. There was a method behind his dark, brooding fashion sense.

The woman sighed. “As you wish.” She closed her hands around the wound and mumbled under her breath, “One… two… three!” She yanked the arrowhead out.

Mrakota yelped. Blood welled and dribbled over his stomach.

Valerian ignored him and pushed up his ruined shirt hem, then pressed her hand over his abdomen. A faint blue glow surrounded her fingers and a sharp tugging sensation dug into Mrakota’s muscles. He clenched his teeth, and the pain subsided to a dull ache.

The healer straightened and wiped her hands on a towel laid out for her. “There.”

Mrakota squinted down at himself. There was a puckered white scar but nothing else. “That’s it?”

She shrugged. “I could bother with herbal poultices and salves and ritual cleansing and all. But since you are in such a hurry, yes, that’s it.”

Mrakota smiled. Once she got past the passive healer training and needless patient coddling, she had an attitude toward her art he appreciated: direct and no-nonsense.

“I still recommend a week of bed rest and lots of herbal teas,” she said. “You dash around on rescue missions and your head is only going to hurt all the worse.”

“I’ll worry about that later.” Mrakota pulled his shirt down and swung his legs over the bed. His vision spun. Gingerly he touched the lump on the back of his skull and winced.

Valerian smirked as she began to repack her handbag. “I told you.”

Mrakota knew he’d regret moving so soon after regaining consciousness. But until his son was back in the protection of the Lair of Malice, he had no time to rest. “Darren will pay you and then you can go.”

Valerian spun back towards him. “You’ll pay me?”

“Of course. Why so surprised?”

“No one ever pays me. Something about being a healer gives them impression gold would insult me.” She rolled her eyes. “You think I wear this shabby robe because I like it?”

Mrakota smiled despite himself. A tighter dress would be more attractive. He cleared his throat. “I’ll double your payment.”

She smiled, her teeth white against her tan face. “I should work for Dark Lords more often.”

Mrakota chuckled. “Just me.”

He nodded at Darren and did his best to stride to the door. Each step sent a sharp twinge of pain through his side. Mrakota steadied himself against the wall with a hand.

“Easy,” Valerian said.

He gritted his teeth. “Darren, pay her and let’s go.”

“Yes, my Lord.”

Mrakota staggered into the hall outside his chambers. The arched stone passage was a sharp contrast to the warm, comforting humidity of his private sanctum. He needed a way to find where Greenhood had taken Hero.

The Stargazing Wizard might be able to scry the location in his crystal ball—

“Except I ordered him executed,” Mrakota muttered. “Damn it. Darren, is my advisor still alive?” He preferred long, torturous executions for the times when he might need to spare the condemned after all. At least for a little while.

“Um, I’m not sure, my Lord.”

Mrakota narrowed his eyes. “What?”

Darren adjusted the chin strap on his helmet. “It’s just—”

“Tell me, Lieutenant.”

“He’s gone, my Lord.” Darren looked straight ahead. “His tower is empty, and none of his entourage has seen him. Actually, I think his entourage is gone as well. The Stargazing Wizard has fled.”

Mrakota leaned against the wall, finding it hard to catch his breath. He reminded himself to find some enchanted armor the next time. “So it’s a good bet he was gone before we left on the hunt. He could have betrayed our location to the rangers.”

A muscle twitched in Darren’s jaw. “It sounds like him, my Lord.”

Mrakota took a slow breath. “Then I just need to figure out where that ranger would have taken Hero.”

“Why not ask the healer, my Lord? She’s bound to have knowledge of all the hidden bases.”

Mrakota leaned his head against the wall and tried not to laugh. How could he have missed that? He turned to his room and almost collided with Valerian.

She took a step back, her expression determined. “I will not betray my friends.”

“I have no intention to initiate an all out slaughter. It wouldn’t fit in my schedule, anyway. I just want my son back.”

“You swear you will not hurt my people?”

Mrakota sighed. “As long as they stay out of my way. You know where Hero’s been taken?”

“The Guild of Old Mentors. Where else?”

“Show me.”

“I expect to be paid.”

Mrakota’s teeth showed in a grin. “A mercenary healer. That I like. Before you go, would you take care of this head injury?”

***

Hero bit his lip and slouched down in his chair, hoping the old men wouldn’t notice if he sank into the floor and disappeared. The shouting kept getting louder until it hurt his ears.

The Old Mentors couldn’t agree whether to send him on a quest now, or train him for several years and send him when he was older. The prophecy didn’t say. Added to that, they couldn’t decide who should be his mentor now that Adom was dead. Hero didn’t tell them Adom was haunting his bedroom.

He glanced around, running his thumb over the firestick. Well, Daddy would want him to try and be sneaky, to get away on his own. Greenhood stood in the shadows near the door, watching.

Hero waved at the ranger. “I have to go again.”

None of the Old Mentors noticed.

Greenhood jerked his head at the door. Hero covered his mouth to hide his delighted grin. The plan was working! Once he got outside, he would set the building roof on fire, creating a distraction, and—

A swirl of blackish purple smoke exploded into the middle of the hall. Hero gasped. The old men shut up.

Emerging from the oily mass, his ugly staff lit with flickering red light, came the Stargazing Wizard.

“Silence!” he boomed, even though no one was speaking.

Hero tried to make himself as small as possible. The magus always smelled like mold and never made any sense. And he glowered ominously all the time, which gave Hero bad dreams.

“I shall take the boy,” said the Stargazing Wizard. “I will train him well and prepare him for his grand Destiny.”

Hero turned towards the exit. If he ran fast, he might get away while everyone was distracted.

The door burst inward and smacked Greenhood in the face.

Mrakota stalked in, a gleaming saber in one hand. His sable cloak swirled about him and a dark expression clouded his eyes. “No one is taking my son for any damn reason.”

Hero clapped his hands. “Daddy!”

There were more of the Dark Legionaries following—Hero saw them outside—but Greenhood kicked the door shut, locking them out. He whipped out a hunting knife.

Mrakota didn’t even look at the ranger. He simply reversed his saber and stabbed backwards. Greenhood blinked in shock, then looked down at the length of steel in his middle.

“Serves you right,” Hero said.

Mrakota withdrew his blade. Greenhood fell backwards.

Mrakota looked around the room with the perfect measure of contempt and threat.

Hero mimicked his father as best he could. One of these days he would master the Dark Lord look. For now, he stayed put since he didn’t want to get in the way. He didn’t have a weapon. Maybe another wizard to teach him how to create fireballs.

The Stargazing Wizard’s eyes bulged with temper, then he chanted something and flashes of red lightening flared from his staff.

Hero ducked under the table.

So did the collection of Old Mentors. Someone booted Hero out and he tumbled on the floor. He landed on his back and stared up at the magus.

The Stargazing Wizard extended a hand.

Hero gasped scrambled backwards on his heels and elbows. A purple net, glowing and sparkling, tangled his feet and started dragging him forward. It made his legs itch. Magic. Hero tried to kick it aside, but the magic hung on. “Let me go!”

The Stargazing Wizard laughed.

Before anything else happened, a dark cloak swept between Hero and the Stargazing Wizard. Mrakota’s saber flashed down, cutting through the net. The magic popped and hissed, then let Hero go.

Mrakota kept himself between Hero and the magus. “You always did have to waste too much effort on show.”

The Stargazing Wizard let out a frustrated howl, then the fog swirled around him and he vanished.

“I hate it when he does that.” Mrakota reached down and pulled Hero up. “It always leaves such a stench in the room. Not to mention the smoke stains on the floor.” He glanced down at the Old Mentors huddled under the table.

They stared back in embarrassment.

Relief poured over Hero. He scrambled up and flung his arms around Mrakota’s neck. “I knew you’d save me!”

His father hugged him back, then swung him up piggyback style and carried him toward the door. Hero didn’t care that it made him feel like a baby. He looked over back at the dumbstruck Old Mentors.

They gaped at him.

Hero stuck out his tongue and thumbed his nose for good measure.

Then the door slammed shut behind him, and he was outside. The Dark Legionaries crowded around, surrounding Hero and Mrakota in a protective circle. Rangers lurked on the edges of the clearing and wisely stayed there.

Mrakota put Hero down, then knelt to face him. “Are you all right?”

Hero nodded. “Are you all right, Daddy?”

Mrakota smiled lopsidedly. “I am now.”

The Dark Legionaries parted a moment and a woman in a tattered brown robe and bare feet stomped across the lush grass of the clearing that surrounded the Guild House. She planted her hands on her hips and glared at Mrakota.

“How many casualties did you create?”

“Just one.”

Her nostrils flared.

“He got in my way.” Mrakota took Hero’s hand.

The woman huffed and folded her arms. But she didn’t protest.

“Daddy?” Hero asked as he looked back at the hut.

“Yes?”

“Can I set it on fire?”

Mrakota smiled. “Go ahead.”

“What!” Valerian sputtered. “You said—”

“I’m not the one doing it, am I?” Mrakota said.

Hero wasn’t listening anymore. He whooped and dashed back to the building, flicked his stick, and threw it up on the roof. The thatch caught fire, exploding in brilliant flames. The heat knocked Hero on his back and he stared at the inferno in awe.

The Dark Legionaries surrounded him and pulled him away from the conflagration. Hero jumped around in excitement but let them lead him away.

This was why he wanted to be a Dark Lord, just like his father.

Four Years Later

Mrakota feinted at Hero’s side. “Keep your blade up. Up!”

Hero scowled and blocked. He was trying, but there was so much to remember in his lessons, and besides, Mrakota was always better than he was.

He blinked sweat out of his eyes, determined not to mess up. It was the first time Mrakota had let him fence with a real sword. He couldn’t lose or make an idiot out of himself.

They circled in the courtyard. Overhead, the sky was darkening with thunderheads. Hero sulked because rain would stop him lighting the local village shrine on fire like he’d planned.

Mrakota slapped the flat of his saber against Hero’s arm. “You’re making this too easy.”

Hero jumped. He glared harder—he didn’t like sword fighting, he wanted to learn how to cast fireballs. But none of the wizards would teach him that because Mrakota said so. It wasn’t fair.

“I’ve won twice now,” Mrakota said in a bored voice. “Going on three times…”

Furious, Hero parried and lunged forward. He was going to win this time!

He knew he’d overreached and he felt his foot slip. Thunder cracked above and he stumbled forward, leading with his short sword. The blade met resistance, then Hero crashed into Mrakota and they both went sprawling on the ground.

There was something hot and sticky on his hands. He looked down.

His sword was sticking out of Mrakota’s side. Blood was starting to leak onto the courtyard stones.

“Ow,” Mrakota said, staring at the sky. He looked pale.

Hero gasped and sat back, horrified. “I didn’t mean it! Dad, I’m sorry!”

“Get Valerian…”

Hero could only stare.

Already the Dark Legionaries were running to fetch the healer and Darren pressed a cloak around the wound, cursing.

Hero blinked back tears, stunned. He hadn’t meant to stab his father—they were just fencing. Mrakota couldn’t die.

He’d seen people killed, sure, but they were just peasants or rangers and none of them meant anything. This was his father.

Valerian hurried out and shoved Darren away, then knelt by Mrakota’s side.

“Do you like sharp pointed objects in your guts?” she snapped.

Mrakota spoke through gritted teeth. “It… seems so…”

He turned his head towards Hero. For the first time in his life, Hero thought Mrakota looked scared.

Hero jumped up and ran for the lavatories before Mrakota said anything. He couldn’t see straight.

It was an accident. Wasn’t it?

Hero scrubbed the blood off his hands, then kept washing until they hurt. What if next time he did it on purpose, like the prophecy said? What if his Destiny made him do kill Mrakota for real?

Darren said training accidents happened all the time. Hero didn’t think this was a common mistake.

It felt a lot more like someone had shoved him.

Three Years Later

Mrakota caught the spy by the arm and smiled disarmingly at the boy. “I need a word with you. Benson, isn’t it?”

Benson gulped. “Yes, Most Evil Dreaded One.”

Mrakota nodded and steered Benson amiably towards an alcove in the castle hallway, where they had the illusion of privacy.

Benson wasn’t more than fourteen, but he’d joined the kitchen staff last year and had seemed so innocuous, butchering animals with a delight that Mrakota approved of, that the Dark Lord had thought nothing of it.

Until now, when his plans were being thwarted and he was losing profits due to information leaks. He’d narrowed the list—and body count—down to gawky, happy-to-please Benson.

Mrakota hated loose ends. He leaned against the alcove wall, watching the spy. “I’ve been noticing your work, Benson.”

“Um, thank you?”

Mrakota nodded. “I admire your skills in the kitchens, but not so much elsewhere.”

The color drained from Benson’s cheeks. “Um.”

So eloquent.

Mrakota patted his shoulder and drew a knife with his other hand. There was no point in cluttering up the dungeons and he hated the upkeep expenses. “It’s not a question of your loyalty.”

Benson stammered. “It’s not?”

“Not at all.” Mrakota knew the kid was unflinchingly devoted to his cause in the Rebellion. They always were. It was admirable, really. It just wasn’t practical on his end to let it continue. “This is simply a matter of necessity. I can’t take any chances you’ll undermine my rule later on. You understand.”

Mrakota stabbed Benson in the heart and dropped the body. The maids would clean it up later.

#

Hero stared at the corpse. He’d overheard the entire scene and wasn’t sure whether being numb was a proper response for a Dark Lord in training.

He’d liked Benson. They’d set the kitchen on fire once, laughing the entire time.

And now he was dead. Sure, Mrakota was entitled to kill whomever he wanted. That was what Dark Lords did, right?

Hero swallowed and shuffled off in the opposite direction. He and Benson looked a lot alike, they were the same age, and the parallels weren’t lost on him. Benson had been loyal—he wouldn’t double cross Mrakota. Hero had been certain about it. After all, he’d been more than eager to light the entire kitchen on fire. No one did that with Hero and wasn’t trustworthy.

So if Mrakota could kill Benson that easily, why couldn’t he do it to Hero too?

Now Adom’s ghostly babbling about Mrakota trying to murder him was sounding much more plausible.

***

One Year Later

Hero glowered. “I’m old enough to do this on my own.”

Why did Mrakota have to always boss him around, treat him like he was an incompetent two-year-old? Parents never understood. No, it was always do this, don’t do that, stop burning down the local villages, and a hundred other things that always spoiled everything.

Hero folded his arms and gave his father his most belligerent look

Mrakota wasn’t moved. He still had that same I-know-better-because-I’m-your-father expression Hero loathed.

“Just last week you were saying how you never wanted to go on a quest,” Mrakota said. “And now you do?”

Hero scoffed. “I need a damn reason for everything?”

“You damn well do.” Mrakota didn’t relent with his cold stare. “So. Care to tell me why you’re so eager to dash off?”

Hero worked his jaw. “Hell no!”

All Mrakota did anymore was spend time with Valerian. Hero shook his head. Valerian was nice—he didn’t have a grudge against her. Hell, she would understand him, but she wasn’t interested in talking with him. No one tried to see things from his perspective.

Didn’t anyone understand the pressure to be the Chosen One and live up to that?

Adom had been in his head for years now, nagging away. Hero hoped that a quest would give him the perspective, and distance, he needed. He wanted a definitive answer on how much of a choice he really had.

Plus, he kept remembering Benson’s body in the alcove. He’d wake up at night wondering if he’d end up the same way. It made him shiver.

“It’s not like you really care.” Hero kicked at the cobblestones of the courtyard, scuffing his boot. “You just like to control everything.”

Mrakota sneered back at him. “I’m ruler of the largest empire in the known world, what else do you expect?”

Hero glared harder. This wasn’t the first argument they’d had, but it was working towards being the most explosive. He almost brought up Benson, then thought better of it. No sense in encouraging Mrakota to try that same it’s-not-a-question-of-loylaty-I’m-just-killing-you-out-of-necessity shtick on him. “You’re always telling me I have these stupid ‘choices’ but you never really let me do what I want.”

Mrakota’s expression hardened. “A quest is dangerous. I don’t want you to get hurt.”

Hero laughed, scornful. “Right, or maybe it’s because you’re scared that if I do go, I’ll come back and kill you.”

His father spoke through gritted teeth. “This has nothing to do with the damned prophecy.”

“Is that why you didn’t want me to play with weapons when I was younger?”

“You were five years old. Of course I didn’t want you playing with the enchanted battleaxes.”

Hero almost shouted back that the last duel they’d had, several years ago, had nearly gotten Mrakota killed. Now who was the one getting hurt? “That’s just it! It’s always about you, what you want.”

Mrakota shook his head. “Hero, calm down.”

“No, I’m sick of listening to you, and being controlled, and—and everything about this stupid place.” Hero turned and stomped off. “I’m leaving! And you can’t stop me!”

“Come back here!” Mrakota called after him.

Hero didn’t turn around. “Don’t follow me, Dad.”

He blinked hard, surprised to find his eyes were watering. It had to be from the harsh sunlight in the courtyard.

Hero saddled his warhorse—a massive black steed to replace Fluff once he’d outgrown the pony—and swung up. Taking his short sword and his cloak, he kicked Fluff the Second into a gallop and thundered out the gates. Dark Legionaries got out of his way in a hurry.

The wind keened in his face as he rode. He’d made the right choice; he needed to get away from the Lair of Malice and all the laws and “protections” and his father’s overbearing rule.

All he had to do was stay away for a whole year—the prophecy stipulated he’d kill his father on the final hour of his fifteenth birthday. If he wasn’t here before he turned sixteen, maybe he could get out of it all together.

#

Mrakota ground his teeth as he watched Hero storm. Anger made his breath short, but a deep wedge of guilt cut into him, too. Maybe he had been hard on his son the last few years; he’d made sure Hero knew all there was to being a Dark Lord.

He’d needed to see Hero was ready. Had he messed up somewhere? He sighed. It was easier to kill a teenager than raise one.

“Shall we bring him back, my Lord?”

Mrakota turned to find Darren watching him from a safe distance. He wasn’t surprised. Everyone who had been in the courtyard had gone into hiding when the argument had started. When Hero became angry, things—and people—often got set on fire.

Mrakota shook his head. For the first time in his life, he had no idea what to do.

“No, just let him go.”

“He’ll come to his senses, my Lord,” Darren said. “I have a daughter his age, you know. She’s the same way.”

Mrakota smiled wryly, even if he hadn’t calmed down yet. “You may have a point.”

“Indeed, my Lord.”

Mrakota turned back to the Lair of Malice. He was meeting with an emissary from a goblin horde later that afternoon, to discuss the raid route scheduled for the autumn. Just because he was having family problems didn’t mean he could neglect terrorizing the populace.

#

Adom smirked, watching from the bedroom window. As he had always known they would, the Fates were seeing their will done. With the boy off on his quest, it would be too easy to banish the illusions he had about Mrakota anything other than soulless evil.

All his training to become the Chosen One’s mentor wasn’t about to go to waste. Not while he could still manifest. Being trapped in the castle didn’t frustrate him half as much as not having his pipe.

When Hero slept, Adom found he could sneak into the boy’s dreams, even from a distance, and speak to him. He saw Hero’s disillusioned resolve not to fulfill his Destiny wavering.

Adom chuckled. Hero couldn’t withstand flawless logic or the persuasive wisdom and charm Adom possessed. Soon enough, the boy would see the Truth, and he would return when the time came and kill Mrakota.

And when that happened, Adom would finally be free to haunt some other place. A pub sounded delectable.

***

One Year Later

Candlelight flickered on the ebony velvet tapestries draped over the walls. A refurbished crystal ball sat on a pedestal in one corner and played sultry, low-key string music. In the middle of the table, held in a blood-red vase, a single black rose blossomed. There was a delicious array of fresh salad, grilled fish, crispy bread garnished with butter, and silver chalices brimmed with a non-alcoholic grape vintage.

Mrakota found it hard to breathe. He’d had several romantic dinners with Valerian before. They’d been spending a lot of time together, even more since Hero had left. But this night was different. This time, he really would tell her.

Under the table, Mrakota clutched the small ivory box. Come on, you’re a Dark Lord. Just ask.

What if she said no?

He’d fought slavering monsters, laid waste to stretches of countryside, and led campaigns at the head of his Dark Legionaries. He had crushed insurrections and fought off assassins. Battling sorcererous creations, defeating giants, surviving the occasional board meeting—all that hadn’t unnerved him.

Proposing to Valerian scared the hell out of him.

“This is a lovely rose,” the healer said, smiling at him across the table. She wore a pale green dress adorned with rich, mauve accents. It was low cut and tight fitted. Mrakota appreciated the tailor who’d designed it. He appreciated how it showed off Valerian’s figure even more.

“I didn’t know you could develop such delicate violet and scarlet highlights in the petals.”

“I’ve been working at it,” Mrakota said. “I decided to save it for a… special occasion.”

A coy smile turned up her lips. “Oh?”

“Yes.” Mrakota took a sip of the grape juice. It didn’t help his dry mouth.

Just act, damn it.

Mrakota stood, walked over to Valerian’s chair, and went down on one knee. He offered her the ivory box. “Will you be my Dark Lady?”

“You mean marry you?”

“Um, yes.” Mrakota’s heart pounded.

Valerian smiled. “It took you long enough to ask me. Of course I’ll marry you.” She opened the box and examined the plain gold ring. “It’s gorgeous! And not too flashy, just what I like.”

Mrakota grinned. “If you put it in the fire, the words ‘I love you’ show up as ancient runes.”

Valerian laughed in delight. “That’s precious of you, Mrakota.” She slipped the ring onto her finger, then she leaned forward and kissed him.

Before Mrakota could suggest they continue the evening in the more comfortable bedroom adjacent to the chamber, someone pounded on the door.

“A dragon is attacking!”

Mrakota sighed. “Can’t it wait?”

The voice paused, then shouted again. “No, my Lord!”

“Damn it.” Mrakota smiled apologetically at his fiancée. “I hope you can excuse me for a bit?”

“I suppose.” She smirked. “As long as you make it up to me later.”

“Love to.”

#

Mrakota buckled on his spelled breastplate and donned a black cloak.

It annoyed him that he hadn’t heard any sounds of attack yet—not from the dragon or his men. Was this really such an emergency?

Mrakota swept through the halls until he emerged in the courtyard. He stopped short and looked at Darren. “You could have told me.”

“Sorry, my Lord, I didn’t recognize him at first. Not with the beast and all.”

Glowing in the numerous torches around the courtyard and on the battlements, a massive red dragon sprawled on its side. Its curling gold horns glittered with a crust of jewels, and its enormous bat-like wings stretched out nearly the length of the wall. The dragon was snoring.

The young man standing near the dragon’s head held Mrakota’s full attention.

Dressed in travel-worn finery, his dark hair falling in mussed curls to his shoulders, and the star-shaped birthmark gleaming in the torchlight, Hero stood with easy confidence and studied his nails.

Relief rippled through Mrakota. His son was alive, unharmed, and had returned. He waved off his Dark Legionaries, then nodded at Hero. “Welcome home.”

“Yeah.” Hero hooked his thumbs into his belt. “Thanks.”

“So, how did your quest go?”

Hero shrugged. “Fine.”

Mrakota forced a smile. “Good.”

“Yeah.”

They stared at each other in awkward silence. The dragon continued snoring.

Mrakota had so much he wanted to say: how glad he was Hero was back, to assure him he wasn’t angry, ask him about his trip, et cetera. They could feed the swans and piranha and talk.

Mrakota cleared his throat. “Why don’t you come in, have something to eat?”

“Sure. Uh…” Hero glanced at his dragon. “Mind if I leave Fangs here?”

“As long as it doesn’t eat anyone.”

“Nah, he had lunch before we left.”

A rather disquieting thought, considering it was now dinnertime.

“Lieutenant, watch the dragon.”

Darren swallowed. “Yes, my Lord.”

Mrakota nodded towards the front gates of the Lair of Malice. “Coming?”

Hero sauntered across the cobblestones. Mrakota dismissed his guards and led Hero to the small dining room alone. He took a seat at the head of the table, and Hero straddled another chair to his immediate right.

They stared at each other again.

Hero looked away first. “You know what day it is?”

A tendril of nervousness wrapped around Mrakota. “You’re sixteen in a few hours.”

“Yeah. One, to be precise.”

“Happy birthday.”

“Thanks.” His mask of teenage nonchalance weakened, and stark uncertainty flickered across his expression. He turned his head away.

Mrakota leaned back in his chair. “This is the day the prophecy said you are supposed to kill me.”

Hero winced and fiddled with a black crystal fork on the table. “Yeah.”

Mrakota hid the sudden flicker of anxiety in his stomach. He’d deliberately not thought about this day since Hero left. “Well, there’s no rush. Tell me how your quest went.”

Hero shrugged again. “I set off with six companions. A mercenary guard, an elf, a dwarf, this thief we picked up in the eastern regions, some old guy supposed to be my mentor, a babe said to be my True Love—” Hero rolled his eyes “—and I swear, she was a total moron. Well, we were supposed to find the Sword of Peace. Turns out the last owner had turned it into a plowshare, which is why took us a whole damn year to find.”

“What did you do with it then?”

“Left it to the farmer. No point in reforging it again, right? I mean, who wants something called the ‘Sword of Peace’?”

“It wouldn’t fit a Dark Lord.”

“Exactly. So on our way back, we got ambushed by goblins and fled into this network of caves. The old guy got lost; fell down some bottomless pit or something. Not like I care. He was irritating as hell. Then we found the dragon.” Hero’s eyes brightened. “There was a freaking load of treasure, too. But old dragon-breath didn’t feel like sharing. He chomped the babe and that thief like that.” He snapped his fingers.

Mrakota chuckled in appreciation. “What did you do?”

“Stayed the hell out of the way, that’s what. Once Fangs had toasted our guide for trying to snitch some of the gold, he seemed pretty content to talk. So I asked him if he’d mind flying me back here. I said I’d make sure he had a steady diet of peasants. Hope you don’t mind?”

Mrakota shook his head. “There’s usually a surplus anyway.”

“That’s what I thought.” Hero balanced the fork on its prongs and held it there with one finger. “So Fangs flew me here, and, yeah, that’s it.”

“What about your other two companions?”

“Oh, the elf and dwarf are following on foot. They know how to get here. And since I had to leave Fluff the Second outside the mountain, I’m hoping he knows how to get back as well. So. Quest is over, and…” Hero let the fork topple to the tabletop. “I guess I get to finish my Destiny.”

Coldness seeped into Mrakota’s chest. He offered a tight smile. “I suppose.”

Hero took a breath. “Did you ever think about… killing me?”

Mrakota’s eyes narrowed. “Why would I?”

Hero shrugged. “You know, to thwart the prophecy and all.”

“No.” Mrakota leaned forward. Hero didn’t make eye contact. “I’d never hurt you—regardless of what happens.” He paused. “Why do you ask?”

“Oh, this ghost named Adom has been on a mission to convince me you’re evil and will try to kill me. He’s been at it for years.”

Mrakota snorted. “I need to find a way to permanently get rid of that mentoring idiot.”

He didn’t want to pay someone to do an exorcism, but that was looking like his only option.

Hero stood and fingered the hilt of his broadsword. He walked to the door, dropped the cross latch down, and turned back to Mrakota.

Then he drew the blade.

Mrakota’s throat tightened. He’d never wanted to believe Hero would turn on him. He couldn’t bear that.

***

Hero swallowed and walked back to the table. His heart thudded so hard he marveled that his father didn’t hear it. “Aren’t you going to fight me?”

Mrakota tipped his chair back and shook his head. “Your ‘destiny’ is your choice. I’m leaving it up to you.”

“Yeah, but… um… if it can’t be avoided, you could at least fight back.”

“And wound you? I don’t think so.”

Hero’s knees quivered. He kept waiting for Mrakota to lash out — verbally or physically, or both. It unnerved him how calm his father remained. His stomach was already so twisted with dread he was glad he’d not eaten anything. He’d have gotten sick for sure, and that would have been a pathetic way to end this confrontation.

If only he had more time. He’d missed Mrakota. He’d missed the Lair of Malice. Even though his bedroom was haunted, he missed the old comforts of home. Now he didn’t even have a chance to enjoy them.

“Go on, boy, you have no choice.”

Startled, Hero glanced sidelong at Adom’s ghostly shape hovering a few paces away. Hero snapped his attention back to his father. Mrakota didn’t seem to notice the apparition.

“Do it,” Adom persisted. “Before he springs a trap on you and tries to kill you!”

He’d never kill me. Hero bit his lip. Would he? He remembered seeing Mrakota murder the kitchen boy to avoid “future risks”. Hero hadn’t forgotten how easily that could have been him under the Dark Lord’s knife rather than Benson.

“Of course he would,” Adom said. “This is all a ruse. He’s going to pull a lever under his chair and send you falling into a pit of firedrakes!”

We have firedrakes under the dining room?

Adom stamped a foot in the air. “Just kill him, boy.”

At last Hero met Mrakota’s dark gaze, and they stared at each other, unblinking. The blue star on his forehead itched with sweat.

Mrakota spoke, his voice steady. “So choose.”

Hero didn’t want to hurt Mrakota, but he wasn’t sure he had a choice.

“Why else would you be here?“Adom said, his tone urgent. “If you had a choice, would you have returned just in time to fulfill your Destiny?”

Hero had no answer for that. The timing, the way events had played out to bring him home just before his sixteenth birthday…

“Kill me,” Mrakota said, “or sheathe your sword and let’s have dinner.”

Hero’s jaw worked. Didn’t Mrakota hate him?

It would have been easier if Mrakota was angry. Then he wouldn’t feel so guilty about this.

“You know,” Hero said, “during the quest, everyone kept telling me how this would play out. You’d be set on stopping me, raving and threatening, and it’d be a long, drawn-out, bloody fight. That you’d fight dirty and use treachery and all that.”

Mrakota smiled wryly. “I live to disappoint.”

Hero couldn’t bring himself to smile in return. “But I guess they were all wrong.”

“Looks like it.” He titled his head. “Is there a draft in here?”

“I don’t feel anything.” Hero didn’t look at Adom.

“Strange.”

Hero’s breath came harsh and rapid.

His whole life had been leading up to this moment.

“Do it!” Adom shouted. “You’re a failure otherwise. Do you want people to think you are weak, cowardly worm, boy?”

I’m not a coward.

“Prove it, then. Destroy the spawn of darkness!”

None of them had every considered how hard it would be for him. This wasn’t some faceless evil hiding in the shadows. It was just his dad.

Over the course of his journey, he’d fought brigands and monsters and fiends. He’d battled useless hirelings of over-ambitious fief lords, driven off would-be thieves, and crossed swords with hired mercenaries. Being the Chosen One had its perks — he’d won all those conflicts. Intensive training from the Dark Legionaries over the years had helped, too.

But he’d never murdered anyone. Hero couldn’t look his father in the eyes any longer. He didn’t want Mrakota to see the tears in his own.

His hands trembled when he lifted his blade and pointed it at Mrakota’s unprotected neck.

Mrakota’s knuckles whitened on the arms of his chair. But still he didn’t try to defend himself.

“Good, now run him through. It’s easy — do it, boy.”

Hero readied his arm to strike.

Mrakota braced himself.

What would happen if he didn’t kill Mrakota? Would Fate intervene and force him to act? All his so-called faithful companions claimed they were loyal to him until death. He saw through it. None of them gave a damn. As long as he did what they wanted, they mouthed the right words and mimed the right actions. It was never sincere.

But Mrakota had always cared, and even if he never said it, Hero knew his father loved him.

Hero couldn’t find his voice, his vision blurring. How could he go through with this? The point of the sword quivered and touched Mrakota’s throat, drawing a drop of blood. Did being the Chosen One — of what and for what purpose, no one had even been able to tell him — mean he had to become a monster?

No.

“No?” Adom shrieked. “Why not?”

Hero lowered his arm. He was sick of not knowing. If Fate was inexorable, it could damn well possess him and make him finish it.

He had made his choice.

“I can’t do it.” Hero wiped a hand across his eyes. “Screw fate. I’m not going to kill you, Dad.”

Mrakota swallowed and dabbed his neck with a napkin. “Ah, thanks.”

Adom wailed and then disappeared out in a translucent puff of mist.

“In fact,” Hero said, “this whole Chosen One business sucks. You never get to burn down the occasional village for the hell of it.”

“True.”

“I’d much rather be a Dark Lord.” Hero smiled, hopeful, desperate to have Mrakota forgive him for how close he’d come to making the wrong decision. “When you retire, of course.”

Mrakota stood and clapped Hero on the shoulder. “Of course.”

Relief washed through Hero. He rubbed his nose. At least Mrakota didn’t hug him. That would have been embarrassing.

“Although I doubt your companions will be as pleased,” Mrakota said.

Hero laughed, remembering the horrified look on Adom’s face. “Hey, I can always feed them to Fangs. He’s not a picky eater.” He’d never liked the elf or dwarf anyway. He didn’t even remember their names.

Hero wiped his forehead, hand shaking. “What’s for dinner, anyway?”

Mrakota rubbed the back of his neck. It took a moment for him to reply. “Was thinking of drake stakes, just the way you like them.”

Hero grinned. “Flame broiled. By the way, do we have drakes under the floor?”

Mrakota looked blank. “Why the hell would I have fire-breathing lizards under the dining room?”

“Oh, I don’t know.” Hero shrugged. “It might be cool.”

Mrakota’s lips twitched.

A thunderclap shook the room, startling them. Mrakota stiffened and Hero’s eyes bulged. He recognized that entrance all too well.

“No!” boomed the Stargazing Wizard. The smell of smoke filled the room and tendrils of dark purple mist swirled around the table legs. “You must fulfill the prophecy, boy!”

“I’m getting sick of hearing that,” Hero said.

“So am I.” Mrakota spun around to confront the Stargazing Wizard.

Swathed in violet smoke, eyes glinting with magic, and his demonic staff leveled before him, the Stargazing Wizard looked pissed off. “This was not meant to be!”

“Shut up already,” Mrakota said. “No amount of whining will change things.”

“You don’t understand, Most Evil and Despicable One.” Spittle flecked the wizard’s beard. “The second prophecy declares that I shall reign when you are dead!”

So that’s why he was so desperate for me to fulfill my prophecy, Hero thought. What a jerk.

Mrakota gestured at Hero to retreat to a safe distance. “Let me handle this.”

Hero backed towards the door. “Yeah, good idea.”

Mrakota could handle the ex-regent. Hero remembered too well the purple net of magic that had snared him the last time he’d seen the Stargazing Wizard.

Hero didn’t recall any prophecy about the Stargazing Wizard, but then, he’d never made a point to look into them. He’d only paid attention to the verses concerning him.

“You will die.” Red lightning crackled on the end of the Stargazing Wizard’s staff and around his head. “I will rule!”

Hero’s jaw clenched. He was never hiring any wizard advisors.

Mrakota took an imperious step towards the magus. “No you won’t.”

“It is my Destiny!”

“I don’t think so.”

“It is.”

“Is not.”

“Is!”

Hero tried not to snicker.

Mrakota scoffed and took a step sideways.

Multiple functioning weapons decorated the walls. Mrakota had once told him, “You never know when you’ll need a spear, flail, saber, mace, or any other standard or exotic weapon.” Hero was glad his father always thought ahead.

Mrakota bounded toward the nearest wall and the Stargazing Wizard roared in fury.

Magic spat from the staff head. It struck the floor where Mrakota had stood. The Stargazing Wizard readied another blast.

Hero sprinted to the table, grabbed a candelabrum, and hurled it at the magus. It bounced off the Stargazing Wizard’s staff. The second bout of red lightning missed Mrakota by a blade’s width.

The heat singed the hem of Mrakota’s cloak and the smell of burnt fabric added to the unpleasant stench of smoke.

“Stop running, my former Liege of Darkness. It is useless.”

Mrakota lunged at the wall, grabbed the hilt of a saber, and then rolled to safety. He jumped up. With a practiced flick of his hand, he unclasped his cloak and tossed it aside.

Hero’s heart pounded in his throat. He didn’t want to get close enough to the magus and get zapped, but he had a sick feeling the Stargazing Wizard might be better than Mrakota this time.

Chips of stone exploded around Mrakota as a third blast hit the wall. A steel lance melted into a molten stain on the granite. The rest of the weapons in a fair radius were blackened.

Hero took a step back, keeping the table between him and the magus. He had to think. Mrakota needed help, a distraction, something. Hero didn’t have time to summon the Dark Legionnaires. What could he do?

The table was empty of candelabra, so he scooped up a handful of crystal silverware and hurled them at the Stargazing Wizard.

With contemptuous ease, the magus flicked his staff around and a violet barrier appeared, scattering the utensils. The Stargazing Wizard muttered an arcane word and Hero’s legs jerked out from under him. He landed on his back, the wind knocked out of him.

It gave Mrakota the opening he needed. Hero struggled up in time to see Mrakota grab a dagger from the wall and hurl it at the wizard. The magus spun and erected his shield again. The dagger ricocheted. A gout of red lightning seared at Mrakota in return. The Dark Lord dodged with a curse.

Hero used the edge of the table to pull himself up. He kept hold of his sword. It was a simple, mundane weapon. After seeing how the elf’s Bow of Might had misfired, bounced an arrow off several rocks and shot the elf in the ass, Hero had foresworn all magic weapons. Ordinary steel was good enough for him.

Mrakota spun to face the wizard, who glowered back, looking petulant that his attacks hadn’t left Mrakota as a smudge on the stone floor.

Mrakota flicked a bit of soot off his shoulder. “You need to work on your aim.”

“I will not need to, you fool. You cannot escape your fate — you will die.”

“No chance, moron.” Hero straightened, but still kept the table between them. “Wouldn’t you know it, the clock just ticked the hour.” The gong atop the astrology tower sounded, proving him right. He smirked but he didn’t like the way the magus was looking at him. “I’m sixteen — birthday is over.”

The Stargazing Wizard’s eyes bugged. “No! This cannot be happening.”

“It just did.”

Power swelled in the end of his staff, building into a torrential surge. “Then you will die as well!”

Hero’s mouth went dry. Oh hell, I shouldn’t have pissed him off.

Mrakota stalked towards the Stargazing Wizard.

Hero kept his sword at the ready. He wasn’t going to get blasted cowering. His legs shook but he held his ground. A Dark Lord didn’t break down and start begging at the first sign of defeat. Well, not a true Dark Lord.

“You think you can defeat me, boy?”

Hero’s temper flared. That was it. No one was calling him “boy” and living to tell about it.

“Actually, hell yeah I think I can.” He stomped around the table and headed straight for the Stargazing Wizard.

The ex-advisor looked startled, but the power in his staff kept growing.

Mrakota was almost within striking distance. Hero smiled. Together, father and son would take down this annoying fanatic.

The Stargazing Wizard whirled with a cackle and let loose his magic straight at Mrakota. Hero opened his mouth to shout a warning. Too late. Mrakota tried to dodge. But the magic was faster. It slammed into his chest, throwing him across the room.

Mrakota hit the wall and slumped to the floor. He didn’t get up.

Hero screamed. “No!”

Boiling temper flooded through him, giving him more strength than he’d ever felt. He charged the wizard. With all his might, he swung his blade at the wizard’s head.

The Stargazing Wizard blocked the stroke with his staff. Hero attacked again, so enraged he couldn’t see straight. This wasn’t fair. He’d chosen — he’d chosen — to keep his father alive! The Stargazing Wizard had no right to kill Mrakota.

Hero swung again, battering at the staff.

This was for his father.

***

Mrakota couldn’t breathe. The breastplate smoked and it was far too hot in the room. Stars danced in front of his eyes. His ears rang and his limbs refused to respond to his commands. Damn it, this was not a time to deal with rebellion.

Over the war drums pounding in his head, Mrakota heard Hero’s scream of rage and denial. The Stargazing Wizard laughed. The sound of steel hitting wood resounded with an unnatural crash.

Mrakota blinked, took a deep, shuddering breath, and with tremendous effort pushed himself away from the wall.

His fingers stiff and every muscle and joint protesting against the slightest movement, Mrakota pried at the buckles and at last detached the ruined breastplate. At least the spelled metal had warded off the worst of the magic. It clattered to the floor. Neither Hero nor the Stargazing Wizard noticed.

The two combatants moved in a furious duel, sword against staff. Hero was inexorably gaining the upper hand. His teeth showed in a snarl and he battered away at the Stargazing Wizard’s staff. The lack of a magic sword prevented the blade from slicing through the wooden stick.

Step by step, the Stargazing Wizard backed towards where Mrakota lay. Though he was pressed to defend himself, the magus didn’t appear desperate. Did he have some final surprise up his robe sleeve?

Mrakota gritted his teeth against the pain and got to his knees. He pulled a new saber from the wall and held it ready. His shirt was ruined, and there were smoke burns on his clean-shaven jaw. The wizard would pay for that.

Then the Stargazing Wizard barked words in an unfamiliar language and Hero froze in mid-swing. Purple light encased his arms and hands.

Mrakota stared, horrified, as Hero stood and began to turn his sword towards his own chest.

“What are you doing?” Hero gasped. “Let me go!”

“You cannot break the binding spell, boy.” The Stargazing Wizard laughed again. “The prophecy has been fulfilled. Even though you refused to obey, you have still been responsible for your father’s death.”

Mrakota plunged the sword into the Stargazing Wizard’s back. “Shut. The. Hell. Up.”

The magic snapped and Hero dropped his sword.

Hero stumbled back, wide-eyed. “Dad! You’re alive.”

“Yeah.”

“Not… possible… ” The Stargazing Wizard feebly tried to push the saber out of his chest. Blood added a nice pattern to the front of his robe.

“I live to disappoint.” Mrakota jerked his blade out and the Stargazing Wizard crumpled to the ground. His body disintegrated into a pile of violet ash and his staff withered into a crooked twig. Mrakota smiled in satisfaction.

The doors slammed against the walls, busted open with a battering ram. Darren burst in with a squad of Dark Legionnaires. Valerian followed close behind.

Damn, now he had to replace the door.

Mrakota waved them aside. “Everything’s under control.”

Valerian sighed and smiled. Mrakota returned the smile in relief and Darren sent one of his men to fetch the servants to clean up the mess.

Hero kicked the Stargazing Wizard’s remains away and threw his arms around Mrakota. “Thanks, Dad.”

Mrakota hugged him tight. “Any time, Hero.”

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on June 30, 2014. This item is listed in Novellas, Serial Novellas

Bring Back Your Dead

by Eric Del Carlo

Eric Del Carlo’s short s-f, fantasy and horror have appeared in Futurismic, Necrotic Tissue, Talebones and many other publications over the years. His work was recently accepted at Strange Horizons. He is the coauthor, with Robert Asprin, of the Wartorn fantasy novels published by Ace Books.

Bring Back Your Dead was originally published by Silver Blade Magazine in August 2010.

 

This land of Ghremoin is sickened by magic, so declaimed Srahund of the Black Desert silently in his jail cell. His was not a dank subterranean hole, with pale fungus sliming the walls and cockroaches running amok. He had served brief sentences in such dungeons, for the petty crimes of his young adulthood. His present accommodations, however, were of a wholly different order. This cell was aired, roomy enough for nearly eight extensive strides along its length; he had charcoal and walls to draw on; the water was clean and the food tolerable. Perhaps most lavishly, he had a sweeping view through the barred window of the city of Lakya-ris, Ghremoin’s capital.

Such were the rewards for committing a notorious murder in so grandiose a metropolis, it seemed.

Srahund had spent the past three years occupying this cell, high atop Bone Hill. He had devised a clever assortment of ways to pass the time–exercise, meditation, the numerous and labyrinthine games of logic and mathematics he played out on his walls with his stick of charcoal, completing one puzzle, wiping the slate, starting another. He hadn’t atrophied and hadn’t lost his mind. But these three years could only be called a beginning. At his trial, a more elaborate affair than any he’d been subjected to before, his prosecutor had argued passionately but cunningly for an interminable sentence, since capital punishment was already falling out of favor. Srahund remembered the plump man, his thin hair, his precise manner. For some long while the image of this prosecutor, whether dreamed or summoned to his mind while conscious, threw Srahund into a rage. What a hateful toad of a man! But, no; eventually he’d come to regard him as a person performing a learned and complicated job. Surely Srahund meant nothing to him. It was Srahund’s crime–that infamous murder–that aroused such passion in the man.

It was with these first three years behind him that Srahund realized he would be broken by this jail sentence. His upbringing in the uncharitable Black Desert and subsequent seasoning as a petty criminal–and, later, a most professional one–notwithstanding, he had to finally acknowledge that he didn’t possess the inexhaustible will necessary to retain his humanity in this cell for the rest of his life. His mind would inevitably shatter. He would become a groveling, mewling, limp thing. He would live inside a waking nightmare. None of his imaginative distractions would stave off his fate indefinitely.

This realization, solidifying over the course of many weeks, terrified him.

So it was that on a day when he’d listlessly foregone his morning exercises, barely touched his first meal, left his charcoal untouched, and stood at his window with arms dangling through the stout iron bars and gaze roving the busy freedom of Lakya-ris spreading ever outward from the foot of foreboding Bone Hill–so on that day came his visitor in the dark green robe of a magicmaker.

The jailors knew Srahund’s sentiments about magic, and two accompanied the visitor into his cell. They warned him sternly, reminding him how much worse his stay here could be. Srahund’s blood was seething in his veins at the sight of the green-robed man, but he calmly reassured his keepers that he would behave appropriately. In the time after he’d left the Black Desert and before his early days of minor crime, he had been schooled; he retained that breeding, as well as his practiced intellect. It was a shame, truly, that his advantages hadn’t saved him from a disreputable life. But what else could he have done, considering the circumstances in which he had found himself? Nothing. He’d had no real options. So he often told himself.

“Shall we sit?” said his visitor in a tone both amiable and businesslike.

He had already taken the stool, another relative luxury for a jail cell. Srahund, every other impulse carefully checked, stepped away from his window and squatted on the floor.

“My name is Isquita. I see the Black Desert in your eyes.”

“That’s where it usually shows,” Srahund said, not a rude reply; natives of the Black Desert, at Ghremoin’s easternmost fringe, had eyes of a narrow–some said sinister–cast.

“Do you know how long you’ve been in here?” Isquita had fair hair, thick, flopping this way and that. His build was slim but healthy, evident even swathed in the dark green robe.

“I know,” said Srahund, whose body was much broader, hair an inky shade. The shock of having a magicmaker in his cell had burned off the awful lethargy he’d woken to. That listlessness, he feared, was the harbinger of worse apathies to come, the start of his true decline. He felt a conflicted gratitude toward his visitor, a man who obviously engaged in the repulsive practice of magic.

“You know, do you? Good. Your faculties are still functioning, then. Three years can be longer for other people.” Isquita’s hands were folded casually in his lap.

Srahund couldn’t fathom what the man was doing here. His sentence had been quite final. The prosecutor and judges had been in delighted agreement, even after a more than cursory defense was mounted by his advocate. Had this Isquita come to gloat or to belatedly castigate him for Festhrahal’s murder? That seemed farfetched.

“Your views on magic are known,” Isquita said, continuing the curious interview. “They came out at your trial. You—”

“I was asked questions, and I answered.” Srahund was squatting almost within reach of the robed man on the stool. But, no; he’d promised his jailors, who were quite correct about how much harsher his days in here could be.

“Yes. You answered the prosecutor’s questions. One of your answers gained a bit of notoriety, I wonder if you knew. People debated it on the streets, in the taverns. Government officials used it as a tool, turning it to whatever purpose they saw fit.” Some spark of emotion showed through Isquita’s affably bland demeanor. “Your words were these: Ghremoin is sickened by magic.”

Srahund remembered uttering the phrase in the gleaming brass and oiled wood confines of the court. There had been a dark splendor to the place, the air heavy with the grave mechanisms of justice. He had murdered Festhrahal, an important magicmaker, a personage among the race of practitioners from Ghremoin’s far westward marches.

“I think you might have earned a different sentence,” said Isquita, “if that statement hadn’t captured everyone so.”

He really had merely answered a question when he’d said it, Srahund reflected. “If it hadn’t–what? I’d be free? Hanged? I didn’t take Festhrahal’s life because he was a magicmaker. If you know of my trial, you know that. What are you getting at?” Impatience surged in him, which was somewhat ridiculous. If this man hadn’t visited, he’d still be doing nothing of more importance than staring lethargically out the window.

“You took the lives of three people. A woman and two men.”

“Three people. Yes.” Srahund snapped his reply now. He had been apprehended for Festhrahal’s killing, but the other two murders had been found out only after his arrest.

“Do you think your sentence just?”

“Just what?” A sarcastic snarl.

“You retain humor as well. That is excellent.”

He was here to gloat, then, Srahund decided in a growing fury, unsure how much longer he could stay squatted on the floor like this.

“Your opinion of magic,” Isquita went on, still perfectly composed, “did you come by it in the course of your life, or is it a bigotry learned in childhood? Those of the Black Desert aren’t known for their sophisticated views.”

“You reveal your own prejudice.” One of his hands was bunching into a white-knuckled fist.

“True. Again, excellent. What I need to know, Srahund of the Black Desert, is if you will participate in an exercise of magic. If you succeed in this undertaking, there will no longer be any need to incarcerate you. Can you overcome your aversion so to taste freedom again?”

***

Through thick iron bars in the night, he looked down upon Lakya-ris’ red and green and yellow roofs, its epic columns, the verdant gardens and corkscrewing streets. A prosperous city, brightened here and there with magiclight.

Magic is evolutionary, Isquita had said. It is a discipline, very ancient, and it is tirelessly studied. Always new ways are sought, techniques refined. What would have seemed utterly modern forty years ago, in the home territory of my people, now appears nothing more than trickery, a carnival stunt, a muttering of arcana to no tangible end. What I have proposed to you, Srahund of the Black Desert, is the newest mode, the current innovative peak of the art, developed during these past three years of your imprisonment.

Lakya-ris looked far grander than he remembered it, when he’d first arrived on those dizzying winding streets. Of course, he was gazing down from high atop Bone Hill, with the capital laid out below like some artistic display. He had heard whispers that the economy had improved dramatically, that the new popular government was providing services never before available to the citizenry. But Srahund wasn’t down there, with the scent of the streets in his nostrils, gauging the general affluence by the coins in his own pocket. No, he was far above it all.

Isquita wasn’t the only person to ever speak to him of magic. Growing up in the admittedly harsh Black Desert, Srahund’s father had weighed in on the subject.

Magic is a cheat, not just a trick. Understand that distinction. We are people, and this is the world we live in, and everything we could ever require or conceive of is available to us. Mind you, some things need to be enhanced. A stone is just a stone. Take it, split it, attach it to a sturdy branch, and you’ve an axe. But that’s the physical and natural process of invention. We have sciences for growing food, for making metal and books, and those things get improved generation to generation. But no one should be able to chant some imbecilic sounds, wave hands and have a miracle occur. Nothing is accomplished that way. It’s a cheat, a sickening cheat.

Srahund, alone at his window through the long night, his second meal untouched on the floor by his cell’s door, came to his decision as predawn blanched the sky and the bursts of magiclight indicating the casting of spells across the sprawl of the city faded into the coming day. He wasn’t pleased with what he had decided, but, then, neither decision available to him would have cheered him.

* * *

Being taken from his cell for the first time in three years didn’t provide the breathless heart-pounding thrill it should have, owing to the dark thoughts weighing in Srahund’s head. Before leaving, he had erased all the charcoal marks from his walls and tidied the pallet on which he slept. He was escorted by his jailors, counting off ten full uninterrupted strides, then twenty, then simply losing track and following the corridor to another room, this one an office, appropriately decorated. All its bric-a-brac seemed hopelessly luxurious and frivolous to him. Isquita was present, as were several grave-faced prison officials. Another magicmaker stepped out of the room’s soft shadows as Srahund was told to sit. The chair was upholstered, with arms and a back. He sank into it, felt wonderfully consumed by it.

But the tense atmosphere in the office wouldn’t allow him to relax; neither would the distaste and trepidation he felt.

“I have explained the process fully,” Isquita said, sharing in the tension, a hand fidgeting with his floppy hair.

The officials who administered this jail atop Bone Hill murmured acknowledgments.

The second magicmaker approached Srahund. She was aging, her tight skin the color of paper. Nonetheless, she had vitality in her face. Her dark green robe was trimmed with gold. She peered at Srahund in his chair. His hands tightened on the arms, and he nearly told her and everyone present to call this off, he reneged on his agreement, he would serve his sentence and have nothing to do with this magical abomination. But he didn’t speak.

The woman began the flamboyant gesticulations. Srahund shut his eyes but heard the incantations start as well. The sounds were gruesome tongue-tangles. Repugnance welled up within him.

I am sickened by magic, he tried to say aloud but couldn’t. The spell of vast power and complexity was already underway, and the room was being bathed in coruscating magiclight.

***

Sky. An unbelievably huge sky, unobstructed, loose, roofing all of reality as far as he could see in any direction. Its immensity was staggering, to say nothing of the crispness and clarity of its colors, its composition. Blue sky, daubed with plumes of pearly cloud. In school he had studied, among many other subjects, art; this sky above him now satisfied art’s requirements with its beauty, its balance.

It had been a long time since Srahund had stood outdoors.

He was doing so at this very moment, when only an instant or so ago he had been ensconced in a padded chair inside the jail crowning Bone Hill in the city of Lakya-ris. All those details of location were meaningless now, gone. He was elsewhere. He was outside. He was far from the capital. He was, in fact, elsewhen.

Or was he? Natural incredulity overtook him. He lowered his narrowish Black Desert eyes, shading them with a hand. This was indeed away from the sturdy walls of his prison. This landscape lay open all around him. It looked as tasteful as the sky.

The ground was a soft sandy shade. It rolled pleasantly, making mild slopes. Trees lined the ridges, slim and looming, alight with luminous yellow needles. Tiny snap-birds flitted individually and collectively from one tree to another. Their chirps were extremely high-pitched, almost beyond hearing, but the music was cheerful. A warm breeze washed the scenery, the scent it carried alive and moist—

Of course. The Blue Waters. He was standing at the foot of the green marble stairway. It led a long way up the gentle rise.

But these stairs should be gone, replaced with black slabs of some stone Srahund hadn’t recognized on the one journey he had made back to this place in his adulthood. He looked around more, seeing other changes. Or, rather, things unchanged, for this was the setting as he’d known it in his schooling days. His father had doggedly assembled the proper funds, saving every coin he could from his business’ profits, and had sent his precocious child out of the Black Desert, so to attend the Institute at Miinrolah. This place of the Blue Waters was a half hour’s walking from the campus.

And if these green marble stairs were here…

He lowered the hand shading his eyes. He looked at it, at both hands, spreading and flexing the fingers. They were strong, with more than a hint of callus, for like any Black Desert boy he had labored, but these hands weren’t so rugged as they would become. These hands hadn’t committed the deeds that would ultimately put him into jail. These were younger hands.

In a gasping rush Srahund touched his face, his limbs, his torso. His features felt smooth. His arms, though well-toned, were shockingly absent of most of his adult muscle. He started to search frantically for scars that weren’t there, wounds picked up on dubious escapades he hadn’t yet engaged in.

Before he could encroach on hysteria, he caught himself, forced his emotions to settle. Isquita, after Srahund had asked to see the magicmaker again, had explained the procedure and its effects in meticulous detail. Srahund had remained skeptical, but recognized this as a reflexive cynicism. Whatever else he thought about magic, he acknowledged that it was real.

Still, this was utterly fantastic! He was his seventeen-year-old self again, after fifteen months of joyous learning at the Institute. And all around him lay Miinrolah’s outskirts as they had been. He could turn southwestward from this spot right now and march to the campus, to see it as he’d experienced it as a youth, with the krakka bushes manicured into sculpture at the center of the main quad, with the venerable Temple still standing, though just barely. That Temple was the oldest structure, the founding block of the Institute, so to speak, where Ghremoinian priests had once hoarded their books of knowledge—

All that was gone in the present day. On his foolish revisit to the Institute as an adult, he’d learned the krakka bushes had died of a virulent strain of rot; the Temple, grown too unstable, had been razed; nothing but a plaque was there now. Srahund had only come to Miinrolah to transact some illicit business anyway, far different from the upstanding trade his father had worked in all his life.

A vertigo tried to seize him, but he fought this off too. Isquita had warned him, had cushioned him for all this. He wasn’t here on a jaunt. He had a mission, a critical purpose. The notion of freedom was very appealing. To leave behind Bone Hill forever, for that he would do just about anything.

He took several experimental steps with his young body. It was an achingly familiar form to him, so fresh with offhand vigor, with instantaneous excitements. He could even feel the whirl of emotions within himself, their intensity almost giddy, but he had control, the adult Srahund.

Somewhere in an office the shell of him sat in a chair, he knew. Isquita had been very clear about this aspect of the process. In a sense, his captors held him hostage. He could not just escape into this vividly real past. He had to accomplish his objective.

Toward that end he set a softly booted foot to the bottom step of green marble. He was dressed in a student’s semi-ornate raiment, with jewelry tinkling on his forearms. At his wide leather belt was a dagger carved from the vertebra of a primeval lichiwundu beast; harvesting these ancient fossilized remains for their mineral and aesthetic value was a prime occupation among the rugged inhabitants of the Black Desert. Srahund’s father had given him the knife as a fond farewell gift. It had an acoustical quality; tapped against a hard surface it chimed a single sweet clear note. What hopes for a finer life Srahund’s father had had for his son.

Feeling his unlined and barely shaven face settle into a deliberate cast, he started his way up the decorative stairway set into the delicate and artistic surroundings. The giddy sentiments leaping inside him with youthful energy weren’t all happy ones. Far from it. In his breast at this moment he felt the sting of real hurt. It was an awful piercing feeling, now that he was aware of it. It was composed of jealousy, betrayal, dismay and a childish stubbornness that was awesome in its magnitude. Had Srahund truly had feelings like these? They were so unwieldy, so exaggerated. How had he ever concentrated on his studies with this whirlwind within him?

But it hadn’t always been like this, he knew. Today was a special day. Besides, these weren’t his emotions anymore; he was unwittingly borrowing them, being subjected to their unpleasant zest. It was an effect of his displacement to this time and place.

He climbed with more determined strides. The wide green steps, showing their wear a century after their installation, were littered here and there with blossoms that visitors often brought with them. Had Cheunth left one of these white or ruby or coral blooms on the stairs as she’d gone ahead to the place of the Blue Waters? Srahund, the boy-man of seventeen, had asked her here at this hour, then had arrived after her.

The flower-strewn stairs led up through a break in the trees. Yellow needles glowed on either side as Srahund paused on the ridge. He gazed down on the site, ringed with alabaster, where the world’s deep heated waters came up. At this hour, on this traditionally busy day of the week, no one was visiting. He himself should be engrossed in his lessons this very minute; Cheunth too. But here she was, strolling before the Blue Waters, which filled and emptied from a crescent pool. At the moment the water was absent, but curls of steam were visible at the craggy maw from which the routine eruptions came.

His heart caught in his chest. His young lungs sucked air, but it was the adult embodying this spry form that felt the true shock. It was her. This was the last day on which he’d seen her. Since then, he’d lived nearly another seventeen years, while she had not.

He felt the yearning, the harsh and unremitting longing; he felt too the jealousy, the paranoia, and these feelings disgusted him. Where was the love? Where was the searing heat of passion he’d remembered all these years? It was present, yes; he felt it. But it was so distorted now, so blemished by these less worthy, though frighteningly potent, emotions.

She turned, her gaze rising from the dry crescent pool. She saw him. She went still.

It prompted him into motion. Had he hesitated like this before, here on this ridge, or had he stridden down into the shallow valley of the Blue Waters without a pause to study her? He didn’t know. This was that same occasion. But this was also a new event. So Isquita had explained.

Srahund descended the shorter flight of steps, down into the half-bowl of alabaster rock. More flower petals had been scattered here.

He approached Cheunth, consciously not racing toward her. She wore a filmy gown over a dark red suit. Her hair hung to her delicate jawline, an auburn which quietly sparkled in the sun. Her eyes were long-lashed, her lips slender. Her nose flared when she was distressed. Her body was supple, with high small breasts. Her earlobes were painted a becoming shade of orange. She was young and exquisite, and he loved her with every particle of himself.

“Thank you for meeting me,” he said, then blinked at the inanity of his statement. Here was Cheunth! The female who had imprinted herself on his soul. Take her in your arms, you fool!

No. No. He hadn’t come here for that.

Her well-molded face stayed neutral. “I’m here as a courtesy.”

“And I appreciate that.” He spoke this sincerely. But hadn’t he said these same words–sarcastically, caustically–on the original occasion?

She folded her arms, glancing away, her eyes a winsome brown. She was waiting.

It was time to question her about Dorbalo, to start the interrogation, the trial. Here was when he raised his voice; here was when the terrible fury started to truly coalesce, when plans that were mere vague impulses began to gain discernable shape. Dorbalo was a waif of a boy, in Srahund’s view, a gaunt weak lad overly attached to sentimentality. He played a reed instrument that no one at the Institute had ever seen before, something of myriad joints and unexpected pipings, an implement of his home. That home was far to the west.

Dorbalo had another talent, one even more dazzling, it seemed. It too belonged to his home and his people. Srahund had seen it demonstrated once, as social groups gathered in the evening on the quad beneath the sculpted krakka bushes. Cheunth had been with Srahund then, her head snugly in his lap amidst the general warm chatter, until the flash of peculiar light had come. She’d sat up sharply. Cheunth, who’d been Srahund’s lover for several glorious months, had gazed rapt at what scrawny Dorbalo had wrought.

It had taken another month, a very painful month, before their romance had ended. In the past week Srahund had wept and cursed and slept hardly an hour at a time, and had tried desperately to keep Cheunth from breaking off with him, even though it was obvious she wanted to, and finally, when she’d formally done so, he had turned to inventing ways to win her back. And nothing he did mattered; nothing could unite him again with this, his first, most cherished lover.

“Dorbalo is a Westerner,” Srahund said.

Cheunth closed her eyes, and softly and sadly shook her head.

He had said these same words too; but again he’d refined his tone, taking the accusatory sting out of them. He tried to infuse this younger version of himself with what blunt adult wisdom he had. “He’s a magicmaker, Cheunth. They’re coming out of the westward reaches now, for the first time. They are starting to travel Ghremoin. They’re mixing with the rest of its citizens.”

“Srahund—”

“No! It’s an inevitable thing, Cheunth. It can’t be resisted.” He was speaking from his future vantage, of course. The people of Ghremoin’s West, traditionally isolated in their heavily forested territory, had by some general accord initiated a program of relocation, of resettlement. Some stayed in the West, naturally. But now those people permitted themselves the same privilege as all other peoples of Ghremoin, the luxury of traveling this land wherever they fancied. Dorbalo had been the first to successfully enrol at the Institute.

“Srahund”–she had opened her eyes; they appeared weary–“why must you obsess? Dorbalo is a being just like yourself, just like me. You want to believe he’s…I don’t know…some evil trickster. You—”

He shook his head. No, he was being big-hearted; he was forgiving her, applying his adult years to this adolescent farce. Why couldn’t she see that? He still yearned for her. She caused his body to throb with need and pain.

Srahund’s hand was twitching at his side. He brushed the dagger at his belt repeatedly. It wasn’t unusual that he carried it, as a reminder of his father.

“Why have you asked me here?” Cheunth’s voice choked, and her nose flared. She was upset; she was tired of his infantile games. “Do you want to talk about Dorbalo? Why? What good will come of that for you?”

It was at this point, he realized with a dull cold shock, that he had asked her if she’d told anyone about this meeting of theirs. Near to tears, she had said no, no, not even Dorbalo, twisting the name with frustration, hurling it at him, summoning for him torrid awful images of the two of them together. She had drawn breath to say something else, but he had lifted the carved bone knife from his belt and rammed it to the hilt beneath her left breast. Jewelry jingled on his forearm. He had let her fall and then stood over her. Her eyes did not meet his, and a moment later they stared, immobile, at the sky. His mind had ticked steadily at this point. He remembered feeling very little. He had extracted the blade from her body, wiping it on her filmy gown and returning it to his belt. The steam curling from the geyser’s mouth had increased, and a minute after that the Blue Waters erupted. He watched them, the bright jets rising high, higher. The water was almost sapphire in color. The spurts grew more intense, and he was flecked by droplets. Normally visitors sat on the worn natural benches of alabaster. The crescent pool filled. Srahund, mind still working at a surprisingly useful speed, hit upon the finale of this event. He lifted Cheunth’s slack form and laid her in the pool of gleaming blue. The geyser’s cycle was ending. As he watched, the flow reversed. The gushes stopped, and a strong force sucked at the pool, drinking down the exotically hued subterranean water, draining the crescent. It took Cheunth with it.

He stayed for the next eruption, to see if she would go shooting up into the sky, all dead-limbed and grotesque, but she didn’t. He drew his dagger again and tapped it on the edge of the crescent pool. The note it sounded was numb, graceless. In stabbing Cheunth he’d ruined the knife’s acoustical integrity. He’d spoiled his father gift to him.

It didn’t matter. His father would be dead within a month, before he’d even gotten word that his son had quit the Institute and departed Miinrolah. Some at the school speculated whether he’d eloped with his former lover; or whether Cheunth herself had impulsively withdrawn from the Institute and he had pursued her. No one would ever know. Not until many, many years later, when a man in a dark green robe, interrogating Srahund for the murder of Festhrahal, would uncover the crime through a treacherous act of divination, literally taking the memory from his head.

“Dorbalo,” he said, finding his voice also choked with emotion, “is the future. I am the past. Be happy with him, Cheunth. That’s all I wanted to wish for you today. Be happy.”

She was wary. She eyed him carefully. Was this some sarcastic feint; was he about to turn on her with verbal assaults? No. He meant this. Srahund saw this thinking play out on her lovely features.

“Then I thank you for your wish,” she said, very formally. That formality was dreadful, but he probably deserved no better. He had made this past month most upsetting for her.

The steam was coiling faster and in greater volume from the geyser’s maw.

“I should go,” Cheunth said.

“Yes.”

“I wish you happiness too.” Slightly less formal now.

“Thank you.”

Still not entirely certain this wasn’t some cruel ploy, she strode toward the steps. Srahund did the best thing he could do for her; he did not turn to watch her go, but merely gazed at the mouth of the Blue Waters until it reached its climax and burst forth.

After it attained its peak and started to taper off with less enthusiastic jets, he stepped up to the crescent pool’s stony brim and removed the knife from his belt. It was, truly, a beautifully crafted item. His father had never been a demonstrative man, as was the way of the Black Desert. But Srahund had always sensed the man’s quiet stubborn love.

He touched the bone blade to the rock as the sapphire water was being forcefully drained back into the deep reaches of the earth. A perfect intelligible note rang from the implement. He smiled softly. Then he struck it on the rim again, harder now, hammering it down. It jarred his arm, just as it had in another lifetime–another reality, apparently–when he jammed it into Cheunth’s body.

The dagger didn’t ring again. Srahund tossed it into the geyser’s mouth, just as the final waters were sucked down. Originally he had buried the murder weapon in the sandy plains, after he’d stolen a pedaled biwheel–his first theft–in the town proper of Miinrolah and raced frantically northward, jouncing on the contraption’s seat and barely keeping his balance.

His father would still die soon. But whether he knew it or not, his only offspring would not be the murderer of a young woman with sparkling auburn hair.

***

The spell was still on him, cast by that aged woman with the tight papery skin. Srahund, dazed, returned to vague awareness in his cell, on his pallet. Had he dreamed the experience? No. Isquita sat with him, spooning food into his mouth, holding a cup for him to drink. Srahund felt like an infant. He felt too a revulsion for the touch of this magicmaker, but he couldn’t resist; and he needed this sustenance.

“Cheunth is a widow, with four children, living in the hamlet of Trokadilv,” said the green-robed man gently. “Her oldest daughter is a composer. Her youngest, a boy, reads books about the Black Desert. He wants to be a fossil hunter.”

It broke loose some nub of happiness within Srahund. She had lived. Somehow Isquita had gotten this information to him, probably by magical means, he realized. But even that didn’t spoil it for him. Cheunth had married–who? Dorbalo? it didn’t matter–and made a family in Trokadilv. She hadn’t died at the hands of a jealous lover in her sixteenth year.

Yet what of Srahund’s own life? Undoubtedly it too had altered. He hadn’t stained himself so permanently with Cheunth’s killing. Had he remained at Miinrolah, embroiled in his studies? Had he made good on his early promise and become a truly learned man?

The spell was still on him. Of course. Isquita had explained already. In a sympathetic tone the fair-haired man explained again. Srahund was at the eye of the storm, the fixed point, the changer who could not himself be changed by the reconfigured event. There were immutable metaphysical principles involved. Isquita tried to elucidate these, but Srahund, weak and weary, stopped him. He rested; he ate; night came; he slept. The next day he was sent to meet Stattlehime, the gambler.

* * *

He tasted the stormy air, recognizing it. These were Ghremoin’s northward lands, which were whipped seven months out of the year by weather systems of varying ferocities that swept in from the North Deep. This region enjoyed a bounty of growing things, many of them edible, but Srahund, seasoned and embittered by several years of dissolute living, was blind to the territory’s lush splendor. It was mere sweaty jungle to him, a place to lose himself between bouts of cheap crime. He had skulked from city to village, always keeping to the fringe, to whatever tropical shadows were handy. He could never fully join in the rites of the living, the social ceremonies enacted on the streets, in the squares, even inside the taverns where he often sipped a miserly mug of wine. Normal life had long since gone on without him, not needing him or his contributions. He, after all, produced nothing; he merely took, poached, pilfered. What he lived on was always something that someone else had made.

Srahund found himself slipping into this old mind-set. All the bitter emotional mechanisms were right there, waiting. He had left school and become a criminal, and these were the years when he’d had little success at it. Already he’d served a brief term in a squalid jail and had another similar sentence soon ahead of him. This was a time of vast self-pity. His actions degraded himself, and he was fully aware of this unbearable fact.

This was some twisted form of self-punishment; so he had told himself and would believe for years to come. He had killed the love of his youth, though he’d had no choice in the matter. Cheunth couldn’t just say she loved him, then change her mind and shift her affections to a vile Westerner. No, no choice for him. Still, the murder had changed him, and he had fled north, to subsist on petty crime—

Yet, that hadn’t happened. He had spared Cheunth. He remembered distinctly. He hadn’t stabbed her at the place of the Blue Waters. She had married and given birth to four children. One was a composer now.

No. The thought flipped again in Srahund’s strained mind. He had the memory, yes. He hadn’t committed the murderous deed, and so should not have fled to the North. But here he was. Above was a sky striped with moonlit deep grays, with moving black, alive and electrical. This was the city of Nurm. He was trying his hand at gambling. The homicidal incident he had altered, the correction he’d made at Isquita’s behest, didn’t affect this moment, not for him. This event was imbued with a supreme inevitability.

He must face it. As he had faced Cheunth at the Blue Waters.

He stood on a shadowy side street in Nurm. The day had long since waned. There was mud underfoot. In the North one often found oneself standing in mud. Nurm’s structures were hut-like, made of native materials. Srahund wore rough anonymous clothing. He drew little attention. Bartenders ignored him; women rarely gave him a second glance. He used this lack of visibility to his advantage, of course, snatching up any loose unguarded thing of worth he chanced upon. But he always felt that exclusion, like a personal affront.

What a self-involved complainer he was! Srahund was stunned. Here he was, immersed in his own bygone emotional state, and he could scarcely stand it. How embarrassing that such puling pitying thoughts had ever sat so heavily on his soul. What a useless creature this man was. Here in Nurm he had just finished gambling away the better part of the lean sum of coin he’d accumulated over the past few months. He had imagined, for no reason he could fathom now, that luck might be with him at the dicing tables. Today he had thought fortune might be on his side at last. In one of Nurm’s gaming dens he had put together a respectable streak of decent throws. Coins had started to pile in front of him. He had been playing against both the house and the other gamblers gathered around the table. He was consistently beating them all.

The man running the game, with a face of acute angles and a hint of the Black Desert in his own eyes, had even favored Srahund with a shallow but courteous bow on a toss that earned him more than a scattering of coins. Pride had swelled Srahund’s broad chest. He’d taken up the dice again in his roughened hand; and thrown; and thrown.

And then the new player joined the table. A tallish figure, who moved with a calm fluidity, who bought into the game with a casual placement of coins on seemingly random betting squares. He was a handsome male, probably Srahund’s age, though he looked younger–or, really, Srahund appeared much more used by his own years. The new gambler flashed a dazzling smile. Drinks were brought to him.

His bets paid well. More, they were laid in such a way as to slowly undermine Srahund’s position. He was forced to extend himself so to keep control of the dice; but even this didn’t last long. The numbered cubes of amber went to a woman in a yellow frock with a stiff mouth, who lost her stake in two throws. Then it was the new player’s turn to toss. Toss he did. To great effect. And each throw was adroitly covered by his various bets. He gathered coins to himself. It happened quickly, though surely not so fast as Srahund had imagined. To him, there at the table’s edge, it seemed the handsome man simply reached over and scooped up everything Srahund had won that evening, as well as nearly all he’d brought with him into the den.

Soon he didn’t have enough to place another decent bet. Sulkily, tasting cold defeat in his gut, he vacated the premises.

But two hours later, in a tavern some distance from the den, he was surprised to see the suave gambler again. He entered with a woman on each arm, flaunting the same confident smile. Srahund, mumbling repeatedly for attention, was finally able to ask the bartender who the man was.

“Stattlehime,” he was told, and no more. Srahund had purchased only the one mug of inexpensive wine since he’d come in.

Watching Stattlehime from the dimmer recesses of the establishment, a structure of black bamboo and still-growing crimson vines, he decided to buy another drink, a stronger one, and another; and another.

Stattlehime was holding court, having drawn several of the other patrons into the extroverted warmth of his personality. He often paused to caress the arm of one or the other of his women, or to stroke silky hair. He paid for numerous rounds of drinks, until others started paying for him, until even the bartender was supplying free rounds of spirits.

Srahund was drunk, all on his own, when he saw the flash of magiclight.

It returned him to the campus at Miinrolah. He saw Cheunth sitting up suddenly from his lap, startled and instantly intrigued. He had seen other magicmakers since his school days, since gaunt Dorbalo. Westerners were fairly common by now. They dwelled in the North, just as they did elsewhere in Ghremoin, so he’d heard. Srahund wasn’t the only person to harbor apprehensions about the practitioners. Others shared his views, though this was never a source of bonding for him with anyone else. The magicmakers encountered their share of intolerance and difficulties. Served them right. They were bringing their deceitful practices to places that had never seen such skills before.

And just now Srahund had seen that telltale glare that meant a spell had been cast. And there sat Stattlehime with the last few hangers-on at his table as the tavern readied to close. Even his two women had slipped away at some point. Stattlehime had performed some trick for those who remained at his table, perhaps a feat of divination or the levitating an empty glass or drawing a symbol in green fire in the air. Srahund drained his mug and slipped unseen, always unseen, out of a door.

Into a side street, where he waited, with the moon lighting a turbulent sky. There would be a downpour before midnight, as there had been last night. He hated these jungly climes.

Wine buzzed in his head. He was aware of it; he was also aware of the somewhat less younger–as compared to his student self–man’s lack of awareness about his condition. This Srahund, whose shape he was inhabiting, had convinced himself that all of today’s events had been cunningly arranged in advance, from his burst of good luck at the dicing table, to Stattlehime’s taking over of the game–no doubt assisted by the croupier–and that same gambler’s appearance at this particular tavern. All a setup, all a cheat. And it had been chiefly perpetrated by a Westerner, a magicmaker.

Trick the dice to do your bidding, Srahund thought with growing drunken malevolence. Stattlehime would be stepping out at any moment. Srahund would run at him, knock him down, steal from him. He would commit the first violent crime of his life; the first, that was, if he didn’t count his murdering of Cheunth.

Except that he wouldn’t merely knock the man flat as planned a few minutes from now. He would tackle him, would blindside him with the full lumbering might of his large inebriated body. He would strike Stattlehime low, nearly at his hips, and he would damage the man’s spine badly. Stattlehime would live for several more minutes, gasping, unable to move his limbs, unable to keep his lungs functioning. Srahund wouldn’t even rob him. He would grow frightened and run off as the magicmaker/gambler sucked a final pitifully thin breath.

Two figures exited the tavern and went reeling off into the deserted night. Neither was Stattlehime.

Srahund wouldn’t flee the region after this accidental murder. He would only relocate to the other side of Nurm, and continue with his morose life of petty criminality. Stattlehime’s death wouldn’t immediately affect him, though it would plant the seeds of the next phase of his existence. He would eventually view the killing as a sloppy mishap, an amateur’s mistake. He would come to this conclusion after he’d improved as a thief, when he truly started to apply himself to his profession, drawing on the same instincts that had once propelled him through his studies at the Institute. He became competent, then proficient. When he finally left the North, it would be a rational move, made for professional reasons.

But Stattlehime’s murder did affect him, he amended as the critical moment drew closer and closer. When he had killed Cheunth at the place of the Blue Waters, it had been unpremeditated–so he told himself–yet was also an act he’d had no choice but to carry out. It was a crime steeped in great passion, inspired by a love young and terrible. Stattlehime deserved to be assaulted and robbed, since Srahund had suffered the same misfortunes, at least figuratively. But instead he would lose his life, an unbalanced exchange. This would change Srahund’s thinking on a subtle level: there were no even trades in the world; there was no “fairness”; justice was a manufactured concept. These new principles would serve him well in the professionally criminal life he would lead. They would harden him and permit him to function at peak efficiency. When he would eventually resettle in Lakya-ris, making a stopover at Miinrolah on the way, he would at last make a true success of himself. For a time, at least.

Still standing at the muddy mouth of the side street, he stiffened and focused his somewhat hazy vision. The magicmaker was stepping alone from the now dormant tavern. He moved with the overpronounced precision of one who is very drunk and determined that no one should know this fact. He stood at the bottom of the bamboo stairs, looking about, getting his bearings.

Srahund at last emerged from his shadows.

Stattlehime, tidying his clothes as if preparing to enter a palace, heard the squelchy footsteps and turned slowly. With vast inebriated dignity he surveyed Srahund as he approached. Originally Srahund had run at this figure, so already this situation had changed.

“A lovely night,” remarked the Westerner.

“It’ll rain before midnight,” Srahund said, halting, gazing intently at the man.

“A good reason to get off the streets. This place has shuttered. Come, my fellow. Let’s you and I find another, where the wine flows like—”

He was as expansive and convivial as he’d seemed holding forth at his table earlier. Fumes rose from him, but Srahund too was dizzy with drink. He had not come charging at this gambler, no, but he was dismayed to feel the anger of the moment still upon him, all that pent-up betrayal and sullen dissatisfaction. The ugly emotions remained centered on this individual, and Srahund found he couldn’t quite get an absolute hold on them.

“Not another drink, no.”

Stattlehime blinked in great dramatic surprise. “How unheard of. Who comes to Nurm but those bent on imbibing and wagering? I do think I’ve seen your face before.”

“I was in this tavern earlier.”

“Why didn’t you join me and my friends?”

“I don’t usually drink with other people.”

“Those words sadden me. Now another a cup is definitely in order. Come along. Or–don’t. You seem troubled. Perhaps you’re not the ideal drinking companion.” Something suspicious moved behind Stattlehime’s eyes, though he maintained his gregarious manner.

Srahund took another step, bringing him very close to the magicmaker. Old resentments were popping and crackling in his wine-soaked skull. Some persuasive voice within was telling him to take what was his, to rob this trickster of his coin, much of which rightfully belonged to Srahund. Beneath that voice, in grave bass tones, a second voice advised taking a more extreme revenge. Srahund was the larger man, with heavy shoulders and strong hands. He could take this individual from the West and thrash him, crush him, obliterate him—

“I also saw you at the dicing tables today,” Srahund said, enunciating carefully with a thickened tongue.

Again it set Stattlehime to blinking. Finally he said, less congenially, “Ah. Yes. I do remember. An unlucky man. What do you want of me?” This last was said briskly. The man’s stance had shifted subtly. He might be readying to draw a hidden blade, or to simply turn and run, though somehow Srahund doubted his dignity would allow him to flee, no matter how wise it might be to do so.

Srahund felt chords pulling in his throat as his teeth tried to grind into a sneer. He fought it off. Why had he accosted this person? Why hadn’t he just let him be, not staged this encounter at all? He was here not to murder him, so why put himself within striking distance at all?

It was a condition of the spell, some dark sober part of him supplied. He had to confront this terrible event squarely.

“What do you want of me?” Stattlehime asked again, a sharper edge in his voice.

Quite suddenly Srahund knew what he wanted. He asked, “Did you use magic to win at the gaming table?”

He didn’t blink now; his eyes went theatrically wide, and he drew his shoulders up and puffed out his chest. And then he deflated visibly, and made a tight little shrug. “No. Honestly, no. I am of the West, though I can’t see how you’d know that–ah, I enacted a spell for play, didn’t I? And I did make my journey to Nurm with secret thoughts of using my talents to improve my gaming. But these gambling halls have strict security, even the tawdriest ones. No spell can be cast inside one, since–you may or may not know, since magic is still somewhat new to these outer lands–every spell announces itself with the light of expended spiritual energy. It can’t be concealed. However, I have done well without this edge. Very well. It’s perhaps a shame that in order for me to gain, someone else’s fortunes must necessarily ebb. Or perhaps it is no shame at all. Rather, merely the hallowed rules of existence in this world.” With this last he had resumed his extroverted deportment. He even flashed that dazzling smile.

Srahund let his hands go limp. He cast away the voices echoing in his intoxicated head. Stattlehime had beat him at dice. The fact was just that simple and dumb. No conspiracy to fleece him of his coin had ever been afoot.

He bid goodnight to the Westerner and left him there on the muddy street. Walking off through Nurm’s humid jungle-scented night, he looked up at the moon and the malevolent sky and felt on his face the first drops of rain, arriving earlier than he’d remembered.

***

His disorientation felt more like delirium this time. He couldn’t even be sure he was back in his cell. His familiar pallet–if he was indeed lying on it–warped into a sumptuous bed of furs and silks, then became a gigantic bird’s nest, then he thrashed and moaned on the broad back of a living lichiwundu, which was utterly impossible. Around him colors swirled, and images cascaded out of dreams. He sweated profusely and experienced random peaks of intense fear.

Isquita appeared again and again, until Srahund decided he was actually present. The robed magicmaker was cradling him, rocking him, speaking soothing words. Srahund made little sense of them, something about Stattlehime’s accomplishments during the life he’d lived since that night in Nurm some nine years ago. Srahund was near to sobbing. This, he realized, was something of the degenerative condition he had feared, a whimpering madman, helpless and useless, driven beyond reason by too long an imprisonment.

But he needn’t stay in this jail. He had succeeded twice. He had undone two of the murders he had committed. Only one remained.

Isquita continued to coddle him, and Srahund found himself taking comfort in the green-robed man’s ministrations, despite the Westerner’s repugnant nature. Magic had done this to Srahund, after all, addling his mind and making his world whirl and splash with phantasmagoric colors. The old women, her dark green robe trimmed with gold, had sent him into this nightmare.

Yet, he had agreed to this, he managed to remind himself, drawing on his reserves of will. He would see it through, so to taste freedom again.

“You’ve done so well! So well!” Isquita was still holding him, now stroking his face like a lover; Srahund could do nothing to deflect his succoring touch. “The spell has worked, and you have performed magnificently. Srahund, Srahund of the Black Desert, you are succeeding! I’m so pleased, so pleased!” The magicmaker’s voice gagged with heavy emotion. “Just one more, the most important of all. You will succeed. Bring back your dead, Srahund. Bring back your dead!”

* * *

He sat quite composed at the small outdoor table, drinking the cafe’s charmingly bitter tea from a striped bowl. Even as he assumed occupation of his three-years-younger self, he didn’t ruffle his sedate demeanor. He had long since adopted a code of professionalism and perfectionism. By now, after some six years of successful thievery here in the capital city, he was virtually unflappable.

Srahund was dressed in mid class fashion, his clothes clean and well-kept. He looked very much like any of ten of thousands of Lakya-ris’ hard-working citizens, those who owned small enterprises or worked as an overseer for a large freight service or assisted some loftier personage in executive tasks.

When he had arrived for the first time in his life on the corkscrewing streets of Ghremoin’s grandest city, he had instantly recognized that such paltry and under-planned crimes as he’d committed in the North would do him little good here. This was a sophisticated metropolis, with a paid force of organized sentinels. Suspicious characters were watched, sometimes detained. Srahund had no wish to be jailed for infractions he hadn’t yet executed; yet, of course, was the proper word. He wasn’t about to take up a legitimate profession, having no marketable skills.

But he had already remade himself as a very capable criminal. He need only adapt his talents to this new and admittedly exciting environment. He wasn’t dazzled by Lakya-ris, with its higher costs for goods and its overabundant gardens and its exotic streets, some of which wound as tight as a spiral staircase; but he had a healthy respect for it. He saw the city as a challenge, one he felt confident of meeting.

That confidence hadn’t been misplaced or delusional. In careful tactical stages he had established his routines–burglaries, the moving of contraband, even some pickpocketing–then had branched out into a series of scams. The first were small, simple, one-two artifices, which succeeded or failed without the quarry being wiser either way. Later, as he learned the more lucrative frauds and even invented one or two of his own, he took in some better coin. But as the operations grew more complicated, so too did they require more diligent and shrewd planning. He took on partners, working often with the same people, though usually not all at once, rotating them, not letting anyone in on the full sweep of his affairs.

So it was that he gained, quietly, almost mutely, a reputation as a successful and reliable charlatan.

This was why he had at first balked at the notion of taking on a job of assassination, and why he’d thought the offer a joke, then a trap of some sort, then was purely mystified by it, when it was plain that those who wished to hire him were utterly earnest.

Srahund drew a long swallow of the tea, savoring its acrid flavor which came from scarlet bubble-top berries grown in western forests. The West had much influence in the capital, of course, as well as throughout Ghremoin as a whole. Over the past decade magic had been introduced to the land entire. The Westerners, whether by design or happenstance, had reshaped the general thinking about magicmakers. The old reflexive prejudice was gone; or at least it couldn’t be counted on as before. People had changed their minds. Magic wasn’t an obvious evil, a cheat of the natural order of things. No. Magic was beneficial. Magic eased the hardships of living. If one needed to dig a well now, one hired a magicmaker to divine the local water table. If one was injured or ill, one asked for a visitation by a magically trained revitalizer. Magic was used in farming, in building construction–those levitators were useful–in divination of every sort.

They had adopted dark green robes as a general uniform. They had infiltrated the ranks of the sentinels of Lakya-ris; they had taken serious roles in the government. They were, by all estimations, in position to assume Ghremoin’s most powerful offices.

But, in the meantime, crafty and methodical Srahund, late of the Black Desert and currently a denizen of Lakya-ris, had continued to successfully conduct business. One had to be ever more careful, of course. The pall of magic that had enveloped the capital was detrimental to the swindles he orchestrated. More than once these past few months he’d had to abandon some project just before fruition, having been tipped off by paid informants that the diviners were too close to discovering him. In truth, Srahund was at the height of his game…but that game was becoming impossible to play any longer.

He cast about the street, enjoying the soft sunlight on the white-washed walls. Lakya-ris had a nearly perfect climate, without any of the environmental inconveniences of the desert or the jungle. Today was a fine blue day, with just a few fish scales of cloud overhead. This slim minor street, not one of the city’s fancifully corkscrewing ones, sloped toward the civic plaza and its always bustling marketplace. During these six years in the city he had seen the economy rock unsteadily, one way and the other, merchants crowing about their fortunes and then braying over their losses. A stability was needed. Everyone knew that. Most thought that the magicmakers, who seemed to solve every difficulty they encountered, were the key and that they would presently assume full power.

However, that might not happen. Not if one of the most eminent and influential of the Westerners were assassinated–say, today, in a matter of moments, while coming down this small street after a mishap had obstructed the greater boulevard a short distance away.

It was an underground that had hired Srahund for this chore. They wanted him to murder, not knowing he had already killed twice before; they were counting on his expertise in deception, in criminality in general; they were fanatics and fools. But they were also rich. Srahund didn’t know how many members this so-called underground had absorbed. He doubted the number was great, though anti-magic sentiment in Lakya-ris was hardly an aberration. Judging by the three adherents to the cause who he had met, the organization was likely comprised of feverish radicals who saw the serious encroachment of the Westerners as a reason to concoct grandiose plans and rally their personal angers and frustrations to a common cause. So be it. At least one of those members apparently had access to significant wealth. The sum they had named and proven they could deliver would buy Srahund a villa in the capital’s Chrysanthemum Quarter, a place of his own of crystal spires and sprawling grounds and a staff of menials to keep him in luxury for all his days and more.

Srahund had been immediately tempted by that money, and after a reasonable portion of deliberation he had succumbed to the astounding sum. Then he had outlined his plan. The radicals had devised the distraction he required. By now it had already been effected; in the near distance, carried on a faint breeze, he could hear the commotion on the boulevard. An omnibus had been struck by a runaway dray. Horses and people were raising a great confused hullabaloo.

This self was not so long ago. Srahund almost liked himself as this man, sure, accomplished, respected among those few who knew what he did for a living. He felt an ease in this body that he certainly hadn’t experienced inhabiting his two younger incarnations. As before, he was subject to the innate currents of the moment. Though he sat collected at his small streetside table, he was coiled and readied, his hand poised to drop to the venomed spike tucked into a carefully lined pocket of the tailed coat he wore. Srahund, who lived at a time three years past this point, sought to exert control. But again, as before, he felt the resistance toward deviating in any way from the original undertaking. He hadn’t stabbed Cheunth, and he hadn’t broken Stattlehime’s spine; but plainly this Srahund was acting as though those events hadn’t been amended. He was at this very table on this same sloping street, waiting for the approach of Festhrahal, the powerful magicmaker he would assassinate.

Already he could see the disturbance, up the narrow street’s incline; not another staged accident, this, but the small entourage of the important political figure setting out on its detour. Festhrahal’s destination, the civic plaza, was a short distance from here. The boulevard would be a hopeless snarl of confusion by now. Festhrahal, on days when the traffic there thickened to a standstill, would abandon his caroche and use this same way to reach the nearby official buildings were he presided. Srahund had researched the man’s itinerary, movements and habits.

Those of the underground were gutless, he had decided some while ago. They had their zeal and their pronounced hatred of the Westerners and a deep-seated fear–not unfounded, Srahund thought–that the magicmakers would change the shape of Ghremoin forever. The radicals had hired him, he who wasn’t even a paid killer but merely a successful criminal. Of course, what with the tighter policing of this city, a professional murderer would have a very difficult time operating these days. Yes. It was a good time to give up all criminality in Lakya-ris, and by committing this final deed, Srahund would be set up for life.

He took a last sip of the bitter tea, then neatly set aside the striped porcelain bowl. Even he, a trenchant despiser of those of the West, drank their tea. The magicmakers’ influences were inescapable.

Now the green robes appeared. Srahund squinted already narrow Black Desert eyes at the approaching group. Festhrahal was among it, flanked by three attendants. He was being recognized by those who inhabited this minor street, the workers and idlers. Here someone gaped dumbfounded as the notable strode by; here someone else called out a gaudy hail; here a person glowered silently. Festhrahal waved cursorily, even as his subordinates fed him a tireless stream of official chatter.

Srahund’s heart was making a hard steady thumping. With unhurried movements he stood from the little table. He felt a cold-blooded purpose. He saw what he had to do. There was no choice. Festhrahal’s kind had made it impossible for him to thrive in the city. But beneath that stolid grim resolve there simmered an enmity that had been with him all his life. His father had spoken the truth, long ago: magic was a cheat; it was a fundamental iniquity.

And so this assassination would have an element of pleasure to it.

Would it? Would it? Had he enjoyed murdering Cheunth or Stattlehime? Hadn’t their killings, unavoidable though they were, stained him? Didn’t he forever bear the violence on his soul?

He could see Festhrahal’s features now, a graying beard on a round face, benevolent eyes, a man of late middle years, his stride confident. He had almost reached the cafe.

Srahund’s gaze flicked briefly away. He saw, a little further along the downslope, the barefoot boy of twelve or so hopping about in anticipation, excited about the appearance of so significant a person on this little street. His eyes were wide, his mouth hanging open. This was the boy who, having witnessed the plunge of the spike into Festhrahal’s chest, would unexpectedly heave himself at Srahund as he started to flee. The boy would be a thrashing maniac, punching, elbowing, biting, clawing. Srahund would get a hold of him, seizing him around his scrawny waist, and hurl him against a white-washed wall. But the delay would cost him. He would continue his escape as planned, but the alarm would already be raised, and sentinels would converge. He would not even reach the marketplace. The boy’s interference was an unfair complication, but Srahund had long since discarded the notion of fairness.

It would be for nothing, he told himself now as Festhrahal’s entourage swept toward him. Nothing! The magicmakers would still gain a majority in the government. They would control all of Ghremoin. They would make magic common and accepted.

He felt the poisonous spike weighing in his pocket. The impulse to act was still there, still potent, despite everything he knew. Srahund stepped out into the middle of the street, directly into the path of the dark green-robed figures. Festhrahal was at the forefront. His eyes flashed toward Srahund. Something registered there–wariness, an intuition of danger.

Srahund drew a breath. He declaimed in a loud, almost jubilant voice, “You sicken Ghremoin with magic!”

Then he laughed, just as loud, putting back his head.

The entourage paused briefly; then Festhrahal’s attendants scurried and hurried their superior around the lout, who continued to laugh for many minutes afterward.

***

Half a year after his release from Bone Hill, Srahund made up his mind to leave Lakya-ris. It was as obvious a decision as any he had ever had to make in his life, but he’d tarried over it nonetheless, putting it off for a day when he had the mental energy to be decisive. For many weeks now, that day of deciding had remained always ahead, belonging to a tomorrow that might never arrive. And yet, finally, it had come. He would go.

He was glad to be delivered from his incarceration. Though he had traveled beyond the jail’s confines three times under the auspices of that old magicmaking woman, there was nothing to compare with actually being outside again. Or so he told himself. Really, secretly, it seemed no more or less real to him than those journeys he had made into his past. Still, what a joy to free! To walk the capital’s streets, to take a meal when he wanted, to ogle women–these were great treats for him. He relished what he’d earned for himself.

But Lakya-ris wasn’t as it had been. It had changed since the time of his imprisonment, naturally; three years had gone by, and he had heard whispers and rumors of the improved economy and social conditions. More than that had transformed, however. Festhrahal had not been abruptly assassinated just as he was about to move into true power. Instead, the prominent magicmaker had advanced his political career. He was a dynamic figure, an effective leader. He had a talent for initiating civic programs that did the most good for the greatest number of people. The impoverished of the city–a small but significant class–suffered less. Crime dried up. Good jobs were available to honest workers. Festhrahal ascended and ascended, until a new governmental post had to be invented for him. He didn’t openly abuse his great power. He seemingly applied himself solely to the task of improving the lives of every person in Ghremoin, for very soon his benevolent influence was felt throughout the land.

Naturally he made use of his inherent magicmaking abilities, as did his court of fellow Westerners and his advisors, as did the police of Lakya-ris and the national army he was said to be raising to combat potential threats external and otherwise.

A time of prosperity for Ghremoin, like nothing the land had known before.

Srahund remembered still his original life, with all its homicidal incidents in place, though these events had been expunged for everyone else not involved in or aware of the intricate spell’s casting. That magic stayed upon him; it would never fade. He had, yet hadn’t, committed those mortal crimes. Occasionally he had nightmares filled with the same delirium as had come after his three temporal travelings, and woke to a sweat-wet bed; but Isquita, who he had never seen again after his release, had warned him of this.

In the capital city the diviners’ skills had much improved, Srahund found. He had coin in his pocket, clothes on his back and a few rooms to call his own; so he committed no wrongdoing. But some he had known during his peak days of criminality–although these individuals no longer knew him–had been snatched up for deeds they had scarcely thought about executing. Such was the way of things now. Of the three members of the so-called underground he had met, he saw no sign.

Srahund was weary of Lakya-ris’ corkscrew streets and rank gardens and mighty columns holding up red, green and yellow slab roofs. He determined to depart. No one would miss him. He had no old friends here, and had made no new acquaintances since being freed.

On the day he quietly made his way toward one of the city’s majestic imposing gates, he passed many, many figures clad in dark green robes, spread all throughout the streets of winding white-washed edifices, magicmakers about their daily business, a sea of green gradually blotting out every other shade. Srahund wouldn’t journey to Nurm, nor to Miinrolah, nor to obscure Trokadilv where a certain widow resided, nor to any other place he had seen during his adult travels. He would simply head eastward. The Black Desert lay the farthest distance from the forests of the West, and so it was Srahund’s home which would be the last place in Ghremoin to feel the seductive dominant touch of magic.

End

  • Continue Reading

Published by Karl Rademacher on June 30, 2014. This item is listed in Novellas, Serial Novellas

The Mists of Blackfen Bog

By CL Lynn

The Mists of Blackfen Bog was originally published by Silver Blade Magazine in late 2009. In deference to the author, we are only showing an excerpt of this excellent work. If you wish to read this story in its entirety, please visit the author’s website at http://www.courtellyn.com/Mists/

39 Astradis

The stink of the brown waters assaulted my nose. Reeds decayed in mirror-still shallows, and the tattered carcass of a fen ray bobbed under the greedy attention of a crow. Vapors oozed from the spongy earth. As the sun descended, they chilled and thickened into mist.

Perched upon the snowy flanks of the Moonfall Mountains, the sun was a vigilant eye. After traveling the bog for three days, I had learned what happened at sunset. I tried not to think about mournful faces coalescing out of the mist.

Tonight I hoped to see village lights winking on the horizon, but there were only plains of darkening water, grim faces of encircling mountains, and the endless dyke upon which we traveled. Shifting on the cart’s hard bench, I asked the Venerable Orn, “Shouldn’t we be there by now?”

Hunched beside me, the reins laced through his fingers, my mentor sighed, “Soon, Imaen. The men from Stonewenn Ford assured me that we’d reach Fellwater within two days. There we’ll have proper shelter and hot ray stew and a mug of ale.” A contented grin crinkled his close-cropped beard.

I glowered at him. After enduring the icy wind for three hundred miles, sleeping on rocky ground and in flea-ridden inns, and staring at the swaying arse of the black mule, it would take more than ray stew to make me happy. “I thought you said the people of Fellwater wouldn’t be hospitable.”

“I said, ‘Don’t expect a warm welcome.’ Doesn’t mean they’ll abuse us as they did our predecessors. It was the villagers who sent for us this time, after all. I’m sure the bog-dwellers are fine people. They just don’t like outsiders intruding on their ways. Unless they feel their need is great.”

“Humph. I suppose even bog-dwellers would consider an outbreak of restless spirits a great need.”

When a summons had arrived at the Temple of the Merciful Dragon, pleading for the aid of a Darashani exorcist, Orn had insisted I accompany him. Short of kicking and screaming, I had no choice but to climb into the two-wheeled cart and suffer the long, jostling ride north from Iryth to Rahn’s borderlands. Now, the tired black mule tugged the cart along tracks worn into the top of the dyke, and my bones throbbed a revolt against the bench seat.

“Never fret, Imaen,” said Orn. “The people of Fellwater may have changed their tone since Venerable Raelos paid them a visit. The hauntings have clearly gotten worse.”

“So I’ve seen.” The memory of our first night in the bog sent a shiver through my skin. We had stopped in the village of Briar’s Nest, where the people offered us a hovel that smelled strongly of moldy sheep’s wool and yesterday’s fish. The bog-dwellers’ roundhouses, erected upon stout stilts, were large enough to accommodate us comfortably, but the people of Briar’s Nest had made it clear that a priest and priestess of Darashán weren’t welcome.

Just as we’d laid out our bedrolls, Orn and I heard a mournful sob rising from the waters. Beneath the collar of my under-robe, the hairs on my nape had pricked up. I followed Orn out onto the decking. In the twilight, the wraithling wandered from pool to pool, a girl-child, no more than five years old when she’d died. Long wet hair dripped about a swollen gray face, and she wrung her hands, weeping, “Lost . . . lost, mama . . . lost.”

Orn ventured into the squelching mire in an attempt to communicate with the wraithling, despite my frantic attempts to stay him. On the decking of a nearby roundhouse, a young woman emerged, hands over her ears, and sobbed, “Hazel, go to sleep! Leave us, oh, gods, leave us.”

The wraithling paused amidst an icy pool, as if hearing the familiar voice from across a great distance, but she soon continued her aimless wandering. By the time Orn reached the ice-encrusted pool, the little girl had vanished into the gathering mist.

The cart splashed through a muddy hole. “Gods,” I sighed, “how did I let you drag me into this forsaken wasteland? I almost miss the cloister.” Clean, bright, and blessedly free of restless spirits.

Orn chuckled softly.

I rounded on him. “If you brought me along hoping I’d regain fondness for the temple, you’ve failed miserably. As soon as we return, I mean to hand you my resignation. Again.”

“I shall decline it. Again.”

“I don’t belong there, Orn!” I pleaded. “I should never have taken vows.” The marble halls had witnessed my faith withering like an arthritic hand. Now my faith trailed after me, useless, agonizing, and Orn refused to let me shed it once and for all.

He cast me a wise, affectionate smile. “Abandon Darashán, child, and you’ll always regret it. You’ve the most tender of hearts, and you’ve seen how the dying trust you in their time of passing.”

“That was before Cambryn Island,” I retorted, hoping to put an end to the argument. Sometimes I dreamt the fever had resurged, and this time I could not escape it. I knew for certain I was dying. Always I awoke weeping and lying in sweat-chilled sheets.

Traveling through Blackfen Bog, I found myself part of a new nightmare. Here, the dead walked night after night, torn somehow from the natural order. I might’ve been one of them, I realized, drifting between worlds, unable to find my way. . . .

“How are we to exorcize so many?” I asked.

“We don’t. We just find the source of the problem.”

“But what could be causing this . . . infestation?”

“Forgotten your studies as an acolyte?”

“Of course not, but –”

“Then what caused the haunting of the royal castle in the Third Year of King Tiriel?”

Annoyed that I was being tested like an initiate, I said, “Necromancy, of course.”

“Precisely. And who knows what kind of magic these bog-people dabble in. Likely they brought the problem upon themselves, and it’s finally gotten out of hand.”

His nonchalance amazed me. Truly, Orn was without fear.

Smiling fondly, I gazed over his graying head at the summit of the Iron Finger; the remnants of orange light had bled out of the snow. A shudder stole through my robes. I could blame the chill on the late winter air, but I would be lying to myself. Dusk had fallen, and neither of us had noticed. The sun, hidden behind the ragged face of Mount Godscrown, bled a flush of feverish color onto the underbellies of low, swift clouds.

Orn hauled back on the reins. The mule complained, shook her ugly head, and stopped amidst the ruts. “We’ll camp here.”

Generations ago, the bog-dwellers had shaped the dyke, load by load, into a straight, mountainous structure that ran on for fifty miles. Far below, winter-yellowed sedge gathered in tufts, and new growths of cattails had begun creeping out of the mire. Patches of snow still clung to the north side of the slope, and fragile ice glistened on the edges of the pools.

“I don’t suppose you can net another of those fine fowl for supper?” Orn asked, climbing from the cart.

He knew me well; putting me to work was the surest way of staving off my fears. I retrieved the net from the back of the cart but saw few waterfowl paddling about the pools. I refused to go trekking through the stinking mud to scare up a covey. Still, while Orn unloaded the night’s provisions, I searched the nearby reeds for a stray duck or skite.

I found a wraithling instead.

He appeared beside me, not a yard away, both feet sunk in deep where the waters touched the dyke. The whites of his eyes were as gray as his face and they stared at me, desperate, pleading. “Let us in,” he said, voice accompanied by the sound of unsteady breathing, loud as a storm in my ears, though the naked youthful chest didn’t move. “Is it you I’m to ask? I don’t remember. They’re lost, don’t you see? Now I’m lost.” Rotted weeds dripped from long reddish-brown hair, and water coursed in rivulets down his face, fell like rain from his fingertips. How fair he was, and unblemished. Neither disease nor wound had taken this youth’s life. “He won’t let us in,” he said, grief emanating from him like a winter’s breath. “Please . . . won’t you show us the way?”

Pity was a stone in my throat. I longed to take his hand, lead him away into the waters. Safe. Dark. Silent.

My hand rose to touch that sorrowful face, but they passed through the apparition as if through cold water. I snatched back my hand, remembering fear, and heard Orn calling, “Imaen!” He was running down the slope of the dyke. The wraithling dissolved into a dense gray mist and drifted away over the water.

 

  • Continue Reading
  • 1
  • 2